a eae

Vol. 2. (wewsenrss) JANUARY, 1902.

| BULLETIN
WISCONSIN
NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY

CONTENTS.

c PAGE
PROCEEDINGS OF THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY ..............0005 3
STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION—E. BRUNCKEN .........00...ccccscccsstccecesccevecce 17
FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESH-FLIES—-DR. S. GRAENICHER..........c000.eeeeeceenee 29
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MILWAUKEE COUNTY—W. J. BENNETTS........ 39

CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS A LIST OF MILWAUKEE COUNTY FUNGI-—-C. E.,
BROWN AND V. FERNEKES ..........00..0000% ARE See eens OST oy oN a A ae BD 45

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM THE TOWN OF BETH-

Rye SOVENE SEE LON. Y= Gs MONROE osoic, ec 5ic ole eteecCancusecdeds o¥3 View

THE WINTER HABITS OF THE RED HEADED WOODPECKER--H. A. WINKEN-
SINR wt ee te RSS doce ected ces cues vac one bau ndyecnecr cede ciedsderscesases 69
~PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS FOR MADISON, WIS.—P. H. DERNEHL...... 75
THE POLYODON SPATHULA—-HORACE BEACH, SR.......:seseescccccceeescseecsseseccess 85
MMe PRETO WEEE Be oe es ees Shs oe ea oe ae eek ce ia Sane an Paaweee vo naga Blkwecerec levee 89

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

EVENING WISCONSIN CO., PRINTERS, MILWAUKEE.

The Wisconsin Natural History Society,

MILWAUKEE, WIS.

ORGANIZED MAY 6, 1857.

OFFICERS.

EDGAR E. TELLER—PRESIDENT....ecceeceee: 3303 Cedar Street, Milwaukee
DR. S. GRAENICHER—VICE PRESIDENT.....551 Seventh Street, Milwaukee
W. J. BENNETTS—GEneERAL SeEc’y....413 Twenty-third Street, Milwaukee

LEE R. WHITNEY—Conr. SEc’Y.........., Room 225, P. O. Bldg., Milwaukee

GEO. A. WEST—TREASURER........00..:00000 2828 Highland Bl’vd, Milwaukee

A} BIB RSAC H—DIBRARIAN (rile he inca tintin tee. Public Museum, Milwaukee
a

DIRECTORS OF SECTIONS.

Secretary of Sections, C. E. Brown Geology, - - - - C.E. Monroe
Archeology, - W.H. Ellsworth Ornithology, - -. Edw. E. Voss
Numismatics, - W. F. Sandrock Entomology, - - C.E. Brown
Botany, .- - - - - E. Bruncken Mineralogy, - - - Louis Lotz

REGULAR MEETINGS.

(1) These are all held in the Society’s lecture room in the Museum-Library
Bldg., Milwaukee.

(2) Meetings of the combined sections take place on the 2nd Thursday of each
Month, at8 P. M. 4 ‘

(3) The Archeology and Numismatics sections meet on the 3d Thursday of
each Month. cs

(4) General meetings are on the last Thursday ofeach Month except July and
August.

(5) Meetings of the Archeologists and collectors of the State are to be held
semi-annually under the direction of the Archeology section, for the purpose of.
furthering the cause of Wisconsin Archeology.

PUBLICATIONS.

(1) The ‘Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society’’—a 64 page octa-
vo publication issued quarterly. Editor, W. J. Bennetts.
(2) The ‘‘Wisconsin Archeologist,’’ published by the Archeology section. Edi-
tor, C. E. Brown.
&

MEMBERSHIP DUES.

Local Members, $3.00 per annum; Non-resident Members, $1.00 per annum;
Life Members, one payment of fifty dollars.

a

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2015

https://archive.org/details/bulletinofwiscon2190wisc

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

Vol. 2 New Series. JANUARY, 1902. No. 1.

Proceedings of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.
September 27, 1900 to October 31, 1903.

THURSDAY, Sept. 27, 1900.

Twenty-four persons were present at this meeting, which was
held in the lecture room of the Public Museum. President Teller
occupied the chair.

Chas. E. Brown as secretary of sections read an interesting
report on the work done at the union section meetings during the
three preceding months, and concluded by dwelling at some length
upon the benefits to be derived from attending these meetings.

Dr. Peckham then drew attention to a card index of publica-
tions on the flora and fauna of Wisconsin that he was then at work
upon and promised to describe it at greater length at a future
meeting.

The resignation of Paul H. Dernehl as librarian was accepted
and Mr. Paul Rhode elected to the vacancy.

John H. Fiebing and Adolph Biersach were elected members
of the society and Prof. Wm. H. Wheeler of the University of.
Texas an honorary member.

John A. Brandon then read a paper on local ornithology that
revealed a deep interest in, and much patient observation of the
birds. All of the common visiting and migratory species were
considered in the order of their appearance and departure, and the
habits of many of them—particularly of the horned lark, the sap-
sucker and the purple martin—were described at considerable

length.

4 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 1.

A paper written by Paul H. Dernehl on the Purple Martin
(Progne subis Bd.) was read by Chas. E. Brown. For many years
past martins have each year occupied bird houses set out for
their use at the home of Mr. Dernehl, and his paper was chiefly
based upon notes he has taken during the past six years upon their
breeding and other habits.

The meeting was then adjourned.

THurspay, Oct. 25, 1900.

This meeting was held in the Museum lecture room with
President Teller in the chair and thirty persons present.

Chas. E. Brown reported on a meeting of the united sections
of the society held Oct. 11, and also on a meeting of the Arche-
ology Section at the home of Mr. Henry R. Denison.

Mr. F. M. Benedict then addressed the meeting on the “Earth-
works and Other Traces of Pre-historic Man Existing in Wau-
paca County, Wis.”

After describing the topography and geological character of
the region, with its underlying formations of granite and Potsdam
sand, the speaker described the principal ancient village-sites,
Indian trails and groups of mounds of the “Chain o’ Lakes” dis-
trict with which he was most familiar. The village sites were
marked by numerous kitchen-middens from which little had been
obtained except broken pottery and broken cobblestones, the latter
bearing evidence of having once been employed when heated to
boil water for the ancient villagers.

The speaker estimated the ancient cornfields to be fully 350
years old, basing his views upon the remains of trees that rested
upon the ancient cornhills.

The principal mounds in that region were stated to be, (1)
six effigy mounds of the turtle form that had contained encysted
skeletons in a sitting posture, (2) a man mound 400 feet long, (3)
a group of seven oblong mounds and (4) about 46 round mounds
scattered throughout the district under consideration.

Two prehistoric excavations in the vicinity of the lakes were
also described.

Dr. Stanhope, Rev. O. G. McNeill and C. E. Brown took part
in a discussion that followed this address.

The following were nominated for membership by Mr. Nehr-
ling and President Teller, and duly elected: Messrs. Carl Bartelt,
Aug. Cloos, Henry R. Denison, Sydney R. Hartwell, Edw. E.
Voss and Lindsay Webb.

There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned.

JANUARY, 1902. . PROCEEDINGS. 5
Tuurspay, Nov. 22, 1900.

The general meeting for November was held on the evening
of the twenty-second, in the Museum lecture room, with President
Teller in the chair and thirty persons present.

Chas. E. Brown reported on a meeting of the combined sec-
tions held on the eighth of the month.

Dr. Robinson was proposed for membership by Mr. Nehrling
and elected a member of the society.

Dr. S. Graenicher next read a paper on the “Fertilization of
Symphoricarpos and Lonicera,” illustrating it by drawings show-
ing the structure of the flowers and by specimens of all the insects
he had found visiting them. Two species of Symphoricarpos were
considered, S. racemosus and S. occidentalis. The first was vis-
ited principally by the smaller bees and the other also by a great
many wasps.

Of the five species of Lonicera native to this locality, two, L.
ciliata and L. Tatarica, are visited principally by the smaller bees,
while the three remaining species, L. dioica, L. oblongifolia and
L. Sullivanti, are bumble-bee flowers, but include also many of the
smaller bees, a few flies and lepidoptera, as well as the humming
bird among their visitors.

Tuurspay, Dec. 27, 1900.

This meeting was held in the usual place—the Museum lecture
room—and was presided over by President Teller. The attend-
ance was twenty-five.

C. E. Brown reported on a union section meeting and also on
a meeting of the Archeology Section held earlier in the month.

Mr. Valentine Fernekes was proposed for membership by Mr.
Nehrling and duly elected.

Ernest Bruncken then addressed the meeting on the physiog-
raphy of Milwaukee County.

The speaker described the general features of the surface
geology of the vicinity and drew attention to many problems that
still awaited solution, such for instance as whether the terraces
along the Menominee valley were identical in height with corre-
sponding ones along the lake front. He drew attention also to the
absence of large limestone boulders in this vicinity in contrast to
their frequent occurrence farther west.

President Teller then read an instructive paper on fossil cepha-
lopods, illustrating it with a number of specimens of local species
from his own collection. He drew attention to a variation he
had detected in the siphuncle of a cephalopod, Orthoceras abnorme

6 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No, 1.

Hall, occurring in the Niagara formation at Racine, Wis., which
perhaps justified its being considered as a new species or sub-
species. {
W. J. Bennetts read a paper on the winter birds of Lake Michi-
gan, mentioning those species of the loons, grebes and gulls that
were known to winter on the lake, and giving some attention to
their winter habits.
The meeting was then adjourned.

TuHurspay, January 31, 1901.

The Wisconsin Natural History Society met this day in the
lecture room of the Public Museum; thirty-three persons were
present and President Teller occupied the chair.

Chas. E. Brown reported on section meetings held during the
month, after which Mr. P. V. Lawson addressed the meeting on
the antiquities occurring in the vicinity of Menasha, Wis.

The oldest relics of pre-historic man in that locality were con-
sidered by the speaker to be a class of chipped stone implements
found by him on the shores of Lake Winnebago and at Green
Bay.

They are of a black sandstone similar to the stone implements
found in the Trenton gravels of New Jersey and probably belong
to an age equally remote.

Next in order of antiquity are probably the stone cairns, and
shell mounds, that occur at several places around lakes Winnebago
and Winneconne.

Effigy mounds and oval mounds are exceedingly common in
the locality considered. Three lizard mounds and a turtle mound
have been preserved in the Elisha D. Smith Park, Menasha.
Near Little Butte des Morts are two remarkable serpent mounds
1,210 and 1,580 feet long respectively, while near Stockbridge is
what is probably the finest group of existing mounds in the world
occupying 90 acres of primeval forest and representing many
types.

The address was illustrated by numerous drawings and maps
made from surveys taken by the lecturer, as well as by many
archeological specimens and photographs.

Mr. John H. Tweedy was elected a member of the society and
Dr. R. Menger, San Antonio, Texas, a corresponding member,
after which the meeting was adjourned.

TuHurspDay, February 28, 1901.

' The Wisconsin Natural History Society held its general meet-
ing this day in the Museum lecture room with the President in
the chair and twenty-eight members and visitors present.

JANUARY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 7

The report of the January meeting was read by the secretary
and reports of two section meetings by Chas. E. Brown. At one
of these—a meeting of the Archeology Section on the 21st—it had
been proposed to extend the membership of the section so as to
include archeologists from all parts of Wisconsin, and thus give
the section the character of a state organization.

As a preliminary step in this direction Chas. E. Monroe gave
notice that at the next meeting he would propose a change in the
by-laws of the society so that hereafter the fee of non-resident
members should be one dollar a year.

Mr. A. W. Slocum then read an instructive and interesting
paper entitled, “The Development of Life Upon the Earth as Re-
vealed by Paleontology.”

After a brief historical account of the growth of the science,
the different ‘forms of fossils were mentioned and described, as
well as illustrated by specimens and plaster of Paris models.

The geological eras were then considered in their order and
at this point Mr. Slocum displayed a set of charts prepared by
himself to illustrate the development of each of the classes of the
animal and the vegetable kingdoms during geologic time. Each
class was then taken up separately and its development clearly
described, numerous specimens from the Public Museum collec-
tion of fossils being employed to illustrate the subject.

At this meeting Mr. Otto Grigrutsch was elected an ordinary
member of the society.

TuHurspay, March 28, Igor.

President Teller presided over this meeting, at which twenty-
eight persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting were
read by the Secretary and Mr. C. E. Brown reported on two sec-
tion meetings of much interest that had been held earlier in the
month.

The lecture of the evening was to have been one on paleon-
tology by Dr. Stuart Weller of Chicago, but the day previous
word had been received from him that he would not be able to be
present.

Three members of our society had therefore hastily prepared
papers for the evening, which, if somewhat incomplete, were yet
interesting on account of the variety of subjects treated. :

The first paper by C. E. Brown was on the “Geographical Dis-
tribution of the Milwaukee Butterfly, Anosia ple~tppus.” The de-
velopment and habits of this commonest of our lepidoptera were
described and its range on the American continent shown to be
from the shores of Alaska and Hudson Bay to the northern boun-
daries of Patagonia.

8 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, VOL. 2. NO. }.

During the last half century it had spread westward to the
South Sea Islands, the Malay Archipelago, and the Southern Asi-
atic coast, while to the east of our continent it had during the
same period obtained a foothold in the Bermudas, the Azores and
the western countries of Europe and Africa. At the end of
another half century Mr. Brown predicted it would be doubtless
common throughout most parts of the known world.

Mr. W. J. Bennetts then read some notes on the life history
of the Virginia deer, Cariacus Virginiana.

The points chiefly considered were the development of its dif-
ferent coats and of the antlers, and its food and feeding habits at
different seasons of the year.

Geo. A. West followed with a paper based upon a recent
journey taken by him through the Republic of Nicaragua, Central
America. .

It dealt principally with the habits and superstitions of the
natives of the East Coast. He also described at some length the
peculiar habits of the leaf-carrying ants and also of the termites
or white ants, to both of which he had paid considerable attention
while in their habitat. Mr. West also exhibited a sheet used by
the Indians and made from the inner bark of a native tree, and also
some artistic examples of inlaid gold work done by one of the
native women.

The meeting was then adjourned.

Tuurspay, April 25, 1901.

This being also the annual meeting of the society, much of the
time was occupied by the reading of the reports of progress by
the different officers.

C. E. Brown described what had been accomplished in the
Biology sections and in the sections of Archeology and Numis-
matics during the past year, while the report of the treasurer, J. A.
Brandon, showed that financially the society was in a satisfactory
condition, there being a balance of $232.77 in the treasury. W. J.
Bennetts also reported concerning his work as recording secretary
and editor of the society’s Bulletin.

Secretary’s Annual Report for the Year from April 27, 1900, to
April 25, 1901.

The progress made by the society during the past year and the
work accomplished by it has been of a satisfactory nature.

Its membership now numbers 109, an increase of 22 over that
of last year. Ten general meetings have been held, at which
the average attendance was 27 and at which 15 papers were read

JANUARY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 9

by members of our society and others. These papers were prin-
cipally of a popular nature, being intended for the general mem-
bership of the society and not for the specialist, and were as
follows:

Po Dante SAP LOUNUS: 5 ies een oe Lee R. Whitney
Ts I AS See Sales Sa ar eae a ee Ernest Bruncken
3. “Crustaceans of the Niagara Formation”........ ir, peller
ie and dames at Wtawa, Beach ley koe ens E. Bruncken
YT Da Del 2) 2 a oe Pr J. A. Brandon
6. “Earthworks ef Watipaca County”. .....°.... F. M. Benedict
7. “Fertilization of Lonicera and Symphoricarpos.........
“yh OS AOR Pe ae Br cick cara gee pea ei Dr. >. Gratnicher
8. “Physiography of Milwaukee County”........ E. Bruncken
SoMa IOMOUS von acl ths y sie es ele e we oe reer
Rh. Wither Hirde of Jake’ Michipan oe. W. J. Bennetts
Behe ae ROMAINE IC SNCS ELIS SIRS ty aia a ere trees P. V. Lawson
12. “Development of Life Upon the Earth as Revealed by
ROUSE a BARRE teed EE RD opr Sapa nn a wag A. W. Slocum
fo Lite vistory ot the Virginia Deer”... 2° W. J. Bennetts
fe nan pitves of Nicatagtia (856 ote ees os Cr AAW est

15. “Geographical Distribution of Anosia Plexippus’’.C. E. Brown

One of the most important ways in which our society has been
of use to its members has been through the interchange of ideas
and observations at the section meetings.

Of these 19 have been held, 9 of the Archeology section, and
IO union meetings of the other sections. Many papers of a special
character and containing the results of original investigation were
presented at these meetings, a detailed account of which will be
found in the report of their proceedings.

Two Bulletins, aggregating 130 pages, have been issued dur-
ing the year. It has been our aim to publish nothing in our peri-
eaical but articles containing a large proportion of new facts or
based upon original observations and research.

Naturally our society is expected to be the authority on all
matters relating to the natural history of its own locality and to
make it its special object to encourage and to carry on investi-
gations in that field.

In this regard the work done has been encouraging and satis-
factory. In the field of entomology we have published a list of
the Lepidoptera of Milwaukee County by Messrs. Rauterberg and
Dernehl, a list of the Syrphidae by Dr. Graenicher, and studies
on our solitary wasps by Geo. W. and Eliz. G. Peckham.

In the field of Botany Dr. S. Graenicher has worked up the
local methods of fertilization of a great many of our native plants
and we have published his papers on the fertilization and insect

10 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO, 1.

visitors of the different species of Lonicera and Symphoricarpos,
and on Trillium mivale, Erigema bulbosa and Salix discolor.
Ernest Bruncken has also reported on the forest conditions of the
vicinity and has worked up our species of Salix and Betula, while
W. J. Bennetts has published a second supplement to W. M.
Wheeler’s “Flora of Milwaukee County.”

In Ornithology we have published papers on our local Avi-
fauna by John A. Brandon, P. H. Dernehl and W. J. Bennetts.

A paper by Geo. A. West on the “American Crocodile” was a
valuable contribution to our knowledge of that little known
animal.

Still, an enormous amount of work remains to be done in de-
veloping the knowledge of our local natural history. Wisconsin
is almost an unworked field in this respect and less has been done
in the way of exploring its flora and fauna than has been accom-
plished in much younger states lying to the west of us. Even
in regard to the district lying immediately around our city it may
be said that definite and accurate knowledge is still wanting in
almost every line of natural-history. The following subjects only
may be mentioned regarding each of which almost no work has
been done,—the mosses, lichens, fungi, fresh water alge, the
fishes, batrachians, crustaceans, reptiles and molluscs, without en-
tering at all the immense field of entomology.

A recently published bibliograhpy of Indiana molluscs contains
twelve pages and about 100 titles. A Wisconsin list would prob-
ably contain the titles of less than a dozen papers.

There are two matters which affect us in accomplishing work
of this kind and which should receive careful consideration by our
society in the near future. There should in the first place be a
closer working relationship between our society and the Mil-
waukee Public Museum.

In order to arrive at an accurate knowledge of any of our local
species it is necessary that large numbers of specimens be collected
and preserved for future comparison and study. As an example
it is well known that our common garter snake, Eutaenia sirtaris,
is exceedingly variable, so that eleven or more sub-species are dis-
tinguished, and it is plainly only possible to arrive at the status of
our own local species and varieties by the accumulation of a large
collection of specimens. Some understanding and method of co-
operation should clearly exist between our society and the Museum
in matters of this kind.

Another matter. When our society was first organized one of
its leading objects was clearly stated to be the formation of an
efficient reference library of natural history works. For the past
40 years it has been receiving books and pamphlets of this char-

JANUARY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 11

acter by purchase and exchange, and these are all at present stored
in the offices of the Public Museum, and, besides being almost in-
accessible, are uncatalogued and unindexed, and therefore of prac-
tically no use to the society.

There is urgent need for a well arranged and fairly complete
Natural Science Library here in Milwaukee, and we should not
let the matter rest until something permanent has been accom-
plished in this direction.

Still another matter has been in a manner thrust upon us dur-
ing the past few months. The founders of our society plainly
intended it as a state organization, and named it the Wisconsin
Society, and distant parts of the State have at all times been repre-
sented on its membership roll, but the actual work of the society
has practically always been confined to the vicinity of this City and
to Milwaukee County.

Letters, however, have been received of late from science
teachers, collectors and archeologists throughout the state, express-
ing a desire that our field of work be extended so that our society
become in fact as in name a state organization. In fact steps have
already been taken in our Archeology Section to extend its mem-
bership and its field of work in this way, but we think it wise to
consider the matter well and weigh well all our resources before
committing ourselves to any definite step of this kind. A large
non-resident membership can only be successfully retained and
the work of the organization carried on with such, by correspond-
ence and publications, and this implies an immense amount of
work for those who have it in charge. In other societies where
such work is successfully conducted, those entrusted with it are
generally persons having considerable leisure or those holding
positions whose duties do not clash with the work thev do for
their society, such as government scientific officials or University
professors.

There are, we believe, no men of leisure among our active
members and probably none who could look after such work effi-
ciently without considerable self-sacrifice, so that it behooves us
not to hastily take any step in this matter until we are assured
that what we do will be permanent and done well.

W. J. BENNETS, Secretary.

_ A Committee on Membership, consisting of Messrs. Habhag-
‘ger, Cline, Stanhope and Bennetts, which had been nominated at
a section meeting, was approved by the society upon a motion
made by Mr. Harlowe. |

A motion to the effect that the dues of non-resident members
should henceforth be $1.00 per annum was made by Dr. Chas.
Stanhope and unanimously carried.

12 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

The officers for the ensuing year were then elected as follows:
President—E. E. Teller.

Vice-President—Dr. S. Graenicher.

General Secretary—W. J. Bennetts.

Corresponding Secretary—Lee R. Whitney.

Treasurer—Geo. A. West.

Librarian—Adolf Biersach.

DIRECTORS OF SECTIONS.

Entomology—C. E. Brown.

Botany—E. Bruncken.

Archeology—W. H. Ellsworth.

Numismatics—W. F. Sandrock.

Geology—C. E. Monroe.

Ornithology—

Mineralogy—Louis Lotz.

The following were also elected to membership: Messrs. A.
S. Mitchell, J. A. Sheridan, Thos. G. Laurenzen.

Mr. Adolf Biersach then read a paper entitled, “Snakes of the
Genera Elaps and Osceola.” Elaps is a genus of poisonous snakes
consisting of about thirty species, whose character as to whether
they are poisonous or non-poisonous was for many years a sub-
ject of debate among herpetologists. They are beautifully marked
with red, black and yellow rings, and are mimicked in this par-
ticular by the king snakes of the genus Osceola, which on the
contrary are all perfectly harmless.

It was shown by the speaker that the venomous genus could be
distinguished from the non-venomous one by the fact that in Elaps
the black rings are bordered by the yellow, while in Osceola the
yellow rings are bordered by black.

The paper was illustrated by charts and drawings and by alco-
holic specimens of Elaps fulvius and of Osceola doliata coccinea.

TuurspaAy, May 30, 1901.

At this meeting Mr. A. Schroeder and Rev. J. W. Berg of St.
Francis were elected members of the society, after which those
present listened with much interest to a lecture by Prof. Stuart
Weller of the University of Chicago entitled, “Modern Problems
in Paleontology.”

The lecturer described the methods employed, and some of the
results achieved, by that branch of Paleontological Geology which
dealt with faunal societies. It was shown how by its aid it ws
possible in a measure to restore the ancient geography of the earth
at any geological period, and to determine the migrations of any
of the fossil faunal types.

JANUARY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 13

Prof. Weller then considered the Mississippi valley region of
our continent; treating in detail each geologic period from the
Silurian, up to and through the Carboniferous, showing how it
was possible by a comparison of the fossil fauna of each era to
map out the shallow seas and the land barriers then existing, and
also to determine the order in which the changes took place, and
from whence new fossil types were derived.

THURSDAY, June 27, I9OI.

The general meeting of the Wisconsin Natural History Society
for June was held in the usual place—the Museum lecture room—
President Teller occupying the chair.

C. E. Brown read reports of section meetings held during the
month, and he also stated that the botanists of the society had
recently added many new plants and species of fungi to the
Museum collections. Mr. William Riley was elected a member of
the society. The election of Mr. Edw. E. Voss as director of the
section of ornithology was approved. The attendance was 24.

Chas. E. Brown then read a paper entitled, “Types and Dis-
tribution of Grooved Stone Axes.” It was shown how, accord-
ing to the peculiarities of the handle-groove, they could be ar-
ranged into three main divisions: (1) Those having only a notch
in each opposite side of the axe; (2) those with a groove extend-
ing around three sides; (3) those in which the groove completely
encircled it. These could again be divided into several sub-classes
according to the position and number of the grooves or the general
shape or ornamentation of the axes themselves. Drawings were

exhibited. of specimens belonging to each class and the material,
possible uses, and occurrence of these axes throughout the state
discussed.

This paper was followed by a lecture by E. Bruncken on
“Ecology,” in which the general principles of this recently de-
veloped branch of botany were stated and explained, and applied
to many of our local species of plants.

Mr. Herman Pereles of the Numismatic section then read an
instructive paper entitled. “Jackson Tokens and Hard Times
Money.” He described the financial and political conditions that
led to the issuing of these interesting series of coins, as well as
many of the coins themselves in detail.

Dr. S. Graenicher next read a paper entitled, “Flowers Adapt-
ed to Carrion-Fly Visitors,” which dealt principally with the fer-
tilization of our three local species of Smilax, S. herbacea, S.
hispida and S. ecirrhata, specimens of which and of their insect
visitors were exhibited by the speaker.

14 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO, 1.

A valuable collection of coins belonging to Mr. Altenberg was
examined with much interest by those present. ‘The expenditure
connected with the holding of a State Archeological meeting was
authorized by the society, after which the meeting was adjourned.

THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 26, IQOI.

At this meeting, which was attended by 26 persons, President
Teller brought the matter of the society’s library to the attention
of those present, stating that the documents relating to the trans-
fer of the books to the Public Museum had been lost, and that
while the Trustees of that institution had expressed their willing-
ness to have the library properly catalogued and put in charge of a
competent person, they did not see their way clear to do so while
the ownership of the books remained in doubt.

The subject was discussed at some length by E. Bruncken, Dr.
Stanhope and Chas. Doerflinger, after which a committee consist-
ing of Messrs. Peckham, Monroe, West and Bennetts was ap-
pointed by the President to confer with the Museum Board and
to look after the society’s interest in this matter.

C. E. Brown then briefly reported concerning the section meet-
ings that had been held since the last general meeting of June 27,
after which the first paper of the evening was read by Chas. Doer-
flinger, whose subject was “The Prehistoric Exhibit at the Paris
Exposition of 1900.” He described especially the excellent repro-
ductions of the rock pictures from the walls of caves that had
recently been discovered in Southern France, those of the cave
“Pair-non-Pair,” near Bourg sur Gironde, being of unusual inter-
est; and also drew attention to the value added to the exhib’ts by
the numerous books of reference that accompanied them and that
were accessible to all visitors. The adoption of some similar plan
by our Public Museum was suggested in the paper.

Adolf Biersach followed with a paper on the habits of the
common toad, which consisted largely in a defence of this useful
little animal against the evil reputation that the superstition and
ignorance of the people had conferred upon it.

At this meeting twenty persons were elected to membership
as follows: E. R. Buckley, of Rolla, Missouri; Horace Reach,
Sr., of Prairie du Chien; F. M. Caldwell, Princeton; W. P. Clark,
of Milton: Matt Duane, Marshall; Wm. Finger, Milwaukee;
Frank B. Faroo, Lake Mills; P. D. Griste, East Troy: Alnhonse
Gerend, St. Francis: W. W. Gilman, Boscohel; H. M. Jaycox,
Take Mills: Rudolf Kuehne, Shebovgan: Rev. J. G Laurer,
Plain: I. H. Lyman, Kenosha; Frank Mueller, Princeton; G.
F. Melcher, Woodland; R. L. Porter, Mukwonago; Chas. Slocum,

JANUARY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 15

M. D., Defiance, Ohio; Geo. Schuette, Manitowoc; C. E. Wood,
Mukwonago; H. A. Willard, Mazomanie.

Dr. Harlan J. Smith of the American Museum of Natural His-
tory was elected an honorary member.

THuRSDAY, October 31, I90I.

The attendance was twenty-nine at this meeting, which was
presided over by President Teller.

Chas. E. Brown, the secretary of sections, read the proceedings
of a meeting of the Biology section and also of a meeting of the
Archeology section, both of which had been held during the past
month.

He also reported as to the work accomplished during two ex-
cursions made into Waukesha County on Sept. 30 and Oct. 21.
Ten groups of undescribed mounds and several isolated mounds
and earthworks had been surveyed and platted and considerable
data collected in regard to the copper and stone implements pecu-
liar to the localities.

The following were elected to membership: Miss H. B. Mer-
rill and Messrs. S. C. Wadmond of Racine; Dr. H. B. Hinsdale of
Ann Arbor, Mich.; P. V. Lawson of Menasha, S. D. Mitchell of
Ripon, W. H. Canfield of Baraboo, Louis Falge of Reedsville and
Herb. J. Johnson, O,. L. Hollister and W. H:. Vogel of Mil-
waukee.

The committee appointed to look into the matter of transfer-
ring the society’s library to the Public Museum then reported
through its Chairman, Dr. G. W. Peckham, as follows:

“Your committee to whom was referred the question of re-
lations between the Natural Historv Society and the Public Mu-
seum, have the honor to report as follows:

First. Thev believe that in the interests of all concerned the
library should he catalogued.

Second. That exchanges should be maintained and that
where hreaks occur in the series, steps should be taken to make
good the missing volumes.

Third. That during certain days of each week the library
should be open during reasonable hours during the evening.
Under the nresent conditions the librarv is inaccessible except to
persons so fortunate as to be able to command their own time.

“Your committee further believe that if proper arrangements
can he made with the Museum Trustees, that there can be no ob-
jection to the transfer of the title to the Museum. As an alterna-
tive pronosition, and in the event of the Museum not caring to
undertake any responsibility in caring for the library, the com- —

16 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, VOL. 2. NO. 1.

mittee suggest that it be transferred to the Public Library of the
city, where it would be catalogued and accessible to the public.
Respectfully submitted,
G. W. PECKHAM,
C, E. MONROE,
Gy AW WES:
B-PELEE:
W: J. BENNETTS.

‘Ernest Bruncken then moved that the committee be given
full power to make an agreement with the Museum or the Library
on the basis of these principles, which motion was seconded and
carried.

The lecture of the evening was by Dr. Peckham and was en-
titled “Some Points in Geographical Distribution.”

The speaker illustrated by numerous examples the fact the
world could be divided into many life or faunal areas, and that
the original explanations given of these, such as, for example, that
they depended upon the amount of heat, or that certain resem-
blances were due to a former land connection, failed to interpret
the facts as they were now known. The modern view is that dis-
tribution was brought about by the same natural forces that are
to-day in operation, and that those changes that are at work in
Geology operate also in Biology.

The West India Islands have a warm and tropical climate, but
are remarkably destitute of animal life, both of species and indi-
viduals, except in the case of introduced species. Geology shows
that they have been several times raised and submerged and as
many times has life been destroyed and repopulation taken place,
doubtless by drift species from the nearest mainland.

This theory is supported by the fact that the fauna of Cuba is
related to that of North America, while that of Jamaica resembles
more nearly that of South America.

Prof. E. C. Case, after the lecture, discussed these latter points,
showing that any extensive migration from the adjacent continent
would be largely prevented by the prevailing winds and currents
from the eastward, and that in the case of amphibia it would be
prevented by the fact that salt is fatal to most of the species.

Mr. W. H. Ellsworth displayed a grooved stone axe from Da-
kota which was of unusual shape, being almost entirely spherical.

The meeting was then adjourned.

WM. J. BENNETTS, Recording Secretary.

STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 47

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN

Studies in Plant Distribution.

By ERNEST BRUNCKEN.
J. On the Succession of Forest Types in the Vicinity of Milwaukee.

In a former paper (Bull. Wis. Nat. History Society, I, page
178) the forest conditions in the vicinity of Milwaukee were con-
sidered principally from the economic standpoint. The following
pages are an attempt to treat some of the peculiarities of the for-
ests of the same region from the standpoint of ecological distri-
bution.

The forests of the Milwaukee region are almost exclusively
of the deciduous, mesophytic type, xerophilous associations being
now represented only by the meager remnants of tamarack
swamps still lingering here and there. But there is evidence of
the former prevalence of xerophytic, principally coniferous asso-
ciations; and within the mesophytic association a number of dis-
tinct groups of more or less pronounced mesophily can be clearly
distinguished. Between these sub-associations a vigorous con-
test is carried on, so that there are numerous transition stages.

The mesophytic association may be conveniently divided into
three sub-associations, according to the degree of mesophily ex-
hibited in the species of which they are most prevalently com-
posed. These sub-associations are:

1. The hemi-xerophytic sub-association. Its characteristic
species are various oaks, particularly the white and burr oaks; the
shell-bark hickory and the black cherry.

2. The mesophytic sub-association, with the basswood, the
hard maple, and in a part of the region the beech (1) as its most
characteristic members.

The hemi-hydrophytic sub-association, in which various
elms, black ash and cotton wood are leading species.

The first of these sub-associations is probably the most widely
spread in the region. It is characterized by the great light de-
mand of the trees composing it. In addition to the species men-
tioned, we find in this sub-association Quercus rubra and tincto-
ria, Ostrya Virginica, Populus tremuloides and grandidentata
Hicoria ovata and glabra. The underbrush shows, in addition
to the young seedlings and saplings of the trees, several shrubs
with xerophytic characters, such as various species of Ribes, haz-

(1) On the peculiarities of distribution of the beech, see Wis. N.H.S. Bulletin, I,
page 33. pe

18 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO, .

elnut and witch hazel. In places there are thickets of Rubus, and
Xanthoxylum is not uncommon. The herbaceous flora is rich,
both in species and individuals, and golden rod, punnowen and
asters find here their favorite habitat.

The second sub-association is characterized by the great shade
tolerance of some of its members, and probably as a consequence
of the deep shade prevailing in its midst, by the thick layer of
humus found on the floor. In addition to the hard maple and
basswood, there belong to this association the butternut, the black
walnut (now rare), and the white ash. The underbrush is apt to
be less dense than the preceding class, and often confined to the
places where the canopy has been broken. It is composed largely
of the same shrubs that are found in the preceding sub-association,
except that the hazelnut is not likely to be found, and that Sam-
bucus mgra may be added. The herbaceous vegetation is apt to
be scanty, especially in summer, when the crowns are fully leaved.
Often the dry leaves monopolize the floor almost entirely. Among
the herbs most often accompanying this association should be men-
tioned Podophyllum peltatum, Viola scabriuscula, Trillium grand-
iforum, and two species of Erythronium.

This sub-association rarely occupies large areas; it is usually
found in the form of islands among the surrounding sea of the
hemi-xerophytes. Often it inhabits damp ravines, where the ac-
cumulation of humus is assisted by washing from the sides. As
the two associations are still in the fighting stage, neither is very
firmly established in any particular locality. Consequently it is
by no means uncommon to find individuals belonging to the one
sub-association scattered among the other. But in those places
where there has been no modification by human interference such
as will be described below, this difference is quite noticeable: The
hemi-xerophytic trees scattered among the maple-basswood sub-
association are usually old, often veterans in a state of evident de- —
cay; on the other hand, where maples, basswood and their associ-
ates are found among the oaks and hickories, they are more often
young trees. This phenomenon will throw considerable light on
the history of these forests, and should be borne in mind for the
discussion which will follow below.

The hemi-hydrophytic sub-association may again be divided
into a double group, according as it is found in the swampy de-
pressions of the uplands or in the river bottoms. The difference
is not so much in the species as in the way in which they are asso-
ciated. In the upland swamps(2)Ulmus Americana and Frax-

(2) These swamps are usually fairly well drained, dry after about the first
of July, and very distinct from the tamarack swamps. Their center is usually i in

eb open water, in part occupied by the swamp loving shrubs mentioned in the
ex

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 19

inus nigra are by far the most numerous, silver and red maple (3)
are interspersed very sparingly, Ulnius fulva a little more ire-
quently, and Quercus bicolor is common. The underbrush con-
sists of many species of Salix, Cornus, Viburnum, etc. Creepers,
such as Ampelopsis, Lonicera, Smilax are characteristic of this
as well as the second group of this sub-association, while they are
practically unknown in the other forest associations (with the
exception of Evonymus). The soil is probably sour in not a few
cases, as would be indicated by the rich development of swamp-
loving mosses, Cyperaceae, etc. Phanerogamic herbs growing
under the shade of the trees mostly have some xerophytic charac-
ters (Viola blanda and Labradorica, Majanthemum Canadense,
etc.), in sharp contrast to the hydrophytic flora towards the
middle of the swamps. .

The second group of the hemi-hydrophytic sub-association, the
bottom woods, has been more disastrously affected by human ac-
tivity than any other portion of the forests of the region, except
the tamarack association. “There can be little doubt that previous
to the settlement of the country this group occupied the entire val-
leys of the Milwaukee, Menomonee and Kinnickinnic Rivers with
the exception of the sedge and wild rice marshes at their mouth,
and perhaps isolated patches of tamarack swamp and hydrophytic
shrubbery. To-day a few small remnants is all that is left of the
bottom forest, such as the grove near the junction of Honey Creek
and the Menomonee. On the pastures which now form the largest
part of the river valleys, there are scattered a good many groups
and individual trees, some of them in full vigor, others in various
stages of decay, stag-headed and hollow-boled. From these rem-
nants, however, it is possible to draw a mental picture of what
these woods must have looked like when they were in their pris-
tine glory. Three species of elm (Ulmus Americana, fulva and
racemosa) seem to have furnished the most numerous host; as-
sociated with them were Celtis occidentalis, which now remains
only in comparatively few individuals, the largest group known to
the writer growing near the County Insane Asylum, Quercus bi-
color, Acer dasycarpum, Acer Negundo, Populus deltoides, Frax-
mus nigra, Salix amygdaloides. The trees in this group seem to
have grown to very great dimensions, if one may judge from the
giants which still remain. Creepers of the species mentioned above
were abundant. It is probable that the forest was interrupted by
considerable areas covered with shrubs. Such thickets have again
come up in many places since the original growth was destroyed.

(3) Young red maple trees are occasionally found among young growths of
hard maple, away from the proximity of swamps.

20 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

They cannot properly be classed with forest associations, but must
be considered as a distinct formation, and will not be considered
here in detail. The remnants of the bottom wood group are in
evident course of extinction. The old trees are gradually dying or
being removed by the axe. Windfalls are exceedingly common in
the thinned stands of elm. The young trees that are coming up
are as apt to be hard maples and other trees from the mesophytic
uplands as the progeny of the original occupants.

Having thus briefly described the three mesophytic forest sub-
associations of the region, the question arises as to their history.
The hemi-hydrophytic sub-association is evidently conditioned
directly by the physiography of the country. But the other two
seem to’ be far more directly the result of the struggle for life
among species.

To understand the mutual relations of these two types of forest
it is necessary to throw a glance at a somewhat wider region than
that under immediate consideration. The vegetation map of
Eastern Wisconsin, accompanying the first Geological Survey of
the State, shows that there is a broad belt to the west of Milwau-
kee County, which is there denominated the Oak Group. To the
east of this is a strip classified as the Oak and Maple Group, and
still farther east comes the Maple and Beech Group. A visit to
the forest anywhere within the Oak Group will show that various.
species of oak are almost the only trees found there. Their only
associates are the hickories, only in some places the black cherry is
found. These are precisely the species which have been mentioned
as the characteristic ones of the hemi-xerophytic sub-association.
Perhaps it is possible to divide even this sub-association into seve-
ral groups of more or less highly developed xerophily. At all
events, the white and burr oak seem to have more pronounced
xerophytic characters than the red and black oaks, and it is well
known that groves of stunted burr oaks are not uncommon as far
West as South Dakota, where conditions are decidedly xerophytic.

A closer study of the oak forests will show that here and there,
usually in a deep ravine or in the neighborhood of a lake or water
course, there are a few individuals of basswood. The vicinity of
such trees is usually distinguished also by the occurrence of
strongly mesophytic herbs, such as Podophyllum peltatum, which
are uncommon in the purely oak forests. Sometimes one will.no-
tice that the basswood and its minor companions grow exclusively
on the southerly side of a ravine, while they are entirely absent
on the northerly side. One remembers that these locations receive
less sunlight than the northerly slopes. Their greater shade and
consequently damp and cool condition retards the oxydization of

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 21

the vegetable mould, and in such places the humus is deeper and
richer than is usual in the oak woods, with their insufficient shade.
As one travels eastward, the maple makes its appearance, at first
sparingly and confined to such localities as have just been de-
scribed. By the time one is fairly within the territory of the Oak
and Maple Group of the map, maples and basswood and their asso-
ciated trees mentioned above occur with growing frequency on the
ordinary uplands a well as in ravines and coves. Going still far-
ther east, and coming within two or three miles of Lake Michigan,
one begins to find the beech, the tree which of all trees of the re-
gion throws the densest shade and grows in the places with the
deepest and richest humus.

This geographical arrangement suggests that its cause is the
amount of humus required for the various species. The oaks and
their associates demand the least of it. The basswood comes
next, while maples and beeches demand the richest soil. It might
be supposed that the distribution of these trees is determined
by the mineralogical character of the soil on which they grow.
But this is negatived by a comparison of the vegetation map and
the soil map found in the Geological Survey atlas. From this it
appears that maples and beeches are found indiscriminately on
“heavy marly clay,” “lighter marly clay,” “calcareous sand” and
“red clay”; while the oak forests, although mostly on “lighter
marly clay,” are by no means confined to that soil formation.

Although sufficient sunshine reaches the forest floor under an
oak canopy to cause comparatively rapid oxydization of the vege-
table mould, that process is not rapid enough to prevent the slow
accumulation of humus even in an oak forest. It is conse-
quently a mere question of time until there will be sufficient humus
in all the oak woods to satisfy even the hard maple. But as soon
as the maple has gained a foothold it prevents by its dense shade
the growth of oak seedlings, while its own seedlings, with their
remarkable shade tolerance, can flourish well enough. At the
same time it gives a great impetus to the further accumulation of
humus. In the course of ages, therefore, with no new factor en-
tering into the process, the maple and its associates would supplant
the oak and its accompanying species everywhere in this region.
The maple-basswood-beech sub-association is consequently the
culmination type of forest in this locality. It is safe to assume
that at one time Milwaukee County was covered by almost pure
oak forests (with the qualification to be discussed forthwith), such
aS are now struggling with the prairie formation in the Rock
River valley and the country immediately to the east of that.

The further question presents itself: Why are the maples,

22 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

basswood and beeches somuch better developed in the neighborhood
of Lake Michigan than they are twenty or thirty miles inland?
The hypothetical answer which suggests itself is that the nearness
of so large a body of water has a modifying influence on the hy-
gricity and temperature relations of the climate, by which the ac-
cumulation of humus in the oak forests is favored by retarding of
oxydization. The correctness of this hypothesis can be determined
by nothing except numerous and long-continued meteorological
observations in various localities. Such data are not in existence,
and there is no prospect that the gathering of them will be com-
menced in the near future.

The culmination type of forest has not been reached in this
vicinity anywhere except in small, isolated, specially favored
areas. By far the greater part of the territory is in a transition
stage, presenting neither the purely mesophytic nor the hemi-xero-
phytic character. On the whole it is probably easier to find areas
decidedly of the latter kind than of the former. It is apparent,
then, that the course of development from the oak forest through
the various trans‘tion stages to the basswood-maple-beech, or per-
haps eventually to the pure maple forest, has not yet become
completed.

Perhaps it would be more correct to say: Had not been com-
pleted when the settlement of the region brought in a new factor
of the greatest modifying power. Not only was the greater part
of the territory wholly deprived of its forest cover by human
hands, but the remaining tracts of forest were cut up into small
parcels, of sizes ranging up to about a hundred acres, but usually
much smaller. This reduction alone would probably be suff-
cient, by allowing the better access of wind to the forest floor, to
make the conditions more xerophytic, especially as the edges of
the tracts are rarely protected against the drying influence of the

wind by a mantle of shrubs. But in addition a great many trees

have been culled from the forest everywhere, so that frequently
the crown cover is very much broken and the sunshine has full
access. This of course increases the rate of oxydization of the
humus and prevents its accumulation to a great degree. The
floor in such places is often covered w‘th a dense growth of
grasses. All these factors tend to reverse the natural progress
towards the purely mesophytic sub-association. It is quite notice-
able that taking the region as a whole the oaks are on the increase.
In many places, especially where there is much grass, oaks are
practically the only young trees to be found.

However, there are isolated tracts here and there, on which,
through accident probably more often than design, the maple has

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 93

been favored. This has occurred where the culling has been mod-
erate, so that the shade on the floor remained too dense to allow
the growth of the intolerant oaks. Thus there is a considerable
tract in the town of Wauwatosa, which is now an almost pure
maple wood with the young trees ranging in age from the last
year’s seedling up to good-sized poles. The few standards re-
maining are in about equal numbers oaks and maples, but oak
seedlings are entirely absent. The floor is almost bare of vegeta-
tion and the humus deep and rich. Similar places are found
scattered in many parts of the country.

It was stated in the beginning of this article that there was
evidence of this region having been clothed at one time with a
xerophytic forest, mostly composed of conifers. This proposition
remains to be discussed.

A glance at the vegetation map shows that to the north of
Milwaukee County the Oak and Oak and Maple Groups are re-
placed by two quite dissimilar types of forest. In one of these
the white pine is prevalent; this group stretches along the Lake
Shore in a strip that gradually narrows as it comes South. The
other type is characterized by the prevalence of hard maple, yellow
birch and hemlock, and the almost complete absence of oak. This
is the association which covers such large areas in the central part
of Northern Wisconsin (4). Of both these associations relicts
are not infrequently found in the neighborhood of Milwaukee,
thus indicating that they must once have been represented in
this region.

The white pine association has for its most characteristic com-
panion tree the paper birch. This tree ‘s still common in a very
narrow strip along the shore of Lake Michigan. The white pine
itself formerly occurred in the same narrow strip, but the last large
specimens seem to have disappeared a few years ago. It is said
that a few very small individuals are still growing in a ravine
near Fox Point. Going south, from Milwaukee, the white pine
re-occurs on sandy beaches and on the dunes near Chicago. The
paper birch is very well developed in several places along the
Lake Shore, to the South, conspicuously so on the broad and
swampy land flat north of Waukegan, Ills. Small species usually
accompanying this association, such as Pteris aquilina, are found
sparingly in the paper birch strip, although they are entirely absent
everywhere else in our territory. The conclusion can hardly be
avoided that the white pine areas of the North and the Southern

(4) See Roth, Forest Conditions of Northern Wisconsin.

24 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

end of the Lake were formerly connected by a strip along the Lake
Shore (5).

The signs that the maple-yellow birch-hemlock association
was ever present in this neighborhood are not quite so convincing
as those of the white pine association. The only direct evidence
discovered so far is the occurrence of Betula lutea in this neigh-
borhood (see Bull. Wis. Natural History Soc., I, page 31). But
there is good theoretical ground for assuming such a stage in the
history of our torest. For in the regions to the Northward, the
white pine association is normally succeeded by this or similar as-
sociations, the development proceeding from the interior to the
shore (6).

The white pine association is of course typically xerophytic;
the only other xerophytic forests found in our region are the
tamarack swamps, which were formerly quite extensive but have
now almost disappeared, principally through the direct activity of
man.

The result of this inquiry into the history of the forests of
the Milwaukee region is the following:

The earliest forests of which we can find any trace belongs to
the xerophytic white pine association. It was probably succeeded
more or less completely by a forest similar to the hardwood forests
of Central Northern Wisconsin, in which maples, yellow birches,
and perhaps hemlock played a leading part. Whether this group
ever occupied the whole area not reserved to the white pine asso-
ciation, or whether in some places the pines were directly sup-
planted by the oaks that must have invaded the territory from
the Southwest, it is now impossible to tell. Nor is there any clear
evidence to show what caused the birches to disappear. It is cer-
tain that the oaks successfully conquered the whole territory ex-
cepting the swamp lands and river bottoms, which developed dis-
tinct associations. What gave the oaks their temporary advantage
over the maples and birches we do not know. After a while the
maples, but not the birches, began to reconquer the lost ground,
and the forests progressed towards a basswood-maple-beech cul-
mination type, when the interference of man gave a renewed ad-
vantage to the oaks.

Il, Contributions to the Ecology of the Genus Viola.
The fact that a large number of plants growing in undrained
swamps have numerous xerophytic characters is well known.

(5) The immediate shore of Lake Michigan, i. e. the beach, terraces, clay
banks and ravines, have so distinct and peculiar a flora that they deserve separate
treatment, which must be reserved to a later time.

(6) See H. N. Whitford, Genetic Development of the Forests of Northern
Michigan, Botanical Gazette, vol. 31; May, 1901.

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 25

Various suggestions have been made to explain this phenomenon,
which is so surprising when first encountered (7), but hitherto
these suggestions have not ripened into more than plausible hy-
potheses. The following observations may furnish some material
towards an ultimate solution of the problem:

The genus Viola is represented by seven species in the near
neighborhood of Milwaukee, and by at least four others in other
parts of Eastern Wisconsin. These species form an illustrative
series in which xerophytic characters increase as one departs from
those growing in typically mesophytic places to either those species
inhabiting dry hillsides or wet and boggy situations. The species
forming the mesophytic center is V. scabriuscula. It has hardly
anything suggestive of a protection against excessive transpira-
tion, with its broad leaves, juicy stems, light green color and al-
most complete absence of pubescence. This species flourishes in
the shadiest portions of our mesophytic forests, under the hard
maples and beeches, where the humus is deepest and yet the drain-
age sufficient to prevent the formation of deleterious acids. Very
similar to this species both in habit and habitat is V. Canadensis,
which does not occur in Milwaukee Cotinty but is fairly common
farther North. The next species in regard to slight development
of xerophytic characters is V. pubescens. The name of this species
is by no means suggestive of its general appearance, for while one
can find individuals with a fairly conspicuous coat of hair, there
are others almost as naked as V. scabriuscula. The seed pod is
an exception, for this organ is invariably covered with a very close
coat of hair. This species is also found principally in the meso-
phytic forest, but it is not so closely confined to the beech and
maple groups as scabriuscula. It is quite satished with the ordi-
nary type, where oak, hickory, cherry and other trees compete with
the maple, where the shade is less dense and the humus does not
reach the same thickness and richness. Viola obliqua and the
tather rare V. ovata come next. They are not absent from the
forests where ’. pubescens has its favorite stations, but far more
characteristic of thickets of shrubs and saplings, where there is
still a reasonable amount of humus. They are also found in the
vigorous grass of meadows, and in the willow brush along the
rivers. In at least one place I have found Viola obliqua growing
. copiously in a small sedge marsh. Both of these species have a few
xerophytic characters, the most conspicuous of which is the rolling
in of the leaf edges. (This also occurs sometimes in V. pubes-
cens). By this the stomata of the upper leaf surface are protected
from the wind.

(7) See Warming, Oekologische Pflanzen-Geographie, German ed., page 69.

26 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

All the species mentioned so far one would not think of class-
ing otherwise than as mesophytes. The next one, however, is
quite distinctly xerophytic, although not extremely so. This is V.
sororia, a species very similar to V. obliqwa, but distinguished by
the pronounced hirsuteness of the green parts. It is perhaps the
commonest species in this neighborhood, and invarably occupies
dry localities, such as sunny hillsides or the hawthorn scrub lands.
Hardly ever does one find this and its cousin, V. obliqua, interming-
ling, although it is common to see the latter flourish at the foot
of a hill, where the ground is fairly moist and the insolation mod-
erate, while the adjacent slope, dry and exposed to hot sunlight,
shows numerous plants ot . sororia. Stations similar to those
occupied by this species are pre-empted by:V’. pedata in many
places a little farther west, for instance on deforested slopes of the
Kettle’ Range. The division of the leaves in this species seem
to be a xerophytic adaptation, serving a similar purpose as the
hirsuteness of V. sororia.

In some places, e. g. near the Lake Shore in section 36, Town
of Oak Creek, the last named species shares its dry habitat with
Viola Labradorica. Byt more often that species is found in the
damp, almost swampy places in the forest, where elm, black ash
and red maple indicate the great moisture content of the soil. Here
the ground is often largely occupied by mosses, and among these
the low, much-branch‘ng plants, with their tangle of thin, super-
ficial roots and little pale flowers are found. The habit of this
species forms a striking contrast to that of its mesophytic cousins,
like V. Scabriuscula or Canadensis. Where it grows copiously, it
forms carpets on the ground, and might almost be called cespitose.
In its neighborhood in such damp, mossy localities one is quite
apt to find also the smallest of our violets, V. blanda. Both of
these species are distinguished for their small size. But the pecu-
liarity of VY. Labradorica which is most interesting in the present
connection is that it seems to flourish equally well in decidedly
dry and pronouncedly wet situations. V. Labradorica is closely
allied to the European ’. canina, in fact so closely that some tax-
onomists will give it only varietal rank. (V. canina Muehlen-
bergu.) Now the European form is found in very dry localities,
such as gravel slopes where the dominant vegetation consists of
xerophilous grasses like Festuca ovina, or among the heather.
There must be something in common between the two apparently
so very different stations in which Viola Labradorica is found,
and that common quality must be something which favors xero-
phytic adaptations. For the low growth and semi-cespitose habit
of this species is a fairly pronounced indication of xerophily.

JANUARY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 27

It seems to me that the similarity consists in this: In the dry
places, especially the gravelly, strongly insolated slopes, there
is very little humus. What little there may be found is some-
times sour or “raw’’; in fact the dense tangle which roots often
form in such localities is well known for its tendency to produce
sourness by hindering aeration. Similar sour humus is found in
the wet, swampy forests. Sour humus makes it more difficult for
the roots to absorb moisture, and consequently it becomes neces-
sary for the plant to reduce the transpiration. The lack of oxy-
gen and assimilable forms of nitrogen in such soils still further
induces a weakening of physiological activity. Now the series of
Viola species outlined above shows clearly that the number and
importance of xerophilous adaptations increases in inverse pro-
portion of the presence of fresh, well-aerated humus, from the
maple-beech forests to the dry hillsides on the one hand and the
boggy elm and black ash forests on the other. Does not this
circumstance indicate that there must be some causal connection
between the quality of the humus and the occurrence of xerophy-
tic characters?

It will be noticed, however, that there is a marked difference
in the kind of adaptation between the dry and wet xerophytic sta-
tions. In the dry localities the most conspicuous feature is hairi-
ness and next to it the rolling in of the leaf edge. In the swamp,
what one notices most of all is the reduction in size, both of the
plant as a whole and the proportion of the various organs of as-
similation and transpiration. V. Labradorica is one of the small-
est of our violets, both as regards length of stems and breadth of
leaves. (The flowers are also smaller than in most other species. )
V. blanda is smaller still. European species in similar stations,
like V. palustris, which grows in sphagnum bogs, and V. biflora,
which is found in gulches and on rocks where the water is con-
stantly dripping, are also among the smallest of violets. On the
other hand, lV. sororia does not appear a bit less vigorous and full-
sized than its cousin V. obliqua, though the latter has far better
advantages as regards humus.

It will suggest itself therefore that the plants growing in
sour humus have a tendency towards reduction in size, and a
glance at other species than those of the genus Viola confirms this
impression. Although hairiness is not entirely absent in bog
plants, it is uncommon (8); but nearly all such species are dis-
tinguished by small leaves. This is true of many Fricaceae, and
of conifers, such as tamarack and spruce. In very bad localities,
such as sphagnum bogs, the spruce which occasionally grow there

(8) See Warming, Op. cit., page 174.

28 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

suffer an individual dwarfing, so that such a tree, although but a
few feet high, may be a hundred years old.

The results which appear to flow from the above observations
are the following:

1. The occurrence of more or less xerophytic species of Viola
in a given locality depends on the amount and quality of humus
in the soil. 2. Scantiness of humus favors specific adaptations for
reducing transpiration, but does not diminish the vigor of growth;
sourness of the humus tends to produce dwarfishness both of the
whole plant and its separate parts.

The case of Viola obliqua growing in a sedge marsh, as men-
tioned above, does not necessarily militate against the second con-
clusion. It is by no means uncommon to find colonies of a species
in a station not at all adapted to its growth. But such colonies are
apt to be transitory ; the numbers and individual vigor of the mem-
bers is likely to diminish with each generation, until they dis-
appear. Iam unable to state how long V. obliqua has been in the
marsh in question, but it will be interesting to watch its future
history. It is probable that it will gradually disappear, unless
the marsh should dry up and its soil become less sour; or unless
the invaders should develop a variation which would adapt it to
the new conditions.

JANUARY, 1902. GRAENICHER—FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESH-FLIES. 29

Flowers Adapted to Flesh-Flies.
By DR. S. GRAENICHER.

The flies which are to be considered in the present paper, in
regard to their relations to certain flowers, agree more or less in
their food-habits, and are members of the families Sarcophagidae,
Muscidae and of a few other closely allied families. They are the
scavengers among the flies, feeding either in their larval state or
as perfect insects on decaying organic matter, but also resorting to
flowers in search of honey and pollen. Some of these are popu-
larly known as flesh-flies, carrion-flies, dung-flies, etc., according
to the nature of the substances to which they usually pay their at-
tention. They are guided to these substances by the putrid odor
emanating therefrom, and for this reason we might expect any
flower, producing a similar odor, to be especially attractive. to
them. Delpino has given an account of two species of Stapelia
from the Cape of Good Hope, plants belonging to the family As-
clepiadaceae, the flowers of which are carrion-scented and are
visited by flesh-flies (sapromyiophilous). The Papaw, Asimina
triloba, Dunal, a plant well known in this country, especially
throughout the Southern States, on account of its edible fruit,
produces dark purple flowers which are also sapromyiophilous.
From Southern Illinois Robertson (1) has reported the visits of 9
flies to these flowers, seven of which are flesh-flies, or other flies
of similar food-habits. At Firenze, in Italy, Delpino observed
seven species of flies on the flowers of cultivated specimens of the
Papaw.

In our surroundings there occur three species of Smilax (fam-
ily Smilaceae), two of which, S. ecirrhata and S. herbacea, pro-
duce flowers of a disagreeable odor, as the name carrion-flower,
given to one of them, implies, while the flowers of the third
species, S. Hispida, are sweet-scented. In color and structure of
the flowers all three species agree, but they differ essentially in the
odor of the flowers. For this reason they furnish a suitable ma-
terial for determining the effect of the putrid odor on the various
types of flower-visiting insects.

Besides these two sapromyiophilous species of Smilax, a third
plant is represented in our flora with flowers of an offensive odor,
and of a dark purple color besides. This is Euonymus atropurpur-
eus, the Waahoo, a member of the family Celastraceae, and it will

(1) Chas. Robertson, Flowers and Insects, Trans. Acad. Sc. St. Louis, Vol.
VII, No. 6, pp. 154-5.

30 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 1.

be considered in the course of this paper, with the same points in
view as in the case of the Smilax-species.

The flowers of the latter have a greenish color. In a paper on
the pollination of the greenish-yellow flowers of plants belonging
to the genera Caulophyllum, Ptelea, Rhamnus, Rhus and Sassa-
fras, Robertson (2) reviews the opinions held by various authors
on the effect of the greenish color of the flowers on the insect-
visitors. According to Delpino and Herm. Mueller, such flowers
are very attractive to the larger flies (macromyiophilous), but
the observations of Robertson show a distinct predominance of
the flies in one species only, in Sassafras officinale, Nees, while in
the remaining species (with the exception of Caulophyllum thalic-
troides (L.) Michx.), the lower bees, Andrenidae are the leading
visitors. Of the dark colored flowers, such as are present in our
Waahoo, (Euonymus atropurpureus) Delpino and Herm. Muel-
ler express the view that they are visited mostly by flesh-flies
(sapromyiophilous). As will be shown later on, the observations
made on the Waahoo do not support this view.

SMILAX L.

The plants are dioecious, and produce simple flowers, which,
in our own three species, present a very slight variation in struc-
ture, size and color. The staminate, as also the pistillate flowers,
are gathered in axillary umbels and have a greenish-yellow color.
In the staminate flowers the perianth-segments and stamens are
present to the number of six, rarely of eight, and honey is se-
creted around the base of the filaments, as also along the inner
surface of the perianth-segments. ‘The pistillate flower has the
same number of perianth-segments as the staminate, and contains
an egg-shaped ovary, crowned with a three- or rarely a four-
parted stigma. In addition to these parts it has abortive stamens,
consisting of small filaments without anthers, which are appressed
to the ovary, and never spread, as they do in the staminate flow-
ers. The secretion of honey around the base of the ovary, and on
the inner surface of the perianth-segments, is about the same as in
the stam:nate flowers. The abundant whitish pollen of the stam-
inate flowers renders the latter more conspicuous than the pistil-
late flowers, in which all the parts are of a greenish color.

The characters mentioned above are those common to all three
of our species.

(2) Chas. Robertson, Flowers and Insects, XVII, Bot. Gaz., Vol. X XII (1896),
pp. 154-165.

JANUARY, 1902. GRAENICHER—FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESH-FLIES. 31

SMILAX ECIRRHATA, S. WATS. UPRIGHT SMILAX.

This is our earliest Smilax, blooming from May roth to June
12th. The stems grow upright, varying in height between six
and nine dm., and producing long-stalked axillary umbels,
with numerous erect flowers of one cm. diameter. In the older
flowers the lanceolate perianth-segments are somewhat reflexed.
The staminate and pistillate flowers of plants, growing under the
same conditions, open at about the same time. ‘The stamens are
strongly divergent, and all) the anthers of the same flower shed
their pollen synchronously. In the pistillate flower the abortive
stamens are represented by four to six thin, poorly developed fila-
ments, while the stigmatic lobes are comparatively large, and
covered with numerous papillae. Nectar is secreted abundantly by
both kinds of flowers, although in fine weather the flowers are
mostly found with hardly any nectar, the supply having been ex-
hausted by the very numerous insect-visitors. The putrid odor
of the flowers, staminate as well as pistillate, is very distinct and
miay be likened to the smell of decomposing cheese.

Smilax ecirrhata presents a case of trioecism. Besides plants
bearing either staminate or pistillate flowers, specimens are found
with perfect (hermaphrodite) flowers exclusively. Such plants
have appeared regularly for the last three seasons in a piece of
woodland near the northern limits of Milwaukee, in Mineral
Spring park. These perfect flowers are homogamous. Their ant-
hers and ovaries are not as well developed, as is the case in the
staminate and pistillate flowers, but they nevertheless furnish nor-
mal pollen and produce fruit. Trioecism has not yet been ob-
served in any of our other species of Smilax.

On different days within the last four years, the following vis-
itors have been taken on the flowers of Smilax ecirrhata:

A. Hymenoptera. |

Andrenidae: (1) Andrena, sp. 9, c. p.;* (2) Augochlora
vividula, Sm. 9,s. and c. p.; (3) Halictus fasciatus, Nyl., 2 ¢. p.;
(4) H. fulvipes, Sm. 9, s. and c. p.

b. Diptera.

Tipulidae: (5) Tipula graphica, Doane; Syrphidae: (6)
Mesogramma geminata, Say; Tachinidae: (7) Gonia capitata,
DeG.; Muscidae: (8) Hemichlora sp.; (9) Pollenia rudis,
Fabr.; (10) Callibhora erythrocephala, Meig.; (11 ) C. vomi-
‘toria, L.; (12) Phormia regina, Meig.; (13) P. terrae-novae,
Desv.; (14) Lucila sylvarum, Meig.; (15) L. caesar, L.; (16) L.

s Ys 9 Worker; ¢ Male; ? Female; s Sucking; c p Collecting Pollen; f p Feeding on
ollen.

32 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 1.

sericata, Meig.; (17) L. splendida, Meig.; (18) Pseudopyrelha
cornicina, Fabr.; (19) Morellia micans, Meig.; (20) Myospila
meditabunda, Fabr.; (21) Clinopera sp.; Sarcophagidae: (22)
Helicobia helicis, Town.; (23-28) Helicobia spp.; (29) Sarcoph-
aga sarraceniae, Riley; (30-32) Sarcophaga spp.; Anthomyidae:
(33) Drymeia sp.; (34) Ophyra sp.; (35) Phorbia fusciceps,
Zett.; (36-37) Phorbia spp.; Scatomyzidae: (38) Scatophaga
squalida, Meig.; Ortalidae: (39) Rivellia favimana, Loew; (40)
Chaetopsis aenea, Wied.; Sepsidae: (41) Sepsis wiolacea,
Meig.; (42) Piophila casei, L.; Oscinidae: (43) Chlorops
grata, Loew; (44) C. assimilis, Macq.; Borboridae: (45) Bor-
borus equinus, Fall. ;—all s. or f. p.

C. Coleoptera.

Elateridae: (46) Cardiophorus obscurus, Lec:; Malachiidae:
(47) Malachius montanus, Lec.; (48) M. thevenetu, Horn;
Cerambycidae: (49) Leptura lineola, Say; (50) Acmaeops biv-
ittata, Say; Chrysomelidae: (51) Orsodachna atra, Ahr.; An-
thicidae: (52) Corphyra lugubris, Say—all s.

D. Hemiptera.

Pentatomidae: (53) Corimelaena lateralis, Fabr. s.

Before drawing any conclusions from this list of visitors, it
may seem advisable to first consider our other species of Smilax
and then compare the results obtained.

SMILAX HERBACEA, L. CARRION-FLOWER.

The flowering season of this species is a continuation of that
of the preceding species and extends from June t1oth to July 13th.
As a rule the plants attain a greater size than those of S. ecir-
rhata, growing to a height of 2 m. and sending off a number of
branches. Besides this is a climbing species, another feature sep-
arating it from S. ecirrhata. As regards the flowers, they agree
so closely with those of the preceding species, that a description
of them may seem superfluous. Occasionally an umbel contains
as many as eighty flowers, in which case it has a globular form.

Although disagreeable, the odor of these flowers is decidedly
less putrid than that of the flowers of S. ecirrhata; it is a peculiar
odor, reminding somewhat of rotten fruit.

The following list of visitors has been obtained through re-
peated observations during the last four seasons:

A. Hymeneptera. |

Andrenidae: (1) Andrena rugosa, Rob. 9, s. and c. p.;
(2) Augochlora vividula, Sm. 9,s.andc.p.; (3) Agapostemon
vadiatus, Say.,@, c. p.; (4) Halictus confusus, Sm. Qs. and
c.p.; (5) H. inconspicuus, Sm. 9, cc. p.; (6) H. fulvipes, Sm..

JANUARY, 1902. GRAENICHER—FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESII-FLIES. Do

@,¢. p.; Eumenidae: (7) Odynerus tigris, Sauss., s.; Ichneu-
monidae: (8) Tryphon seminiger, Cress. s.; (9) Campoplex
dissitus, Nort. s.; (10) Cryptus sp., Ss.

B:< eptera:

Culicidae: (11) Culex stimulans, Walk.; Syrphidae: (12)
Mesogramma geminata, Say; Muscidae: (13) Pollenia rudts,
Fabr.; (14) Calliphora vomitoria, L.; | (15) Phormia regina,
Meig.; (16) P. terrae-novae, Desv.; (17) Lucila sylvarum,
Meig.; (18) L. caesar, L.; (19) L. sericata, Meig.; (20) Pseu-
dopyrellia cornicina, Fabr.; (21-22) Clinopera spp.; Sarcoph-
agidae: (23) Helicobia helicis, Town.; (24-26) Helicobia spp.,;
(27) Sarcophaga sarracemae, Riley; (28-33) Sarcophaga spp.;
Dexiidae: (34) Myocera cremides, Walk.; Anthomy:dae: (35)
Phorbia fusciceps, Zett.; (36) Leucomelina garrula, Gig.—Tos.;
Sapromyzidae: (37) Lonchaea polita, Say; (38) Sapromyza
lupulina, Fabr.; (39) Sapromyza sp.; Ortalidae: (40) Rivel-
ha pallida, Loew,—all s. or f. p.

C. Lepidoptera.

‘ Rhopalocera: (41) Neonympha eurytus, F. s.;

J, Coleoptera.

_ Cerambycidae: (42) Acmaeops atra, Lec.;-(43) A. bivittata,
Say; (44) Cyrtophorus verrucosus, Oliv.; (45) Euderces pi-
copes, Fabr.; Mordellidae: (46) Mordella sp.; Anthicidae:
(47) Corphyra collaris, Say; (48) C. lugubris, Say—all s.

E. Hemiptera.

Capsidae: (49) Lygus pratensis, L.; (50) Poectlocapsus
lineatus, Fabr.; (51-52) spp.—all s.

SMILAX HISPIDA, MUHL. GREENBRIER.

The main factor separating this from the two species consid-
ered above is the sweet scent of :ts flowers. These are open from
June 5 to June 28, they bloom together w:th the late flowers of
S. ecirrhata and with the flowers of S. herbacea during the first
half of the latter’s flowering season. S. hispida is a climbing
species, and produces plants Io to 12 dm. high with pendulous
flowers. The number of flowers forming an umbel is small, on an
average not exceeding fifteen, and on this account the umbels are
less conspicuous than those of the other species.

In 1899 and 1900 the following insects were taken on the
flowers : .

A. Hymenoptera.

Nomadidae: (1) Nomada maculata, Cress 2, s.; (2) N.
americana, Kirby, 92, s.; Andrenidae: (3) Andrena forbesii,
Rob. 2, 8.3; (4) A. rugosa, Rob. 9, s.; (5) Andrena sp. 3,
s.; (6) Agapostemon radiatus, Say,?; s.; (7) Halictus coria-

34 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

ceus, Sm. 9,8.; (8) H. forbesu, Rob. 9,s.; (9) H. 4 macu-
laius,-Rob: 2 ,'s. and-c: py; (10) Ae, fuloipes, Si?) 6-3 ae
Sphecodes dichroa, Sm. 9, s.; (12) S. confertus, Say, $ 8.;
Prosopidae: (13) Prosopis modesta, Say, 2, s.; Eumenidae:
(14) Odynerus foraminatus, Sauss., s.; (15) O. tigris, Sauss.
s.; Sphegidae: (16) Ammophila vulgaris, Cress., s.; Ichneu-
monidae: (17) Tryphon sp. s.; Evaniidae: (18) Gasteruption
incerium, Cress., s.

B. Diptera.

Culicidae: (19) Culex stimulans, Walk.; Syrphidae: (20)
Syrphus ribesti, L.; (21) Allograpta obliqua, Say; (22) Meso-
gramma geminata, Say; (23) Helophilus similis, Macq.; Tach-
inidae: (24) Siphona geniculata, DeG.; Muscidae: (25) Pol-
lenia rudis, Fabr.; (26)-Luctha sylvarum, Meig.; - (27) L.
caesar, L.; Sarcophagidae: (28) Helicobia helicis, Town.; (29)
Sarcophaga, sp.; Anthomyidae: (30) Phorbia fusciceps, Zett.;
(31) Coenosia sp.; Scatomyzidae: (32) Scatophaga squalida,
Meig.; Sapromyzidae: (33) Lonchaea polita, Say; (34) Sap-
romyza lupulina, Fabr.; (35) S. quadrilineata, Loew; Sepsidae:
(36) Sepsis violacea, Meig.; Oscinidae: (37) Meromyzsa ameri-
cana, Fitch; Agromyzidae: (38) Agromyza jucunda, v. d. W.,
—all s. or f. p.

C. ‘Coleoptera.

Anthicidae: (39) Corphyra collaris, Say, s.

D. Hemiptera.

Capsidae: (40) Lygus pratensis, L. s.

In the following table the results obtained from our three
species of Smilax are brought together.

| Eee

dig).

CE pe Ss

PT ae, fs)

‘¢ she

(8) 4) a.

HYMENOPTERA... Higher bees...............cesesseeesees ae oa ste (Rael vee eee 2
TiG@ Wer NCGS... in... cay ea ee 4) 6/11

Other Hymenoptera....... qe ngdi i swapns waacupieet a Wie ee eoe Mie 4| 5

DIPTERA; <s.-00-55--s SVE DUIGAE, <6. 6c.n503 ccs tt anvenceutinneo eevee aati. ee Pe ace ee
Other fies. .5 55 i. siewexescan tees ee ee 40 | 29/16

REMAINING “WISIT ORS. ooo 0 fis 20s chin ease ek ano ke ee ee BA24 2

—— ale

on

JANUARY, 1902. GRAENICHER—FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESH-FLIES.

In the list of Smilax hispida with its sweet-scented flowers,
different families of hymenopterous insects are represented, the
higher bees as well as the lower bees, wasps and parasitic Hymen-
optera. Among the flies the specialized Syrphidae are present to
the number of four. The greenish color of the flowers does not
seem to favor the visits of the larger Diptera (macromyiophilous ).
As regards the proportion of flies to Hymenoptera and other vis-
itors, Smilax hispida corresponds with any sweet-scented flower
of a similar structure, as for example any umbelliferous flower
with freely exposed nectar, and it offers therefore nothing re-
markable.

With Smilax ecirrhata and S. herbacea the case is different.
The list of S. ecirrhata contains only four Hymenoptera; all of
them lower bees (Andrenidae) against 41 flies. Among the
latter only one is a Syrphus-fly, while of the rema‘ning forty
nearly all are flesh-flies or flies of similar food-habits. In the
list of S. herbacea we find one Syrphus-fly against 29 other flies,
and besides, there are ten Hymenoptera represented, most of them
lower bees. In this species the preponderance of the flesh-flies
and their allies is not as distinct as in the case of S. ecirrhata and
this may be accounted for by the fact, that the odor of S. herbacea
is not quite as strong and less putrid than that of S. ecirrhata. The
flowers of the latter are attractive to the flies of the genera Lu-
cilia, Phormia, Calliphora, Morellia, Helicobia and Sarcophaga
to such an extent, that :‘n favorable weather these flies may be
seen swarming around the plants, especially when the latter occur
in patches. More than once the presence of such flowers, hidden
from view by the surrounding vegetation, has been betrayed to me
by the gathering of the flies. The bad odor of the flowers does
not prevent some of the lower bees of the genera Andrena, Halic-
tus, Agapostemon and Augochlora from collecting pollen on the
staminate flowers. Their visits are only occas‘onally observed and
as these same bees rarely resort to the pistillate flowers, they are
of little or no advantage as cross-pollinizers. The scarcity of the
flower-flies of the family Syrphidae on the flowers of S. ecirrhata
and S. herbacea is remarkable, and shows that the odor of these
flowers ‘s not agreeable to them. In fact, I have witnessed a single
visit of the same species, Mesogramma geminata to each of the
sapromyiophilous species of Smilax.

From the above we must infer that the flies which naturally
resort to carrion and other decomposing substances are the princi-
pal visitors of Smilax ecirrhata and S. herbacea. They pay atten-
tion to both staminate and pistillate flowers, eagerly feeding on
honey and pollen, and are undoubtedly of the greatest importance
to these flowers as pollen-carriers.

36 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 1.

EUONYMUS ATROPURPUREUS, JACQ. WAAHOO.

An account of the pollination of this species, together with a
review of the literature dealing with the genus Euonymus and
several of its species, was published by Robertson (3) in 1896.

This plant is not common in our neighborhood, but it occurs
in several localities in patches, as for example in a large piece of
woodland outside of the city limits, north of the Janesville Plank
Road. In this locality the observations were made on specimens,
varying in height from 114 to 3 m.

The dark purple flowers are very numerous, and emt a pecu-
liar odor, which is quite different from the odor of the flowers of
our sapromyiophilous species of Smilax, and resembles somewhat
the smell of sour milk. In size the flowers agree with those from
Southern Illinois as described by Robertson. The diameter of
the flat, open flower is 8 mm. Fach flower has in the middle a
dark green, quadrate disc, in the angles of which the stamens are
situated, while the style with its light green stigma arises from the
center. Proterandry is well marked. The newly opened flower
forms a cup, in which the anthers are dehiscent ; later on the dark
purple lobes of the corolla spread outwardly, and the stigma
reaches maturity. Honey is secreted on the disc between the bases
of the stamens. The style and the stamens are very short, hardly
1 mm. in length, and, for this reason, Robertson supposes that the
feet and proboscides of the insects are the parts through which
pollen is mostly transported. Many of the flowers are in a vertical
position, but spontaneous seli-pollination through the falling of
pollen can hardly be expected, as the stigma becomes receptive
rather late.

There were no flesh-flies among the 12 vsitors taken by Rob-
ertson, although, as this author remarks, the disagreeable odor and
dark purple color “would probably place it in Delpino’s Tipo mel-
antino, along with Euwonymus verrucosus’, suggesting an adapta-
tion to flesh-flies.

On six days in June and July of the present year, I have ob-
served these flowers under very favorable conditions ; the weather
was hot and clear and the plants were covered with flowers. The
flowering season extends from June 22 to July 16.

In the following list 29 species of visitors are recorded, but the
flowers are poorly attractive to insects, and the small number of
individuals present contrasted strongly with the mass of flowers.

(3) Chas. Robertson, Flowers and Insects, Trans. Acad. Sc. St. Louis, Vol.
VII, No. 6, pp. 157-9.

JANUARY, 1902. GRAENICHER—FLOWERS ADAPTED TO FLESH-FLIES. 37

A. Diptera.

Tipulidae: (1) Pachyrhina pedunculata, Loew; Syrphidae:
(2) Syrphus americanus, Wied.; (3) S. vibesu, L.; (4) Allo-
erapta obliqua, Say; (5) Baccha aurinota, Walk.; Tachinidae:
(6) Siphona brevirostris, Cog.; (7) Exorista pyste, Walk.; (8)
E. cheloniae, Rond.; (9) Masicera sp.; (10) Peleteria robusta,
Wied.; Muscidae: (11) Pollenia rudis, Fabr.; (12) Phorma
regina, Meig.; (13-14) Clinopera spp.; Sarcophagidae: (15)
Helicobia sp.; (16-19) Sarcophaga spp.; Anthomyidae:
(20) Spilogaster sp.; (21-22) Mydaca spp.; (23) Ophyra sp.;
(24) Phorbia fusciceps, Zett.; (25) Pegomyia Sp.; Sapromy-
zidae: (26) Sapromyza quadrilineata, Loew; Ortalidae: (27)
Rivellia favimana, Loew; (28) Seoptera vibrans, L.—all s. or
fp:
B. Coleoptera.

Lampyridae: (29) Ellychna corrusca, s.

From this list we may infer that the flowers of Ewonymus
atropurpureus are attractive to flies in general, but not particularly
to flesh-flies. Syrphidae appear also on the flowers, and of these
the two species of Syrphus, figuring on the list, furnished the ma-
jority of the visitors on one occasion, on July 4. Of bees I have
never w:tnessed a single visit, although five species of Andrenidae
were taken on the flowers by Robertson, as may be seen from the
following table:

‘

) ; ries
SI vo ew] 6
gla] gl ¢|
Be eat pees
oie }s" 2/3
‘=| wm | Y ° je)
Si Gh OT tacked
Ried eR PDS CLE oe tad hE nae cc cs Sivee ta ncvuses senaanta tei cies oO bee: Fey ta em ns
Meee INE IS cate cae ee ed Sens cdakedocats oaaceucbaceevadss| veers 4|/24| 1 | 29

A review of the facts presented in the foregoing, leads to the
following conclusions, regarding the effect of the odor of the
flowers of our Smilax-species and of Huonymus atropurpureus on
the various types of insect-visitors.

1. The sweet-scented flowers of Smilax hispida offer nothing
remarkable in this respect, they agree in a general way with any
sweet-scented flowers of a similar structure.

2. The flowers of Smilax ecirrhata and Smilax herbacea, with
a putrid odor, are adapted to flesh-flies and the like, while those

38 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO, 1.

ot Luonymus atropurpureus with a disagreeable but not putrid
odor are attractive to flies in general.

3. The specialized flies of the family Syrphidae avoid the
putrid-scented flowers of Smilax ecirrhata and Smilax herbacea,
but they frequent the flowers of Euonymus atropurpureus.

4. The disagreeable odor of the flowers of the two sapromyi-
ophilous Smilax-species, as well as of Enonymus atropurpureus
does not prevent the lower bees of the family Andrenidae from —
visiting these flowers.

JANUARY, 1902. BENNETTS—ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MILWAUKEE CO. 39

Additions to the Flora of Milwaukee County.

By W. J. BENNETTS.
A Third Supplement to “ The Flora of Milwaukee County” by W. M. Wheeler.

The following list is in part based on collections and observa-
tions made by myself during the past season of 1901. About one-
third of the 90 names mentioned, however, have been contributed
by five of our local botanists, viz.: W. Finger, P. Wells, H. Rus-
sel, J. A. Brandon and E. Bruncken. Acknowledgment is espec-
ially due to Mr. Finger who has furnished 19 of the species listed.

A notable feature of this list is the comparatively large num-
ber of western species—about 10 may be placed in this class—that
the railroads have brought into this region. Some of these, like
Allionia nyctaginea and Artemisia guaphalodes, have apparently
firmly established themselves, and may in time bring about a con-
siderable change in the composition of our local flora. Hence
lists which record the appearance of such species in our midst
should prove of much interest to future botanists.

The nomenclature followed is that of Britton & Brown’s “Tllus-
trated Flora of the Northern United States and Canada”’ edition
of 1808.

List of Species.

$32 Acer spicatum Lam. Mountain Maple. In a small cedar swamp in
-section 20, Town of Milwaukee.

833 Acnida tamariscina tuberculata (Moq.). Uline & Bray. Under the
' Sixteenth street viaduct near the water’s edge.

$34 Allionia hirsuta Pursh. Hairy Umbrellawort. West of the town of
North Greenfield, west of Wauwatosa, and on the South Side in
Chase’s Valley; in each case along or near the railway tracks. (W.
Finger. )

$35 <A. nyctaginea Michx. Heart-leaved Umbrella-wort. West of Wauwa-
tosa and of North Greenfield, and in the Menomonee Valley about
‘Twenty-fourth street; spreading rapidly wherever it has gained
a foothold. (Wm. Finger.)

836 Amaranthus blitoides 8S. Wats. Prostrate Amaranth. A common weed
along railway tracks, along streets, and in waste places.

ERRATUM.

(In the second supplement in Bulletin No. 3., Vol. 1)
826. Trillium nivale Riddell. March 26th should be given as
its earliest known blooming date and not April roth.

838

839

840

841

842

843

844

845

848

849

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

Ambrosia trifida integrifolia (Muhl.) T. & G. Kntire-leaved Rag-
weed. Along the Milwaukee River at Lindwurm, and in the Me-
nomonee Valley just south of the Grand Avenue viaduct. (H. Rus-
sel. )

Amelanchier spicata (Lam.) De C. Low June Berry. At the top of
the bluff of the Menomonee Valley, just northwest of the Wells
street viaduct.

Amaranthus hybridus paniculatus (L.) Uline & Bray. In boggy flats
along the Menomonee and Milwaukee Rivers.

Anogra pallida (Lindl.) Britton. White-stemmed Evening Primrose.
On newly graded land belonging to the railroad companies near
the city limits, and the Kinnickinnik River.

Andropogon scoparius Michx. Broom Beard-grass. In Bay View
near the rolling mills.

Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi (I.) Spreng. Red Bearberry. On the face
of the lake bluffs about a mile north of the village of Whitefish
Bay.

Anemone Canadensis L. Canada Anemone. Common along the Pra-
irie du Chien divisions of the M. & St. P. Ry.in Wauwatosa near the
Hawley road; also near the Lisbon road at the Waukesha county
line, along Oak Creek, and in a few other scattered localities. (W.
Finger.)

Anthemis arvensis L. Field Camomile. Along Lincoln avenue west of
Forest Home.

Apocynum hypericifolium Ait. Clasping-leaved Dogbane. Common
this year on vacant ground along Forest Home Avenue opposite
Pilgrim’s Rest Cemetery.

Arabis brachyecarpa (T. & G.) Britton. Purple Rock Cress. In the
Menomonee Valley woods near the stone quarries.

Artemisia gnaphalodes Nutt. Prairie Mugwort. In the railway yards
at the foot of Florida street, in the Menomonee Valley at Twenty-
Third street, and on waste ground in a few other parts of the city.

Artemisia biennis Willd. Biennial Wormwood. Not rare within the
city limits, and also scattered throughout the county. (H. Russel.)

Aster ericoides L. White Heath Aster. In section 6 of the town of
Greenfield near the Waukesha county line, also along the C. & N.
W. Ry. opposite the cement works.

A. paniculatus Lam. Tall White Aster. Near the springs in Mineral
Spring Park.

A. puniceus lucidulus A. Gray. In section 5,, town of Greenfield
along railway tracks near a tamarack swamp.

Atriplex hastata L. Halberd-leaved Orache. Along the streets of
the city. (W. Finger.)

Betula lenta L. Black or Sweet Birch. Has been found in section
11, Town of Greenfield, near Lineoln avenue. It is not rare jin
Ozaukee county.

Berteroa incana (L.) D. C. Hoary Alyssum. Im section 5, Wau-
watosa, north of the Lisbon road in a field. (W. Finger.)

Boltonia asteroides (l.) L’Her. Aster-like Boltonia. In section. 21,
Town of Lake, near the intersection of the old Chicago read and

JANUARY, 1902. BENNETTS—ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MILWAUKEE CO. 41

Clement avenue. Also in section 33, Oak Creek, near the county
line. (W. Finger.)

856 Bromus secalinus L. Cheat or Chess. In waste places and grain
fields.

857 Cardamine hirsuta L. Hairy Bitter-cress. In Reynolds’ Woods, sec-
tion 6, Lown of Greenfield. (W. Finger.) Also in boggy places in
Wauwatosa.

858 Carex Sartwellii Dewey. Sartwell’s Sedge. In a tamarack, section
5, Greenfield.

$59 Cardamine Pennsylvanica Muhl. Pennsylvanian Bitter-cress. In John-
son’s Woods, west of Soldiers’ Home. (VP. Wells.)

860 C. arenicola Britton. Sand Bitter-cress. In the Menomonee Valley
near the quarries.

861 Cassia Chamaecrista L. lLarge-flowered Sensitive Pea. In a vacant
lot on Oakland avenue, growing with Melilotus alba.

862 Cenchrus tribuloides L. Hedgehog Grass. In Bay View, south of the
rolling mills.

863 Croton Texensis (Klatzsch) Muell. Arg. Texas Croton. Near the
Kinnickinnic River at the city limits, growing with cs bec pallida
on the land of the North-Western Railway Co.

864 Cyclanthera dissecta (T. & G.) Arn. Cut-leaved Cyclanthera. In the
Menomonee Valley flats opposite Twenty-Third street.

865 Cymbalaria cymbalaria (L.) Wettst. Kenilworth Ivy. A weed in
city gardens. (W. Finger.)

866 Cyperus flavescens L. Yellow Cyperus. In a tamarack in section 5,
Town of Greenfield.

867 Datura Tatula L. Purple Stramonium. On empty lots Twenty-Ninth
and Wright streets. (J. A. Brandon.)

868 Delphinium Carolinianum Walt. Carolina Larkspur. Found occas-
ionally in waste places within the city.

869 Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz.) Kuntze. Spinulose Shield-fern. In
a tamarack, section 5, Town of Greenfield (W. Finger.)

870 D. spinulosa intermedia (Muhl.) Underw. In section 27, Town of
Lake, in a former tamarack.

871 Eragrostis Eragrostis (L.) Karst. Low Eragrostis. In Bay View.

872 Faleata Pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze. Pitcher’s Hog Peanut. Common
on the lake bluffs at Whitefish Bay.

873 Galium tinctorium L. Wild Madder. In Pierron’s grove, section 18,
Town of Milwaukee.

874 Genttiana flavida A. Gray. Yellowish Gentian. In a ravine on Dr.
Schneider’s farm at Fox Point. (W. Finger.)

875 Gleditsia triacanthos L. Honey Locust. Common along the Lisbon
Road near the city limits, and along many other roads thr oughout
the county.

876 Helianthus tuberosus L. Jerusalem Artichoke. In the Menomonee
Valley near the Hawley Road, and in Mineral Springs Park be-
tween the railway embankment and the river.

877 H. Maximiliani Schrad. Maximilian’s Sunflower. On the sides of a
railway embankment at North Greenfield.

896

42 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

878 Juniperus nana Willd. Low Juniper. Frequent south in woods and
pastures near the lake.

879 J. Virginiana L. Red Cedar. In woods in the Town of Franklin.

880 Koellia Virginiana (L.) MeM. Virginia Mountain Mint. Along the
east bank of the Milwaukee River between River Park and Mineral
Spring Park.

$81 Lactuca hirsuta Muhl. Red Wood-lettuce. In Wauwatosa along
fences.

882 L. Floridana (L.) Gaertn. False or Florida Lettuce. Near the Mil-
waukee River above Mineral Spring Park.

883 Jariodendron Tulipifera L. Tulip-tree. There are a few shade trees
of this species on the East side.

884 Lithospermum canescens (Michx.) Lehm. Hoary Puccoon. West of
North Greenfield along the North-Western Ry. tracks. (W. Fin-
ger.)

$85 Lonicera Sullivantii A. Gray. Sullivant’s Honey-:uckle. Our commonest
species of Lonicera, frequent in the thickets of the Menomonee Val-
ley, and less so along the Milwaukee River; also occurs in the
growths of Corylus and Hamamelis that border many of our upland
woods. This is doubtless the L. flava of Wheeler’s list.

$86 Lycopus rubellus Moench. Stalked Water Hoarhound. In the Me-
nomonee Valley just above the Wells Street viaduct (J. A. Bran-
don). Also in Pierron’s grove, section 18, Town of Milwaukee.

887 Jychnis alba Mill. White Campion. This species has established itself
and is abundant in the State Fair Grounds at North Greenfield.
It is also occasionally found along the streets of the city. (P.
Wells.)

888 Matricaria inodora L. Scentless Camomile. In vacant ground on
Forest Home Avenue, opposite Pilgrims’ Rest Cemetery.

889 Melampyrum lineare Lam. Narrow-leaved Cow-wheat. Has been
found at Whitefish Bay.

890 Meibomia pauciflora (Nutt.) Kuntze. Few-flowered Tick-trefoil. H.
Russel has found this species in Lake Woods.

891 Oxalis corniculata L. Yellow Procumbent Wood-sorrel. A common
weed growing with O. stricta in city gardens. (W. Finger.)

892 Panax quinquefolium IL. Ginseng. I found two plants during the
past summer in a beech woods near the lake, in section 36, Town of
Oak Creek.

893 Parietaria Pennsylvanica Muhl. Pennsylvania Pellitory. A weed in
city gardens. (W. Finger.)

894 Peramium pubescens (Willd.) MeM. Downy Rattlesnake-plantain.
In section 32, Town of Oak Creek, near the county line. (W-.
Finger.) )

895 Pentstemon Digitalis (Sweet.) Nutt. Foxglove Beard-tongue. In
section 5, Wauwatosa, and in section 16, Town of Milwaukee. (W.
Finger.)

Physalis heterophylla Nees. Clammy Ground-cherry. In_ stubble

fields, section 9, Town of Oak Creek. (J. A. Brandon.)

JANUARY, 1902. BENNETTS—ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MILWAUKEE CO. 43

897 BP. Virginiana Mill. Virginia Ground-cherry. Was found during the
past. season growing in considerable numbers in open ground in
section 34, Greenfield, just east of the State Fair Grounds.

898 Physostegia paiviflora Nutt. Western Lion’s Heart. In the Menom-
onee Valley near the Grant Marble Works.

899 Polygala Senega latifolia T. & G. In woods near the waterworks in
Wauwatosa.

900 Potamogeton pectinatus L. Fennel-leaved Pondweed. There is a
specimen in the Public Museum herbarium collected by ‘T. A. Bru-
hin along the shores ef Lake Michigan at Milwaukee.

901 Polygonum emersum (Mickx.) Britton. Swamp Persicaria. In
muddy flats of the Menomonee Valley, Wauwatosa.

902 LP. orientale L. Prince’s Feather. In many vacant lots and waste
places within the city limits.

903 Ranunculus septentrionalis Poir. Marsh Buttercup. By the side of
M. & St. P. Ry. tracks west of Soldiers’ Home. (J. A. Brandon.)

904 Ribes prostratum L’Her. Fetid Currant. Has been found in Wau-
watosa by F. Runge. It occurs not rarely in the counties to the
north of us.

905 R. gracile Michx. Missouri Gooseberry. Common throughout the
county.

906 Ricinus communis L. Castor Oil Plant. In waste places along Cly-
bourn street.

907 Robinia Pseudacacia L. Black Locust. Common along fences and
roads in Wauwatosa.

908 Rubus Baileyanus Britton. Bailey's Blackberry. In woods near the
cement works on the Milwaukee River. (W. Finger.)

909 Rynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl. Clustered Beaked Rush. In
the Menomonee Valley near Mitchell Park.

910 Sericocarpus, linifolius B. 8. P. Narrow-leaved white-topped Aster.
Near North Milwaukee.

911 Solidago rigida L. By the roadside just north of the cement works
on the Milwaukee River.

912 Solanum Carolinense lL. Horse Nettle. In the Menomonee Valiey
about Thirtieth street. (W. Finger.)

913 Stipa spartea Trin. Porcupine Grass. In Bay View south of the
rolling mills.

914 Thalictrum purpurascens L. Purplish Meadow-rue. At Whitefish
Bay and elsewhere in damp soil.

915 Thalesia uniflora (L.) Britton. One-flowered Broom-rape. North of
Whitefish Bay (W. Finger). Also in thickets near the springs in
Mineral Spring Park. (Dr. 8. Graenicher.)

916 Triglochin palustris L. Marsh Arrow-grass. Common. along the lower
face of the lake bluffs at Whitefish Bay on the boggy terraces.

917 Veronica Byzantina B. 8. P. Byzantine Speedwell. At Fox Point, a
weed in gardens (W. Finger). It has been found also within the
city.

918 Vicia sativa L. Common Tare. Common in grain fields north of
Whitefish Bay, also in city gardens.

44 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

919 Viola scabriuscula (T. & G.) Schwein. Smoothish Yellow Violet.Com-
mon in rich moist woods.

920 V. ovata Nutt. Ovate-leaved Violet. In the Menomonee Valley just
west of the Wells street viaduct, and in section 36, Oak Creek. (E.
Bruncken. )

921 VV. sororia (Willd.) Wooly Blue Violet.

Frequent throughout the
county. (KE. Bruncken.)

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO. FUNGI. 45

Contribution Towards a List of Milwaukee County Fungi.

By CHAS. E. BROWN and VALENTINE FERNEKES,.

Since the fall of 1899, an effort has been made by ourselves,
assisted by other members of the Wisconsin Natural History So-
ciety, to establish at the Milwaukee Public Museum for the pur-
pose of public instruction, a collection of the more common species
of Milwaukee County fungi. The seasons of 1900 and 1901 be-
ing particularly favorable to such growth, a considerable number
of these and of the less frequently occurring forms were collected
in various parts of the city and county, and many of these have
been prepared, determined and placed upon exhib‘tion in the mu-
seum halls.

In Milwaukee as elsewhere, the number of persons, who are
learning to appreciate the worth of fleshy fungi as a welcome ad-
dition to our table delicacies, is on the increase and such a collec-
tion, as we have attempted to institute, has already been, we have
reason to believe, of material aid to many in this respect.

Of the number and distribution of our local species but little
is known, and it is hoped that the present work may be continued
and that the material thus assembled may prove of value in case
the publication of a complete list of Wiscons:n fungi is ever at-
tempted.

In the preparation of the present list, the works of Peck and
other authors have been freely consulted.

To the Messrs. E. E. Teller, Ernest Bruncken, J. A. Brandon,
W. J. Bennetts, A. F. Laue and other members of the Wisconsin
Natural History Society, we are indebted for assistance in collect-
ing, and to Rev. Chas. J. McNeill and Dr. R. A. Harper of Mad-
ison, for determining certain doubtful forms.,

Of the 100 species listed, 44, or numbers: 1, 4, 5,6, II, 13, 14,
15, 20, 23, 26, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 50.
60, 61, 62, 65, 67, 70, 71, 76, 77, 78, 80, 85, 89, 90, 93, 94, 95,
96, 98 and 100 have been previously recorded from other parts
of the state in W. F. Bundy’s “Partial List of Wisconsin Fungi,”
published in Vol. I. of the Geology of Wisconsin, 1873-76.

*1, .Agaricus campestris, Linn. Common Mushroom. Appears
. as early as May and occurs in the greatest abundance in
September and October. Common on lawns, lots and
parks all over the city. Sometimes in patches of consid-
erable extent.

46 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2, NO. 1.

2. Agaricus arvensis, Schaeff. Horse Mushroom. Common in
the fields and pastures of the county. Also occasionally
occurring in the city.

3. Agaricus argenteus, Braendle. Silver Agaric. Specimens
collected in mixed woods opposite Humboldt on the Mil-
waukee River. September 29, I9OI.

*4. Agaricus silvicola, Vittad. Wood Agaric. On ground in
mixed woods opposite Humboldt on the Milwaukee
River. October 8, Igot.

*5. Amanita phalloides, Fr. Deadly Amanita. In Johnson’s
and other woodlands west of the city. October 1900
and igor. Occasicnal specimens of the yellow form have
also been found there.

*6. Amanita verna, Bull. Spring Amanita. Growing on grass
lots near Oakland Ave. :n the city. October 10, 1900.

7. Amanita frostiana, Pk. Frost's Amanita. A number of
these richly colored plants were obtained from a hollow
beneath the roots of a large oak near the Blue Mound
Road in Town Wauwatosa on October 11, and again on
October 20, 1901.

8. Amanitopsis vaginata, Roze. Sheathed Amanitopsis. In
mixed woods near Whitefish Bay, September 13, Igor.

9g. Amanitopsis vaginata, Roze, var. fulva. Schaeff. Singl>
specimens have been found in mixed woods near White-
fish Bay, September, rgot.

‘10. Amanitopsis strangulata, Roze. Choked Amanitopsis.
August 30, 1901. Several specimens were obtained in
open woods near the Country Club.

*11. Armillaria mellea, Vahl. Honey-colored Armillaria. Com-
mon in the woods of the country. Also along city streets,
growing at the bases of trees and from buried roots on
lawns. Growing in great quantity from cracks on top
of rotting stumps and about the bases of trees and
stumps in the southern part of Johnson’s woods, Town
Wauwatosa, during late September and early October,
19ol.

12. Clavaria botrytes, Pers. In mixed woods near Whitefisl
Bay, September 12, 1901.

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO. FUNGI. 47

*13. Clavaria cristata, Pers. Crested Clavaria. ‘The most com-
mon of our local clavarias. Grow‘ng in rich soil near
logs and stumps, August and September.

*t4. Clavaria coralloides, Linn. Coral Clavaria. Several fine
specimens found in Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa,
August 27, 1900.

*15. Clavaria inaequalis, Fl. Unequal Clavaria. Solitary plants
collected in woods, opposite Humboldt, on the Milwau-
kee River, September, 1899.

16. Clavaria muscoides, Mcllv. Moss Clavaria. In pasture,
near Mineral Spring Park, October 17, 1900.

17. Clavaria pistillaris, Linn. Pestle-like Clavaria. Several
fine lots of this plant, of a light reddish-brown color,
were collected in mixed woods, near the Country Club,
October 10, 1goo.

18... Clavaria pyxidata, Pers. Box-tipped Clavaria. Found but
once. Specimens growing in rich soil near a rotting log
in Reynolds’ woods, near Layton Park, October 9, 1goo.

1g. Clavatia craniformis, Schw. Skull-shaped Lycoperdon. In
open woods, near Lake Park, October I1, 1goo.

*20. Clavatia g‘gantea, Batsch (Lycoperdon giganteum, Batsch).
Giant Puff Ball. Common throughout the county in
wooded pastures and fence corners during September and
October in favorable seasons.

21. Clitocybe decastes, Gr. Clustered and single. Growing on
piles of bran and sawdust near North and Oakland Ave-
nues, September 15, 1901.

22. Clitocybe illudens, Schw. Deceptive Clitocvbe. Appears
to be common throughout the country. We have collect-
ed it as early as August 12 and up to October 15, gen-
erally from stumps and roots of oak and elm.

x
i)
ies)

Clitocvbe laccata, Scop. Lac Clitocybe. Growing in grass
in Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa, and in mixed
woods near Lake Woods, September 12, 1goo.

24. Clitocybe media, Pk. Intermediate Clitocybe. In mixed
woods near the Country Club, October 17, 1900.

25. Clitocybe multiceps, Pk. Many-headed Clitocybe. Plants
growing singly and in clusters on well-manured lawn at

48

* 26,

iS)
a i

30.

a2

*33:

*34.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL ILISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. }.
Sixteenth and Prairie Sts., October 10, 1901. Also near
North Avenue, October 6, 1901.

Clitocybe nebularis, Batsch. Clouded Clitocybe. In mixed
woods near Whitefish Bay, October 10, 1901. |

Clitocybe robusta, Pk. Robust Clitocybe. In mixed woods
opposite the Cement Mills on the Milwaukee River, Oc-
tober, 1900. Tompkins’ woods, South Milwaukee, Oc-
tober 5, 1901.

Clitophilus abortivus, B. & C. Aborted Clitocybe. With
aborted form in Johnson’s woods, September 6, 1g00. In
crataegus thickets in Downer College woods, October
IO, 1900.

Clitophilus prunulus, Scop. Prune Mushroom. With ab-
orted form in mixed woods near Wauwatosa, September
23, 1901. Tompkins’ woods, South M:lwaukee, October
5, 1901. Near Mineral Spring Park.

Collybia radicata, Rehl. Rooted Collybia. Common in
woods throughout the county. Occurring also on lawns
in the city. We have collected it from early August to
October.

Collybia velutipes, Curt. Velvet-footed Collybia. Com-
mon in the city and county, especially in the autumn on
stumps and tree trunks. We have found it as late as
November 24.

Collybia dryophila, Bull. Oak-loving Collybia. In mixed
woods near the Country Club, October 24, 1900.

Coprinus atramentarius (Bull) Fr. Very common, es-
pecially along the city streets on lawns, etc. August too
as late as November 1. The scaly form is probably the
least common.

Coprinus comatus, Fr. Shaggy-mane. During September
and October, one of our most common mushrooms.
Growing in greatest quantity on filled land and rubbish
piles beneath the Sixteenth Street viaduct. The horse
manure which sifts through the flooring and blows over
the side of that structure has greatly enriched the ground
beneath, making the spot a favorable one for the growth
of this and other fleshy fungi. Occuring also on lawns
and vacant lots in the city.

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO. FUNGI. 49

*35. Coprinus micaceus (Bull) Fr. Glistening Coprinus. Very
common, especially along the city streets. Spring to late
autumn. In large clusters and successive crops.

36. Coprinus tomentosus (Bull) Fr. Hairy Coprinus. A
small cluster was found growing on an old broom in the
basement of the Pabst Theatre Building, April 2, 1900.
On dung heaps in the Menomonee Valley in the city, Oc-
tober 8, I9OI.

37. Daedalea unicolor (Bull), Fr. On basswood stump in the
Menomonee Valley, near the Miller Brewery, October,
1900.

38. Dictyophora duplicata (Bosc.), Ed. Fisther. Net Bearer.
A number of plants were collected in mixed woods near
Mineral Spring Park, October 19, 1900.

39. Favolus europaeus, Fr. In Johnson’s woods on dead twigs
and branches, July 10, 1901. Near Wauwatosa village.

40. Helvella crispa, Fr. White Helvella. In mixed woods at
Lindwurm, September 9, 1900.

41. Helvella lacunosa, Afzel. Pitted Helvella. Country Club
woods, October I1, 1901.

42. Hygrophorus virgineus, Fr. Ivory Cap. In grassy places
in woods, on the east side of the Milwaukee River, oppo-
site Humboldt, October 31, 1900.

43. Hydnum caput-ursi, Fr. Bear’s Head Hydnum. MHand-
some specimens of this and the three succeeding species
have been collected after each heavy rain from the top
and sides of two beech logs, in a raspberry thicket, in
woods opposite Humboldt, on the Milwaukee River. Dur-
ing 1900, our first specimens were obtained at about the
middle of August, and the last in early November, just
before the first heavy frost. During 1901, they have been
equally abundant at the same place, the different forms
often touching each other, but not arranged in regular
series of any kind. The fifth species being collected with
the others for the first time.

- 44. Hydnum caput-medusae, Bull. Medusa’s Head Hydnum.
Also found on log at Reynolds’ woods, October 4, Igor.

45. Hydnum erinaceus, Bull. Hedge-hog Hydnum.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL, 2. NO. 1.

4&.

“AQ.

Sal
Sal

ASO:

Hydnum acciculare, Sac.

Hydnum coralloides, Scop. Coral Hydnum. On beech log
in woods opposite Humboldt, on the Milwaukee River,
September 19, I9oT.

Hypholoma incertum, Pk. In woods on the Oaks Farm,
Cudahy, August 23, r901. Whitefish Bay, June to Sep-
temper, I9QT:

Hypholoma perplexum, Pk. Perplexing Hypholoma. Base
of oak tree, Siegel’s Farm, Cudahy, October 4, 1901. In
mixed woods near Fox Point, October 7, 1901.

Hypholoma sublateritum, Schaeff. Brick-red Hypholoma.
Common throughout the county. Growing on stumps
and from underground roots. Occurs also in the city.
During October and up to November I, 1900, successive
crops appeared from a wound on the limb of an elm, 20
feet from the ground, at Eleventh and Cedar Sts.

Hypholoma lachrymabundum, ['r. Weeping Hypholoma.
Near 32nd and National Avenues, September, 1900.

Lactarius chrysorrheus, Fr. August 23, 1900. Johnson’s
woods, Town Wauwatosa.

Lactarius insularis, Fr. Tasteless Lactarius. September
10, 1901. In woods opposite the Cement Mills.

Lactarius piperatus (Scop. Vitti oP eppery Lactarius. We
have collected this species from the middle of August to
the last of September, near the Cement Mills, Downer
College, and in Reynolds’ woods on the Janesville Plank
Road.

Lepiota morgani, Pk. Morgan’s Lepiota. Four fine speci-
mens, each measuring about 8 inches across the pileus
and with a stipe about 8 inches high, were collected in a
wet, grassy pasture at North Milwaukee, on September
15, 1goo.

Lepiota naucina, Fr. Smooth Lepiota. Common on lawns,
hillsides, pastures and cultivated fields near the city, from
July to October. During a particularly wet summer sea-
son several years ago, this mushroom was so common in
the potato fields of the county that wagon loads of it
were brought in to market by the farmers.

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO. FUNGI. 51

*57. Lepiota procera, Scop. Parasol mushroom. Common in
pastures and open woods of the county and occasionally
found growing on lawns in the city. We have collected
it from late August to October.

58. Lycoperdon Curtisii, Berk (Lycoperdon wrightii, var typi-
cum, Pk.).. Curtis’ Lycoperdon. September 29, Igoo.
Growing on grass lots near Lake Park.

*s9. Lycoperdon cyathiforme, Bosc. Cup-shaped Lycoperdon.
October 20, 1900, Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa.
October 10, 1900, in mixed woods near Whitefish Bay.
October 15, 1901, near Carrollville.

*60. Lycoperdon gemmatum, Batsch. Gemmed Lycoperdon.
Common in woods and open places in the county, from
the last of August to the middle of October.

*61. Lycoperdon pyriforme, Schaeff. Pear-shaped Lycoperdon.
Growing on rotting wood, stumps and logs in the county.
Most abundant during October.

*62. Lycoperdon wrightii, B. and C., var seperans, Pk. Wright's
Lycoperdon. On erass lots near Lake Park, September,
1900. Not common.

63. Marasmius oreades, Fr. Fairy Ring Mushroom. On ele-
vation in grassy pastures near North Milwaukee, Sep-
tember 30 to October 10, 1901. Forming rings 5 to 12
feet in diameter.

64. Merulius tremellosus,Schrad. Trembling Merul:nus. Spread

over bark of maple log in woods near the end of National
Avenue, October, 1900.

*65. Morchella esculenta, Pers. Esculent Morel. Specimen
brought to us from Oak Creek, where it 1s occasionally
gathered in small quantities after rains in late spring and
early summer. It also occurs at Fernwood and in the
Fish Creek ravine in the northern part of the county.

66. Omphalia campanella, Batsch. Bell Omphalia. Several fine
clusters of thirty or more indiv‘duals were collected from
the top of a rotting beech log in mixed woods opposite
Humboldt on the Milwaukee River, August 26, Igor.

*67. Peziza aurantia, Pers. Golden Peziza. In great numbers
on the ground, Reynolds Woods, September 23, 1900;
October 10, 1900, Downer College woods ; September 12,

mr}

St

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

1901, Oaks’ Farm, Cudahy; September 27, 1901, John-
son’s woods, Town Wauwatosa.

Peziza acetabulum, Linn. Cup-shaped Peziza. June 13,
1901. A single specimen obtained :n Johnson’s woods.

Peziza badia, Pers. Bay-brown Peziza. Growing singly
and clustered among oak, leaves,at the margin of a slight
depression, in clayey soil, at Johnson’s woods, July 12,
IQOI.

Peziza coccinea, Jacq. Fairy Cup. Mitchell’s woods, Lay-
ton Park, on fallen twigs. Usually a single specimen
on a twig. September 23, 1900. Country Club woods,
October 10, 1900.

Phallus impudicus, Linn. Fetid Wood-Witch. August,
1899. In woods near 39th Avenue, in the city. Septem-
ber 12, 1900. In woods near Downer College.

Pholiota adiposa, Fr. Fatty Pholiota. Clusters of five to
ten plants growing from wounds six feet up the trunk
of a chestnut tree on the Deutscher Club grounds, in the
city, September 25 to October 8, 1901. Specimens gath-
ered from the same tree last year. Growing from wound
on trunk of soft maple, 12th and State streets, Septem-
ber 23 to October 11, 1901. Reynolds’ woods, Layton
Park, October 4, 1901.

Pleurotus dryinus, Pers. Oak Pleurotus. A small cluster
growing from a wound, on the trunk of an oak tree, near
Whitefish Bay, October 17, 1900.

Pleurotus ostreatus, Jacq. Oyster Mushroom. Common
from July to November on dead trunks and branches of
elm and oak in the woodlands of the county. An un-
usual growth of large clusters observed on October 6,
T9goI, in the National Soldiers’ Home grounds, covered
the entire side of a dying elm tree [two and one-half feet
in diameter] from the roots to a point about ten feet up
the trunk.

Pleurotus sapidus, Kalchb. Savory Pleurotus. Collected
from dead tree trunk in Johnson’s woods, Town of
Wauwatosa, October 15, 1900. Another large and hand-
some specimen was obtained from a log of green wood,
which had lain for several months in the cellar of a resi-
dence, at 21st and Grand Avenue.

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO. FUNGI. 53

Pleurotus ulmarius, Bull. Elm Pleurotus. Very common,
especially in the city, grow:ng from pruned limbs or
crotches of living elm trees, during September and Octo-
ber. Usually from two to three plants in a cluster.

NI
1S)

*77. Pluteus cervinus, Schaeff. Brown Pluteus. Common in
mixed woods near Whitefish Bay, August and Septem-
ber, 1901. Occurring also at Cudahy and in Johnson’s
woods.

“78. Polyporus adusta, Ir. Scorched Polyporus. On stump, in
woods, at Buckhorn, Town Lake, October, Igot.

79. Polyporus applanatus (Pers.) Fr. Common Polyporus.
The most common of our woody fungi. Growing on
stumps and sometimes from wounds of l:ving trees.
Several interesting examples, where the fungus, project-
ing from a tree stump, had completely enveloped a young
sapling which had grown up from the ground near it
were brought to us by Rev. C. J. McNeill.

*80. Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr. Winter Polyporus. Speci-
mens of this interesting fungus were found growing on a
stump in mixed woods, opposite the cement mills, on the
Milwaukee River, October 12, 1goo.

St. Polyporus frondosus, Fr. Leafy Polyporus. Two large
specimens of a grayish color were found erowing on an
old stump in woods near the Country Club, September
12, 1900. [From roots of an oak near Whitefish Bay
Village, October 4, Igot.

82. Polyporus gilvus, Schw. Growing on basswood stump, in
the Wovomonk Valley, west of the city, October Io,
IQOT.

83. Polyporus lucidus (Leys) Fr. Lucid Polyporus. On
stump near Tippecanoe Lake, Town Lake, Milwaukee
County, October, 1goo.

84. Polyporus resinosus, Resin Polyporus. On stumps
near Whitefish Bay, October 12, Igoo.

*85. Polyporus sulphureus (Bull) Fr. Sulphur Polyporus.
Fine specimens were collected from a large stump in
Mitchell’s woods, Town Greenfield, September 24, 1900;
from trunk of living oak in Country Club woods, October
10, 1900,;~from dead oak trunk, Johnson’s woods, Sep-

86.

88.

*8O.

0),

Ql.

*Q3-

*O4-

‘95-

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL, 2. NO, 1.

tember 12, 1900; and from wounds on the bark and roots
of a basswood tree near Wauwatosa, September 17, I9OT.

Polystictus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. Red Polystictus. On
oak stumps, Layton Park, October 21, 1900. Tomp-
kin’s woods, South Milwaukee, October 6, 1900.

Polystictus conchifer, Schm. On dead twigs, Menomonee
Valley, April, 1901. On small trunks and limbs of ash,
Johnson’s woods, October 6, 19ot.

Polystictus versicolor (L.) Fr. Many-colored Polystictus.
Common throughout the county on stumps and branches
of oak, maple, basswood, etc. Some very handsome
growths were collected from the trunks of dead and
dying peach trees in city gardens.

Polystictus hirsutus, Fr. Hairy Polystictus. Commion in
the county on stumps, limbs, etc.

Psathyrella disseminata, Pers. Scattered Psathyrella.
Common on lawns and near bases of shade trees, along
city streets, August and September, 1901. In woods at
Oaks farm, Cudahy, September 10, rgolr.

Russula adusta ( Pers.) Fr. Scorched Russula. September
20, 1901. In mixed woods, opposite the cement mills ; on
the Milwaukee River. October 10, 1900, in Dahlman’s -
woods, near Whitefish Bay.

Russula alutacea, Fr. Leathery Russula. Common during
August and September, 1900 and Igo1, in woods extend-
ing from the city limits to Whitefish Bay. September,
1901, in Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa.

Russula emetica, Fr. Emetic Russula. Specimens collected
in Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa; in birch woods
at Fox Point; and in woods near the Country Club, Sep-
tember, 1900 and I9got.

Schizophyllum alneum,(L.) Schroet. (Schizophyllum com-
mune, Fries). Common throughout the county, on
branches, trunks, etc. We have collected it on oak, hick-
ory and linden.

Scleroderma vulgare, Fr. Common Scleroderma. October
23, 1900, and October 4, 1901, in woods, opposite Hum-
boldt, on the Milwaukee River.

JANUARY, 1902. CONTRIBUTION TOWARD LIST OF MILWAUKEE CO, FUNGI. 55

*96. Strobilomyces strobilaceus, Berk. Cone-like Boletus. July
31, 1900, in woods near Lake Station; August 12, 1900,
in Reynolds’ woods, on the Janesville Plank Road. Au-
gust 20, 1901, in Johnson’s woods, Town Wauwatosa.

97. Trametes peckii, Kalchb. Peck’s Trametes. On cotton-
wood stump in the Menomonee Valley, west of the city,
October, 1901.

*98. Tremella fimbriata, Pers. Fringed Tremella. On oak
stump, in mixed woods west of the cement mills, Septem-
ber 10, I9OI.

99. Tremella fuciformis, Berk. Spindle-shaped Tremella. On
leaf mold, in mixed woods near Lake Park, October 9,
Igoo.

*100. Tremella lutescens, Pers. Yellow Tremella. Common on
rotting limbs and logs of oak, in Country Club woods,
October 10, 1900.

*Mentioned in W. F. Bundy’s List published in Vol. 1 of Geo. of Wis. (1873-’76.)

JANUARY, 1902. MONROE—HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. Y. 57

Notes on a Collection of Hamilton Fossils, from the Town of
Bethany, Genesee Co., N. Y.

By CHARLES E. MONROE.

The writer’s first acquaintance with Devonian fossils was made
in connection with the hydraulic limestone beds in the neighbor-
hood of Milwaukee. These beds are rich in the remains both of
fishes and invertebrates and are remarkable for the mingling of
forms which are elsewhere widely separated geographically and
vertically. The study of these forms and their proper determina-
tion and correlation necessitated more extensive investigations and
an acquaintance with the fossils of other localities. In the prog-
ress of such investigations trips have been made into Iowa, Michi-
gan and Ontario and interesting collections secured at Hackberry
Grove, Petoskey and Thedford, all famous localities for fossils.
Last May a visit was made to the town of Bethany, in Genesee
County, N. Y., where for the first time the writer had an oppor-
tunity to secure a large collection from the classical ground of the
New York Hamilton. The principal localities visited were a
couple of points on the line of the Lackawanna railroad, one a
cut through a few feet of rock a mile and a half west of the village
of East Bethany, the other the flat but narrow valley of a little
brook crossing the railroad a mile and a half still farther west. A
brick-yard by the highway, a mile south of the village, furnished
good specimens of Spirifer marcyi and Tropidoleptus carinatus,
being the only locality where these two species were obtained. In
the shales exhibited on the banks of a stream flowing through the
same farm a fine crinoid was obtained, and in the banks of the
same stream at a po‘nt nearer the village many small fossils were
found in concretions of iron pyrites, among the most notable being
specimens of Goniatites uniangularis. The water, however, was
too high to permit a thorough examination of these shales, and
far the larger portion of the collection was obtained from the
slopes of the railroad cut and from low mounds of disintegrated
material in the valley of the little brook first mentioned.

The railway cut near East Bethany is from twelve to fifteen
feet in depth, the encrinal limestone showing at the top of the
slope. There is also a cut many feet deep at the crossing of the
little brook to the west; but the shales there exposed are appar-
ently barren, except at the highest point, where a few large speci-
mens of Spirifer granulosus, S. mucronatus and Athyris spirifer-
oides were found. At the bottom of this valley the encrinal lime-

-58 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

stone is visible in the bed of the creek, dipping to the west.
East of this point a few feet of the lower shales are seen, but they
are mostly barren of fossils. . This paper, however, is not in-
tended as a study of horizons; but a list of the fossils collected
will be given, with some notes on their geographical distribution
and such other observations as may be suggested by a study of the
specimens.

One thing especially noticeable is the striking resemblance be-
tween the Bethany and Thedford faunas. T here i is also a remark-
able similarity :n the manner in which the fossils are concen-
trated in both places in the neighborhood of the encrinal limestone,
either in the limestone layer itself or in the strata immediately con-
tiguous to it. The shales at Thedford are of a different character
from those at Bethany, being lighter in color and softer, quickly
breaking down into a tenacious clay. The limestone is similar
in the two localities and holds the same position between great
thicknesses of softer rocks.

Among the fossils first described from Thedford, but common
to both localities, are the following—twenty-nine species in all—
some of which have not before, so far as the writer is aware, been
reported from New York:

Alveolites goldfussi, Ascodictyon fusiforme, A. stellatum,
Botryllopora socials, Camarotoechia thedfordensis, Cladopora
fischeri, C. roemeri, Cornulites intermedius, Favosites clausus, F.
placenta, Fistulipora huronensis, F. subtrigona, Hederella cana-
densis, H. filifornus, Hehophyllum juvene, Heiterotrypa barran-
det, H. moniliformis, Leptotrypa quadrangularis, Levorhynchus
laura, Monilopora antiqua, Pinacotrypa elegans, Spirorbis arko-
nensis, Streblotrypa hamultonensis, Striatopora linnaeana, Stro-
matopora mammullata, Stromatoporella granulata, Syringopora
nobilis, Taeniopora exigua and Trachypora elegantula.

Nicholson’s Strematoporella nulliporeides might have been in-
cluded in the foregoing list. But this species, having been identt-
fed with S. incrustans, described by Hall and Whitfield from
lowa, the former name, being the later of the two, gives way to
the other. Pinacotrypa elegans (Rominger) is plainly identical
with P. serrulata (Hall), and P. proporoides (Nicholson) is prob-
ably the same as P. plana (Hall), Hall’s names being superseded by
Rominger’s and Nicholson’s. Nicholson’s Ortonia intermedia is
also apparently identical with Grabau’s Cornulites hamiltoniae and
must stand in the place of the latter. The proper generic name,
however, would seem to be Cornulites. Leiorhynchus laura (Bil-
lings) is the same as L. multicosta Hall and has priority over
the latter.

JANUARY, 1902. MONROE—HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. ¥Y. 59,

Whiteaves was the first to point out that Hederella filiformis
(Nicholson) is not the same as Billings’s Auwlopora filiformis, and
he gives a drawing of Billings’s type specimen showing the latter
+o be truly an Aulopora. The writer collected a single fine speci-
men at Thedford which corresponds exactly with Whiteaves’s
drawing, and appears to be identical with specimens of Aulopora
iowaensis Hall and Whitfield, previously collected at Hackberry,
Ia. If this identification is correct the latter name has priority
over Billings’s; and Hederella filiformis must be credited to Nich-
olson and not to Billings.

Specimens of Favosites clausus, both from Thedford and Beth-
any, show. a tendency to laminar expansion and the species may be
~ merely a variety of F. placenta. It is a question whether Cysti-
phyllum corrugatum Hall, from Bethany, is not identical with
C. vesiculosum Goldf., noted by Nicholson from Thedford.

There were collected at Bethany three species, at least, which
were originally described from Iowa. These are Stromatopora ex-
pansa, Stromatoporella incrustans and Lioclema occidens. The
latter is not known to have been hitherto reported from New York.
It is an abundant species at Hackberry, Ia., Callaway County, Mo.,
and Milwaukee. A number of solid forms, apparently of this
species, were collected at Bethany. Other interesting examples of
species originally described from western localities are Astrae-
ospongia hamiltonensis and Intrapora puteolata, of each of which
a beautiful example was obtained.

The crinoid above referred to most nearly resembles Thyla-
cocrinus clarke. Wachsmuth and Springer, but differs from the
illustration given of that species in this, that the apices of the
angles of the polygonal plates have a truncated appearance, or
rather theappearance of havingbeen pushed inward bysome sharp
instrument which has perforated the calyx at the points of junc-
ture of the plates. This Bethany species cannot be very rare, for
the writer has another specimen of the same kind which was col-
lected at Canadaigua Lake.

Several hundred specimens belonging to the genus Fistulipora
and related genera were collected and much time has been spent
in their study and determination. The works consulted are Hall
and Simpson’s volume on the New York Bryozoa, Ulrich’s work
on the Bryorzoa of Illinois, Nickles and Bassler’s Synopsis of
American Fossil Bryosoa, N‘cholson’s Reports on the Paleontol-
egy of Ontario, and papers by Nicholson in the Annals and Mag-
azine of Natural History and by Rominger in the Transactions
of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. With such a quantity of
good material it was not anticipated that there would be much dif-

60 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VoL. 2: NOL.

ficulty in determining the species. Having in mind the beautiful
illustrations in Hall and Simpson’s great work, and the number of
trained paleontologists who had been over the same ground and
given the results of their labors in the description of a large num-
ber of distinct species, the writer started in on the work of identifi-
cation with a cheerful confidence which was all too soon over-
thrown. The elaborate descriptions and elegant drawngs, which
seem so plain on their face, give no idea of the astonishing varia-
tions and obscurities presented by the specimens themselves.
Quite a number of the species collected have certainly never been
described ; and among the others there are such variations in size
and shape of apertures, height and obliquity of peristomes, as well
as in the plainness of vesicular openings, appearance of maculae
and monticules and character of inter-apertural surface generally,
that the labor, in spite of its fascination, has been unexpectedly
great. Hall and Simpson’s diagnoses show the artificiality of. their
distinction between the genera Lichenalia and Fistulipora and this.
is further emphasized by the confusion into which they themselves
have sometimes fallen, as shown in cross-references in which a
species is sometimes referred to one genus and sometimes to the
other. The distinction which they make, based upon the presence
or absence of superficial openings of the interapertural vesicles,
cannot be ma‘ntained. But Ulrich’s distinction between Fistuli-
pora and Pinacotrypa, depending upon the presence in the latter
of tubular mesopores in the place of the vesicular structure of the
former, is not entirely free from the charge of arbitrariness, as
there seem to be all degrees of gradation between these two types.
Nickles and Bassler, the latest authorities, show a noticeable lack
of confidence in deciding between the two genera. In addition
to all these difficulties it is clear that Hall and Simpson have not
examined Rominger’s and Nicholson’s types and have added to:
the confusion by the unnecessary introduction of synonyms. Even
the genera Pinacotrypa and Lioclema do not always show a clear
line of separation, although they have been placed in different
families and even different suborders. The divergence between
such forms as Pinacotrypa scrobiculata, P. unilinea, P. henu-.
Spherica, Lioclema spheroideum, L. confertiporum and L. se-
gregatum, seems like a very gradual one and would indicate a
tolerably close relationship.

Certain groups of species are clearly distinguishable, among
them the following:

Pinacotrypa operculata-stellata-umbilicata-variopora; P. ele-
gans-plana-proporoides-scrobiculata-serrulata; Fistulipora tri-
faria-vesiculata; F. colliculata-cultellata-longimacula-triangularis >

JANUARY, 1902. MONROE—HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. Y. 61

a larger aggregation including F. constricta-cornuta-eriensis-inter-
aspera -ramosa-s pinulifera- utriculus and others; and the grovp
of species included under the genus Lioclema. Many of the
specimens fall easily into their places under some of these specific
names; but a large number exhibit variations which make it diff-
cult to do more than to assign them to one or another of these
groups and even throw doubt upon the validity of some of the
specific distinctions. The same individual may exhibit upon dif-
ferent portions of its surface differences which have been given
specific values. The specimens identified with Pinacotrypa
bullata agree with the description of that species in every respect
except in their manner of growth, having a solid zoarium, with
cells opening on all sides. Three entirely distinct forms, with
very oblique openings, have with some hesitation been identified
as Fistulipora foliacea, F. huronensis and F. wmbricella—the hesi-
tation somewhat increased by Nickles and Bassler’s declaration
that the last named species is unrecognizable.

In respect to the genus Lioclema the authorities last named
suggest a doubt as to the validity of the numerous distinctions
recognized by Hall and Simpson. This doubt does not always scem
to be entirely justified. It is not difficult todistinguish quite a num-
ber of the forms described, though it may, perhaps, be a question
whether they ought to be designated as species or merely as vari-
et'es. Indeed there is a temptation to add to the number a beauti-
ful form, apparently different from any so far described, with
excessively small apertures and mesopores, monticules with sterile
centers occupied by mesopores, the adjacent apertures streaming
off :n rows and diminishing in size as they recede from the center,
the peristomes bothof zooecia.and mesopores crowned with minute
spines.

There is a difference between the Thedford and Bethany fossils
of this group ‘n the preservation of surface characters. Speci-
mens from the former locality frequently have a glazed appearance,
with the zooecial apertures and vesicular openings closed by a cal-
careous deposit.

Among the slender, rod-like forms of Bryozoa several exam-
ples were collected at Bethany, fragmentary for the most part,
and generally only one or two of a kind. The determination of
these forms has not always been satisfactory, and is mainly
limited to the genera. Many fragments of Fencstellidae were also
collected, but no attempt has been made to give them names.

In the subjoined I’st Nickles and Bassler’s Synopsis has been
followed in respect to the Bryosoa, with the exception that species
which are by them assigned to Fistulipora, wth the suggestion

62 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

~

that they may prove to belong to Pinacotrypa, have been placed
under the latter genus. Schuchert’s Synopsis has been followed
in the case of the. Brachiopoda. For the Corals Rominger’s work
on the Corals of Michigan and Hall’s illustrations of Devonian
Fossils have been carefully studied. Whiteaves’s lists of Thed-
ford fossils have been very helpful and his designations have been
adopted in most cases outs:de of the Bryozoa and Brachiopoda.
Grabau’s Monograph on the Fossils of Eighteen-mile Creek has
also been consulted. To the authorities already named should he
added Billings’s series of papers on the devonian fossils of Canada
West, published i in the Canadian Journal in 1859 and 1860. For
the opportunity to examine these valuable and not easily obtain-
able papers the writer is indebted to the kindness of Rev. Hector
Currie, of Thedford, Ontario.

List of Fossils from Bethany, N. Y.

PORIFERA.
Astraeospongia hamiltonensis Meek and Worthen.
COELENTERATA.

Alveolites goldfuss1 Billings.
Aulopora serpens Goldfuss.

A. one or two additional species.
Blothrophyllum conatum (Hall).
Cladopora fischeri (Billings).

C. roemeri (Billings).

C. species.

Crepidophyllum archiac’ ( Billings).
C. subcaespitosum (Nicholson).
Cyathophyllum gradatum Hall.
C. houghtoni Rominger.

C. nanum Hall.

C. nepos Hatt.

C. robustum Hall.

Cystiphvllum amer’canum Edwards and Haime.
C. contfolle Hall.

C. corrugatum Hall.

GC, varias? Hai:

Favosites arbuscula Hall.

F. argus. Hall.

F. billingsi Rominger.

F. clausus Rominger.

JANUARY, 1902.

emmonsi Rominger.

epidermatus Rominger.
hemisphericus Yandell and Shumard.
placenta Rom‘nger.

tuberosus Romuinger.

. Species.

Heliophyllum halli Edwards and Haime.
H. juvene (Rominger).

H. proliferum Hall.

H. reflexum Hall.

Michelinia stylopora (Eaton).

M. dividua Hall.

Monilopora antiqua Whiteaves.
Streptelasma rectum Hall.

S. ungula Hall.

Striatopora linnaeana Billings.
Stromatopora mammillata Nicholson.
Stromatoporella expansa (Hall and Whitfield). |
S. granulata (Nicholson).

S. inerustans (Hall and Whitfield).

S. species.

Syringopora nobilis Billings.

S. species.

Trachypora elegantula Billings.

T. limbata (Eaton).

Zaphrentis ampla Hall.

Z. exigua (Billings).

Z. halli Edwards and Haire.

Zeno piex tall.

ra Pa} fof al Pd

ECHINODERMATA.

Pentremiutidea specics.
Thylacocrinus species.
Undetermined plate of Crinoid.

VERMES.
Autodetus lindstroemi Clarke.
Cornulites intermedius ( Nicholson).

Spirorb’s angulatus Hall.
S. arkonensis Nicholson.

MOLLUSCOIDEA

BRYOZOA.

Acanthoclema sulcatum Hall and Simpson.

Ascodictyon fusiforme Nicholson and Etheridge, Jr.

MONROE—HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. Y.

64

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

A. stellatum Nicholson and Etheridge, Jr.
Bactropora species.

Botryllopora socialis Nicholson.
Ceramella scidacea Hall.

Clonopora species.

Cystodictya incisurata (Hall).

C. tumulosa (Hall and Simpson).
Favicella tessellata (Hall and Simpson).
Fistul:ipora colliculata (Hall).

F. constricta (Hall).

IF. cornuta (Hall and Simpson).

I’. distensa (Hall).

I. eriensis Rominger.

F. foliacea (Hall).

F. huronensis (Nicholson).

I’. :mbricella (Hall).

I. interaspera Hall and Simpson.
F. subtrigona (Hall and Simpson).
F. triangularis (Hall).

F. trifaria Hall and Simpson.

F. vesiculata (Hall and Simpson).
F. a number of undetermined species.
Hederella canadensis (Nicholson).
H. cirrhosa Hall.

Hy conterta (tall):

H. filiform‘s (Nicholson).

H. magna Hall.

Heterotrypa barrandei (Nicholson).
H. moniliformis (Nicholson).

H. species.

Intrapora puteolata Hall.
Leptotrypa quadrangularis (Ncholson).
Lioclema decipiens (Hall).

L. digitatum (Hall).

L. involvens (Hall and Simpson).
L. minutum (Rominger).

L. multaculeatum (Hall).

L. occidens (Hall and Whitfield).
Ly segregatum (all),

L. species.

rthopora bispinulata (Hall).

©. subquadrata (Hall).

‘O. species.
Pinacotrypa bullata? (Hall and Simpson).

VOL,-2"

No. 1.

JANUARY, 1902. MONROE—I{AMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. Y.

. elegans (Rominger).

. hemispherica (Hall).

. operculata (Hall and Simpson).
proporoides (Nicholson).
pustulosa (Hall and Simpson).
. scrobiculata (Hall).

. stellata (Hall).

. umbilicata (Hall).

. unilinea (Hall’and Simpson).
. variopora (Hall).

Ptilopora species.

Streblotrypa hamiltonensis (Nicholson).
Taeniopora exigua Nicholson.

achachachachachachashachachae

MOLLUSCOIDEA—BRACHIOPODA.

Ambocoelia umbonata (Conrad).
Athyris spiriferoides (Eaton).
Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus).
Camarotoechia billingsi (Hall).
C. horsfordi (Hall).

C. sappho (Hall).

C. thedfordensis Whiteaves.
Chonetes coronatus (Conrad).
C. lepidus Hall.

C. scitulus Hall.

C. vicinus (Castelnau).
Cranaena romingeri (Hall).
Crania crenistriata Hall.
Craniella hamiltoniae (Hall).
Cryptonella planirostris Hall.

C. rectirostris Hall. |
Cyclorhina nobilis (Hall).
Cyrtina hamiltonensis Hall.

C. hamiltonensis recta Hall.
Delthyris consobrina (D’Orbigny).
D. sculptilis Hall.

Eunella lincklaeni (Hall).
Leiorhynchus laura (Billings).
Lingula delia Hall.

L. ligea Hall.

Martinia subumbona (Hall).
Meristella barrisi Hall.

M. haskinsi Hall.

M. species.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

Nucleospira concinna Hall.

Orthothetes chemungensis (Conrad).

Parazyga hirsuta (Hall).

Pentamerella pavilionensis (Hall).

Pholidops hamiltoniae Hall.

Pholidostrophia iowaensis (Owen).

Productella spinulicosta Hall.

Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad).

Rhipidomella idonea (Hall).

R. leucosia (Hall).

R. penelope (Hall).

R. vanuxemi (Hall).

Spirifer audaculus (Conrad).

. audaculus macronotus Hall.

. divaricatus Hall.

. granulosus (Conrad).

. marcyi Hall.

. pennatus (Atwater)= S. mucronatus (Conrad).
. tullius Hall.

Stropheodonta concava Hall.

S. demissa (Conrad). :
S. inaequistriata (Conrad). :
S. perplana (Conrad).

S. species.

Trematospira gibbosa Hall.

Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad).

Vitulina pustulosa Hall.

NmNnNMNNnNnN

MOLLUSCA—GASTROPODA.

Loxonema species.

Platyceras bucculentum Hall.

P. carinatum Hall.

P. dumosum rarispinum Hall.
P. symmetricum Hall.

P. thetis Hall.

P. species.

Platyostoma lineatum Conrad.
P. turbinatum Hall.

P. unisulcatum Conrad.

MOLLUSCA—-CEPHALOPODA.

Goniatites uniangularis Conrad.
Orthoceras subulatum Hall.

JANUARY, 1902. MONROE—HAMILTON FOSSILS FROM BETHANY, N. Y.

MOLLUSCA—PTEROPODA.

Conularia undulata? Hall.
Hyolithes species.

CRUSTACEA.

Beyrichia species.
Phacops rana (Green).
Strepula species.

67

JANUARY, 1902. WINTER HABITS OF RED-HEADED WOODPECKER. 69

Notes on the Winter Habits of the: Red-Headed Woodpecker.
H. A. WINKENWERDER.

The red-headed woodpecker is ordinarily a migrant. Its win-
ter range in the Mississippi Valley, according to Prof. W. W.
Cooke, is much restricted, although it is abundant as far north as
the bottom lands of southern Illinois (1). He feeds upon both an-
imal and vegetable matter in nearly equal quantities, the per-
centage varying according to season and locality. In the spring
its food consists mostly of insects. “In the fall,” says Capt.
Chas. Bendire, “its diet is more largely vegetable, one of its staples
being beechnuts ; the berries of sour gum, dog wood, and palmetto
are also largely eaten; acorns and Indian corn and small grain are
likewise used, and it is well known that these birds store away
supplies, consisting both of insects and vegetable matter, for
Winter use (2).

A remarkable case of the storing of insects is the one reported
by Dr. G. S. Agersburg of Vermillion, S. Dakota, and it is prob-
ably he who was the first to report this habit of storing. He
writes as follows:

“Last spring in opening a good many birds of this species with
the object of ascertaining their principal food, I found in their
stomachs nothing but young grasshoppers. One of them, which
had its headquarters near my house, was observed making fre-
quent visits to an old oak post, and on examining it I found a
large crack where the woodpecker had inserted about 100 grass-
hoppers of all sizes (for future use, as later observation proved),
which were put in without killing them, but they were so firmly
wedged in the crack that they in vain tried to get free. I told this
to a couple of farmers, and found that they had also seen the
same thing, and showed me posts which were used for the same
purpose. Later in the season the woodpecker whose station was
near my house commenced to use his stores, and today (February
10) there are only a few shriveled-up grasshoppers left” (3).

Dr. C. Hart Merriam has noted many cases of the red-head
wintering far to the north of its winter home when the food sup-
ply was abundant. From his extended observations he has drawn

(1) W. W. Cooke. Migration in the Miss. Valley, U. S. Agr. Rep. 1888,
page 130.

(2) Capt. C. A. Bendire, Life Histories of N. A. Birds, p. 108, vol. IT.

(3) Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, pp. 194, 195, from Beal Food of Woodpeckers,
U.S. Dept. of Agr. Bull. No. 7, Div. Ornith. and Mammalogy.

70 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

the conslusion that a good year for beechnuts means a good year
for red-heads and squirrels. He ‘found them wintering as far
north as Connecticut and the northeastern portions of New York.

In November 1899, Dr. O. G. Libby called my attention to
the fact that red-heads were storing acorns in the vicinity of
Madison, Wis., by inserting them between the cork ridges of our
larger oaks (Quercus). Investigation soon showed that these birds
wete busy with this task in nearly every oak grove about Madison.
Before winter had fairly set in a great many trees were well
stocked with acorns, some containing hundreds of them. They
were also found below the loose bark on old trees, in cracks in
fences, in old posts, and in decayed wood. From a fence post
which was split across the top and hollowed out I removed more
than a pint of the nuts. Whenever the whole nut could be placed
in a crevice conveniently this was done, but where the crevice
was too narrow they were split in halves. This was very often
the case. Nowhere, however, did I find them still in the cup.

\ Thinking the birds might have stored these acorns for the
grubs they would yield I examined a large number, but no grubs
were found. The half acorns, too, were in good condition, ap-
parently as well preserved as the others.

Close watch was kept up all winter. One grove just west of
the city seemed a favorable spot for the birds, and since it is only
a short distance from the street railway line offered a convenient
place for observation. It lies upon the western slope of a con-
siderable hill (University Heights), and contains about two acres
of healthy oaks (mostly Quercus alba and coccinea) interspersed
with a few dead trees.

[This place was visited about once every week for the entire
winter. On bright sunny days the cries and rappings of these
birds could be heard for some distance around. They flew about
chasing each other as if engaged in play; sometimes as many as
four or five occupied the same tree scolding in most excited
tones; then again they could be seen hopping up and down the
tree trunk, stopping now and then to rap upon the wood as if
they enjoyed the drumming sound. Thus they would turn from
one diversion to another, cheery and apparently well contented
with the way nature treated them. But in severe weather they
were not so lively. When the weather was intensely cold. al-
though they were stirring, the jubilant spirit was absent. They
made very little noise, and kept close to the tree trunks. I visited
the place several times during stormy weather and then it was
rare to see or even hear a single specimen. From the excretions
in and about several holes in trees I concluded that these were
the places they used for shelter during inclement weather, as

JANUARY, 1902. WINTER HABITS OF RED HEADED WOODPECKER. 71

also during the night, although I failed to drive out any by pound-
ing these trees with a heavy club.

As the winter wore on the store of food gradually disappeared,
until the end of February, when it was about exhausted. At this
ume, too, the birds began to scatter, the number in the grove
decreased, and they were soon heard tapping’ upon the telephone
posts about town. But many of the trees still bore evidences of
the services they rendered during the past winter. In most cases
the pulpy matter had been eaten out of the acorns without remov-
ing them, leaving a hollow shell as a mark in the corky bark of
the tree. When they were not so firmly secured the remains
were generally found in coarse, but more often finely broken
parts at the base of the tree.

Upon further investigation by means of printed inquiries sent
throughout the state, the red-headed woodpecker was reported
from all but the extreme northern portions. The results as a
whole were surprising. Of the one hundred and fifty blanks that
were mailed about one hundred were returned, and the majority
of these were intelligently answered. Still the greatest care must
be exercised in the use of these reports. Such cases as seemed
doubtful were either corroborated or discarded. Thus some of
the reports from the northern tier of counties proved to have
reference to the piliated woodpecker (Ceophloeus). In such cases
where the birds were reported as present, but not the acorns, I
have assumed that either the acorns were overlooked, or, as is the
case in some reports, they came from localities where Quercus is
scarce. All cases in which both the birds and acorns were re-
ported were regarded as correct, but where only the acorns were
reported considerable care is necessary. Thus Mr. B. H. Smith
of Rock county writes that he saw blue jays storing the acorns;
Mr. J. P. Lewis of Friendship, Adams county, says he saw the
blue jay eat them; and Mr. Herbert Vaughn of Bowers, Wal-
worth county, reports that the nuts were stored by the large
spotted woodpecker (Dryobates villosus, in all probability).

With these facts and doubts before the reader he will be able
to take the following results for what they are worth.

Many of the reports were exceptionally good and showed that
much interest is taken in our Wisconsin birds. The results ob-
tained should give us a fair conception of the distribution of
Melanerpes in our state during the winter of 1899-1900. As the
accompanying tabulation will readily show, the distribution seems
to have been confined to certain areas, in some of which they
were exce tionally numerous, in others less so. About Madison
they were seen in large numbers. So, too, in the neighborhood of
Beaver Dam, Dodge county. Mr. W. E. Snyder writes from that

72 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO, l.

place as follows: “I could show you two dozen any day all winter
long, within city limits,’ and with reference to stored acorns,
“Every tract of woods contains some of them.’ From Grant
county they were reported very numerous, burying the acorns
from one to two inches into the body of dead poplars.

In the northern section of the state, north of the 45th parallel,
the red-head was comparatively scarce, excepting in Polk county.
This, too, is the only place so far north from which stored acorns
were reported, which iis not at all remarkable, because Polk county
is fairly supplied with oak.

From the remainder of the state we may separate the follow-
ing three areas in which the red-headed woodpecker was abundant
during the winter of 1899-1900. One of these lies in the north-
western portion, including Eau Claire, Pierce, Pepin, Clark and
Dunn counties; another in the southwestern corner, including
Grant, Iowa and La Fayette counties; the third lies fairly within
the central portion of the state, including, beside Dane and Dodge
counties, those bordering on Waushara. Whether or not this
distribution coincides with that of Quercus in our state I cannot
say. For the detailed distribution I have appended a tabulation
of the results of my investigation.

Before concluding I should like to call attention to the bio-
logical significance of the storing habit of Melanerpes. On the
one hand it should show the powers of a migratory species to
adapt itself to a cold and wintery climate; on the other, the ex-
treme importance of food over temperature as a cause for migra-
tion. These questions, however, must be attacked from the stand-
point of the kind of food a bird eats, together with its method of ob-
taining it. It is just this which enables the red-head and all our
resident birds to remain here over winter.

JANUARY, 1902. WINTER IABITS OF RED-HEADED WOODPECKER.

Ze
v
wee
LOCALITY. 25m
oS
TOWN. COUNTY. so3
-B
PUG 6. ooo sce ces paaere ds Ashland, ..4.<icsuets. No
IEA EMETDE Fo cosas axttevts DWariae t We icy. cen cdsac3 Yes
WY. WenMIaATe s,s cesecescscccs POM eap nieve dnest sawenves Yes
NVASHIUIITD «38s oeisn sce lansss Bagneld 6.355 taaee Yes
UBS IAM wecceyedts seats wtksodas eNO ess cn ewincoes No
Bailey’s Harbor .......... 1 ROD a peeling eres Yes
| aloo Ge) ey 0) gee ee ee RO ich a: hots teaceea nc cao No
PLOLTESEPINE:. cts vases cceces et NOOR Ravan ete kierayttoes<in3 No
TI OMMORE «6. .2.0005000 ses SEs (Gs POUR Fades clvte ed sveek Yes
MOE WIE 2a A ree tincow ens Rie MOE OLR 5 ik ee gauvdee cae No
MECHOMONEE 6.25. 1d.05 06503 DOIN gs ava sands tt see Yes
MCU COAL civ csctaecntexee. DUGG roy. Set aoe tes, P35 Yes
SEE recta rises Svestuveaae Marathons: 1. cers es. No
(7d Se ee ae Marathow:.21.4..Fccc- Yes
Rete BLOGs <..c...s89<0. POON sk 530590260 No
SSN ATO oc ies cecenecnensies GH AW AN Ose. 556d. 255 Ooceee No
oC) 015 0) 7 ee ee Outdeanne 2024. aca No
PMC LOI. Sirids oxen vs tiee nuove Utitaramiies:. inte: No
PRUE ES Eis clcdyseatecesck PORCA GE tics ce Neewe che ace No
Grav Rapids. 32/4. c..:. PU OCS iin cins conv oesteas No
Grand: Rapids. ..4..::.<....: NOOO Sans choavsios siasees No
goa) 2 | eee oe ee OE Oy aca weace ies No
MAGA 2) ce .3s deseetsuaatice Petite 0 sect ants No
WGA: PiFescsavendsascscstsas' epi iie ruc co eatesaoese takes Yes
epee teas orice ccs EPIL oct tote depen svrgetes Yes
PET ATIGA WE. «5 «events dase'nesees [EOS O)! ON Cape oa eae ae No
WSIS GF asd ss Shire akc cavks sae ERATE seen tected os ovis Yes
POSS ES less but len SonseGeens AG AIS ies avec racks Yes
WO Tap isae occ aake voces souuais CA AR ies oraetenevns upanpes Yes
125° G00) Uo na ne ene MPA pttsioncnaas ccs decytoees Yes
WU inmeraune. ..... 6k. cack Winnebago: 2.25.8 .5..2.. No
POOR a ccb ctr act sxsrasceoss Ware bat POs. 3.5s..000.00-- Yes
UL 1s, OUR ae a ea WENNER SO: oc. vie esves No
PU ONELOR fcnncet sho eeiet oH eR OMG tac setaeteasabyses aay No
NGO E ecees eeno ashe tag, sean DUA ANG ot trates cessed No
INBIS OME pice cosine ect aks PRM Oe Ss vebidecscavevsnets No
WV EEE nt vvcdanesins sax sieansads SHEDO WEARS 5.52608 sede0s Yes
PBA ae coock ms ccksakes Sheboygan .....-5....20-., No
West Galen ..:.0.024s00234:.. Pee CYOSSE, 5. sein cecscceres No
Eo ee PLONE GE 1, og co3Sy on ares ase oe: No
|e, so ee en PEGE CPI Ds shri seo. ch os Yes
MamtieCHe Str). 16i....2-2608 Greem bakers es0N..0: Yes
UO? S00) ee Green, Lakescacicesis? 2. Yes
PCC EMD ig Sagi cscuiiavess- 404s MICA, J stngds ccs Sots araves No
FROLESE GE oe c0s sot, aceee CAPE Ea. deiascnyivensas No
Bbiberty “Blodl...25:i2..,-..: PEAT MCLL Gc.) cc22cecsut -- Yes
Packwadtkee tut. ses.cte-, NO ENS G 5 ee eee Yes

Number of
Birds Seen,

eee eereces

eeeevercce

eee eeeeeee

eeeerscons

eeeeeseons

eeeseccces

ee eeeeeeee

seer eecees

eeeeeteces

eee eesesee

eeeeeeeoes

eeeeoseeee

Were Acorns

Stored.

22
So 6

73

Date of
Report.

March 26
March 26
March 31
April 2
March 26
March 12
Feb. 22
Feb. 21
March 17
Feb. 17
March 7
Feb. 26
March 5
Feb. 26
March 14
April 7
March 12
March 10
March 5
March 5
March 14
Feb. 20
Feb. 17
March 21
March 19
March 23
March 11
March 12
Feb. 20
Feb. 24
March 12
March 16
March 8
March 19
March 21
March 19
March 12
March 11
Feb. 24
March 7
March 12
March 5
March 6
March 10
March 12
March 5
March 6

74 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
Fiat Miles). a Fond: dt. Lae......0.e ie Rae No
SEPA oss, bese eases fT TEMEDOIEAT cs. cncceseands Yes | 3or4| No
Salesvill@ vic ,.cis:> nectenoeh oc reg PRMCAIE 22 S505: cyt -ces Yes). 22 *)Ne
River Pals: sie: tena PiGhee 3344 elo Yes 4. No
River \‘Palls scx. escsessses PIECE 2 6st Yes Qe Yes
Alsons cists t.cp nbwes: Kewannee> renee NMG ibs. c.saaebs No
IGUAM Secale Kewatuitee =... TO Mass yeoee No
Nee0i.52:i &. Gee nae ce Manitowec.........s.0.... Nostcctaae Yes
EBast'Gibsoa- 22.2.3. .s3 Manitowoc «.-.<..2c.00n. Yes| 20 | No
Waepate sao ee WAU PACA erst cece s.coes Yes | 200? | Yes
Marcellon:.i.3222 536802: Cohn bin t6s.5s eee NGiisciass No
Welton 2c ees, SUK se isesces see ee | Yes 6 No
Walinots ie eck eee KESIOSHA,. .cc.:<sscaccascoa Novis. nee No
Evansville. scks. 2620s PROCS as chs ree cae ec Woy |2:zk: No
PAA SE ons Gonz g rset dacannts ROCK. se8 cau Oe Loesleees Nowe. star Yes
BOEINSLOR s. icarenoostbee Rates. avvceesnaees Yes| 4 No
Racine .40-5.5.5N eee: RAGUIC sts c52 ee INNO. cca No
Benton, eddie eeees Las Payette; auras Ves--12 >|: No
Shullsburg..23-.5-04e La Payettées.c-2:. a2. NO) aseron No
Lancaster: est. as ON ste Rs eR es ees eT bay ie ; Yes| 50 | No
Laneasteti.s. 32 sieracevess Gratitcwc iene Yes many| Yes
Soldiers Grove.............. Cra wiotd 223 acti Yes 1 No
Pt Athimsone 2s: ‘etek Sour ai speivecen sctee 2 ag eae a No
Wateértowitsieve:44% jeflersen. 2... Yes). 2 No
BOWeEtS shi Soe oidew wk teens Walworth 2 Andee No boss: Yes
Beaver Dami.zc2.hte IGG BE oc. y on ieee Yes| 24 | Yes
Préedonita sc.dss. 2.2) eos ee Ozaukeen ceed Yes 4. No
Hillside. 25 256s LOW al ashi eee Yes| 10 | Yes
NMiatdtsSOtie.cce ee Danescki 5s cee Yes| 20

VOL. 2: NOzA:

Feb. 20
March 7
March 12
April 15
April 23
Feb. 23
Feb. 20
March 5
Feb. 20
March 6
March 6
March 10
Feb. 15
April 2
Feb. 6
Feb. 20
Feb. 19
March 21
March 24
March 11
March 6
March 5

eeeees cesses ssese

See cer cows eeeesee

eeeeee sect seeee

JANUARY, 1902. PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS FOR MADISON, WIS. 75

Place-Modes of Acris Gryllus for Madison, Wis.
By P. H. DERNEHL.

The purpose of this paper is to describe the Madison form unit
of the cricket frog Acris gryllus var. crepitans (Le Conte) for
comparisons with specimens from other localities and with future
determinations of this form unit.

The frogs employed for study in the preparation of this paper
were taken October 18, 1901, in Dane county, Wisconsin, along
the banks of an artificial lagoon, fed by Lake Mendota, and near
the Catfish river. '

Along the banks of this artificial stream the frogs were ex-
tremely numerous, making it a comparatively small task to secure
the one hundred specimens from which my tabulated results
were obtained.

The frogs were collected at random. ;

DESCRIPTION OF THE FORM-UNIT.

The eyes are comparatively large and prominent, their pos-
terior angles being slightly anterior to the angles of the mouth.
(See Fig. 1.) The snout is extended, and projects beyond the
lower lip. (See Fig. 1.) From about its middle point the body
tapers gradually towards the snout with no contraction for the
neck. (See Plate.) The external nares are small and more
anterior than the eye, and each is placed upon a slight eminence,
the canthus rostralis. The tongue is broadly oval, slightly or not
at all notched (See Fig. IT.) ; individuals having their tongue not
notched predominating in numbers. It is free for about one-
fourth or a little less of its length from behind, and is also free
at the sides.

2 The tympanum is very small, in some individuals barely notice-
able.

The inner nares are decidedly larger than the external nares.

The vomerine teeth are situated in two oval patches slightly
larger than the internal nares, and are placed between these, their
slightly longer axis inclined to each other posteriorly. Their poste-
rior borders are in about the same transverse line with those of the
inner nares, and they extend a little beyond anteriorly. (See
Fig. IT.) In this respect the frogs differed decidedly from the
individuals described by Cope, who describes the position of these
teeth thus: “The vomerine teeth are situated in two oval patches
about the size of the nares, the slightly longer axis inclined a little

76 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

to each other backward. ‘They are placed between the nares, their
anterior edges nearly in the same transverse line with those of the
nares and extending a little beyond the nares posteriorly.” It
will be noted that the position of the vomerines is remarkably
anterior as compared with other of our small American hyloids.

The openings of the Eustachian tubes are very minute.

The gular fold is well developed.

Quantitative data were taken for a number of characteristics
selected either because (1) they were apparently variable here, or
(2) known to vary throughout its range, these characteristics
being’ known to me because given as diagnostic between the two
subspecies into which the northern and southern forms have been
grouped.

METHODS.

The measurements were taken in m. m. in most cases, but in
one-half and one-tenth m. m. in the smaller measurements.

The measurements were recorded as falling into the classes
4-4.99 m. m., etc., or 4-4.00, etc., as the case might be. These
measurements were then converted into per cent of total lengths
by means of Zimmerman’s Calculating Tables. The middle value
of the two classes concerned being used as 24.5 divided by 28.5.
The percentages were grouped in the same way as the original
measurements. In some cases, where certain fractions not involv-
ing the total length had been used by systematists in describing
this species or its subspecies, these percentages were also de-
termined and seriated.

Where the resulting polygons were irregular owing to the use
of too many classes for the number of individuals, they were
grouped into larger classes, as few as possible being brought to-
gether to make the new classes. Of the several possible limits
those were chosen which approached most nearly the theoretical
curve, the sex and total length being known for each measure-
ment. The extreme classes of each polygon were examined to find
if any correlation existed between sex or age and any of the char
acteristics examined. This confessedly crude method revealed
none except between sex and length.

——-s——- 4

MEASUREMENTS.

Length.—I found the length to vary from 20 m. m. to 30 m.
m., the mode being 25-26 m. m. The dotted lines in polygon A
represent the polygon for males, from which it is seen that the
males are shorter than the females.

ACRIS GRYLLUS VAR. CREPITANS.

ee

20: 22> 2a SOG 28. “3e 34+ 36 38 40 42 44 46 z
SVE, 7,
POLY GON-A. TOTAL LENGTA POLYGON-B. et POLYGON-C. RIV CRN STS LENGTA

= a , Zo
PoLyeon-bD —— Fory6on-£. ae

1q
1
“gd
>
442 /.50 1.58 4.66 174 1.82 1.84 20 26 32 33 cas

+0 44 43 52 2 3 + 5. 46 7 1S yay... Zi ate ae
Po.veon-F ae PoLyG0n-G = ABSOLUTE T0E Poryeon-H TUBEROSITY

PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS.

JANUARY, 1902. PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS FOR MADISON, WIS. 79

The head, measured from the gular fold to tip of snout, varied
from 8 m. m. to I1.7 m. m.; reduced to per cent of total length
the mode became 40 per cent to 42 per cent, with a range from
34 per cent to 46 per cent. (See Poly. B.)

The breadth of head was measured across posterior edge of
the tympanums and was seriated in terms of head length and varied
from 6.2 m. m. to 8.8 m. m., and gave the mode of 78 per cent
to 81 per cent, with a range from 63 per cent to 93 per cent. (See
Paty: 4G)

The leg was measured from the granule beneath the vent to
the tip of farthest projecting toe. It varied in length from 30 m. m.
to 51 m.m. Divided by the total length the mode became 1.70 to
1.74, with a range of from’1.42 to 1.84. (See Poly. D.)

The tibia is longer than the femur, and the femur somewhat
longer than the fcot.

The foot is well developed. All the metatarsi are cleft to the
base excepting the two outer ones which are united. The toes
are webbed to the base of the disks, the membrane filling up
most the space between them except on each side of the Iongest
metatarsi where the membrane forms a narrow margin on the
penultimate joint. On the exterior edge of the foot the membrane
continues as a rudimentary one. (See Fig. III.) Beneath the
articulations of the metatarsi are two large metatarsal tubercles,
on the outer side of the tarsus are three or four well developed
subarticular tubercles. The foot was measured and seriated in
terms of leg length, from the large metatarsal tubercle to the tip
of the longest toe. (See Fig. III. C-D.), and was found to vary
from 8 m. m. to 14 m. m., thus giving a range from 40 per cent
to 54 per cent, with a mode of 46 per cent to 48 per cent. (See
Poly. F.)

The projection of the second toe beyond the third (See Fig.
III a-b), was found to vary from 2 m. m. to 5 m. m., with a range
from 1.5 per cent to 6 per cent, giving a mode of 35 per cent to
40 per cent. (See Poly. G.) It was also seriated in terms of
length of foot and varied from 20 per cent to 47 per cent, with a
mode of 32 per cent to 35 per cent. (See Poly. E.)

The hands, like the feet, are well developed, though without
webs. The fingers are provided with slightly enlarged convex
disks, thus enabling the creatures to climb upon smooth perpen-
dicular surfaces. The disks are traversed by a slight groove.
The inner finger is caudal to the rest, and is provided “with a soft
and prominent tubercle at its base. Separated from this tubercle
by a narrow interval is another tubercle of about equal size.

80 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

COLOR.

The color of this species is extremely variable. Usually the
upper surface has a ground color of ashy gray with a faint green-
ish hue or brown. he whole upper surface of body and limbs
is more or less overrun with small scattered elongate or rounded
warts of irregular size. The back is covered with a varying num-
ber of black spots, all generally margined with lighter. Between
the eyes 1s a triangle nearly equilateral, its sides slightly concave,
and its base connecting the edges of the upper eyelids. This tri-
angie is relatively constant and characteristic, though so pale and
indistinct in some as to be barely discernible.

The upper jaw is black or dark brown, with four vertical pale
lines on each side. From the eye to arm is a pale white line, usually
quite easily seen. Dorsal to this line extending nearly to the in-
sertion of the fore leg is an elongate black mark, and beneath the
line is another running parallel to the posterior one and extending
from the sides of the lower jaw to the lower part of the insertion
of the arm. Posterior to the insertion of the arm is a large dark
oblique white margined spot on the side of the body. Pos-
terior to this, and more dorsal, is another black spot, also mar-
gined with white and running obliquely backward.

The median dorsal part is frequently occupied by a longi-
tudinal red or green band, these bands being frequently bordered
on either side by obscure black spots. The green and red bands
are, where present, extremely variable from a pale inconspicuous
green or red line to a prominent and distinct band of either color.
Very rarely are both the green and red color present in the same
individual. In the one hundred specimens examined I found but
one case. The bands of red or green are either continuous or in-
terrupted. Where very pronounced the band is generally contin-
uous, and when not is generally interrupted. The colors have
apparently no correlation with sex or age, as the table will illus-
trate. The one hundred individuals studied offered thirty-five
individuals in which the colored bands were present.

JANUARY, 1902. PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS FOR MADISON, WIS. 81

~~

RED GREEN
LITTLE MEDIUM MUCH LITTLE MEDIUM MUCH

$6 27m. m.| ?27m.m.| ? 25 m.m.|¢ 27 m.m.|/? 26m.m.!| 5 25 m. m.
25 m. m.| ¢ 25m.m.| 2 21 m.m. | $ 24 m. m. | d 23 m. m.
9 27 m. m.} ¢ 22m.m./ ¢ 27 m.m. | ? 24 m. m. 2 28 m. m.
é 23 m. m. $¢ 23 m. m. | ? 24 m. m. $ 23 m. m.
$ 24. m. m. $ 24 m.m.|¢ 26 m. m. 6: 27 a on:
g 26 m. m. d 24.m.m.|¢ 27 m. m.
9-25 Wn... 11, é 25 m. m.
$ 24 m. m. ¢ 24 m. m.

é 22 m. m.

6 22). ea.

6 23 m. m.

$ 23 m. m.

8 BS 12 6 1 5

Beneath the color is ashy white; at times very pale yellow
on the throat. The throat is generally more or less speckled with
dusky or brown. (See Plate.)

The lower jaw is pale or exhibits a few dark specks at the
symphysis. The ventral surface of the arm shows no black
blotches, and the thigh, leg and tarsus are also destitute of black
markings ventrally, though posteriorly two or three transverse
ones.

A black spot is frequently visible over the vent, and a dark
bar either continuous or interrupted passes along the posterior
thigh as a femoral stripe.

Tuberosity: As stated, the dorsal part of the frog is more or
less covered with warty elevations. Within the dark triangle on
the head which was taken as an index for the general tuberosity
the elevations varied from 9 to 32 (excluding one of fifty), with
a mode of 15-18. (Poly. H.)

The lower parts are covered by depressed granulations extend-
ing half way up the side, and on the inferior face of the thigh.
Two large granules are conspicuous beneath the vent.

Color Changes: The rapid color changes attributed to these
frogs by various authors as Dr. Hay, Cope and Le Conte were
not observed in individuals which we had in confinement in the
laboratory for some time, the only noticeable change being a
fading or increase of the ground color, the bands of green or red
remaining permanent.

In formalin preservative the color fades into a dark ashy
gray, the green bands disappear and assume the normal ground
color, or can be distinguished as a darker band. Tle red bands do
not undergo this change, or only to a slight degree, in either case,
however, the bright luster of the living animal is entirely lost.

82 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

I. The form unit of Acris gryllus v. crepitans for Madi-
son, Wisconsin, has been described.
II. Quantitative determinations from one hundred individ-
uals have been made of a number of characters and seriated.
Ill. The variation of color of the back and of the number of
tuberosities has been found to be very great.
IV. The males are smaller than the females.

PLACE-MODES.

The determination of place-modes has for its object the investi-
gation of evolution by exact quantitative methods. It results in
fixing the conditions of a species in a particular locality at a
particular time, thus giving a basis upon which to determine any
change which that same species may undergo in the same locality
after a definite lapse of time. The changes which a species may
undergo in a relatively small number of years under ordinary
conditions of environment are not sufficient to be detected in
cases where descriptions are qualitative only or based upon a
few individuals, but where a large number of individuals, taken
at random, are measured the modes may be used as standards for
reference.

Aided by such determinations, we can know the rate and di-
rection of any change which a species may undergo, so that we
may draw more definite conclusions concerning the causes of spe-
cific change. The comparison of place-modes throughout the
range of the species has yielded important results. To quote Dr.
C. B. Davenport: “The establishments of these place-modes for
various species in various localities is the first sure step towards
the solution of the problem of the Origin of Species.”

Work of this nature is suggested for those who desire to make
actual contributions to our knowledge of botany or zoology and
yet lack the facilities or knowledge necessary for original contri-
butions to the structure or relations of species.

The following classes seem especially favorable for study be-
cause of size, variability, ease of collecting, and, in many cases,
of the presence of serial structures, which may be counted—trep-
tiles, batrachians, fishes, decapods and myriapods. In plants the
flowers and leaves offer numerous opportunities.

This. work was undertaken in response to the appeal of
Dr. C. B. Davenport for the quantitative study of variable species.
for the purpose of throwing light on the origin of species. I
would call attention of the members of naturalists’ field clubs to
the articles by Dr. Davenport in the bibliography. This work is

JANUARY, 1902. PLACE MODES OF ACRIS GRYLLUS FOR MADISON, WIS. 83

particularly adapted to these clubs in our large cities. The valu-
able enthusiasm of many young naturalists in these clubs is being
satisfied by the almost useless task of searching for new stations
for rare species.

In conclusion I wish to express my thanks to Mr. R. H.
Johnson, to whom I owe the interest which stimulated me to the
preparation of this paper and by whose kind advice and assistance
the work was greatly facilitated.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Cope, E. D—The Batrachia of North America. Bulletin U. S.
Nat. Museum, No. 34.

Davenport, C. B.—A Precise Criterion of Species. Science, U.
S., Vol. 7, No. 177, pages 685-695, 1898.

Davenport, C. B——The Aims of the Quantitative Study of Varia-
tion. Biological Lectures from The Marine Biological Lab-
oratory of Woods Hall, 1899.

Davenport, C. B—The Importance of Establishing Specific Place-
Modes Science, U. S., Vol. 9, No. 220, pages- 415-416,
March 17, 1899.

Davenport, C. B—A History of the Development of the Quan-
titative Study of Variation. Science, U. S., Vol. 12, No.
310, pages 864-870, Dec. 7, 1900.

Davenport, C. B—The Statistical Study of Evolution. The Pop-
ular Science Monthly, September, Igot.

Davenport, B. C.—Statistical Methods with Special Reference to
Biological Variation. Jno. Wiley & Sons, New York.

Garman, H.—A Synopsis of the Reptiles and Amphibians of IIli-
nois. Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History, Vol. 3, 1892.

Hay, Oliver Perry.—The Batrachians and Reptiles of the State of
Indiana, 1892.

Le Conte, Jno—Descriptive Catalogue of the Rannia of the Unit-
ed States. Proceedings, Acad. Nat. Science, Vol. VIII,
1854-1855. :

~

JANUARY, 1902. THE POLYODON SPATHULA. 85

The Paddle Fish (Polyodon Spathula).
By HORACE BEACH, Sr.

This fish attracted my attention some forty years since on
account of its odd and unusual form. Barton W. Everman,
United States Ichthyologist, writes me that “this species was
first named by Walbaum in 1792, Squalus spathula; later in 1801
Bloch and Schneider called it Polyodon folium, thinking it was
a new species, but as the fish of Bloch and Schneider and that
of Walbaum are specifically identical and as Walbaum’s is the
older name it must be accepted for the species. The fish is not
a Squalus as thought by Walbaum, but belongs to the genus Poly-
odon, the correct Latin name is Polyodon spathula and not Poly-
odon folium, as you see in some books.

The Polyodon spathula belongs to the family of Polyodontidae,
and “is found in the Mississippi and the Ohio, and their tribu-
taries, in Lake Erie and in southern waters.” It is a naked car-
tilaginous fish, its skin in color and appearance somewhat re-
sembling the catfish. Its common name in different localities is
paddle fish, spoonbill cat, shovel-nosed sturgeon, etc. It is edible,
its flesh being white and savory. The fishermen cut off the head
and tail and sell it for “boneless cat.” Everman informs me
that the roe makes good cavier. The mature fish is from 4 to 5
feet in length. I have seen them over 4 feet. Jacob Scrogum, a
reliable fisherman, told me that he once caught one that was 5 feet
in length. The smallest caught are from Io to 12 inches in
length and have an abundance of sharp needle like teeth, whereas
the mature fish is toothless. This would seem to indicate that
the small fish have a different method of obtaininig their food
from the mature fish. It has a heterocercal tail, a symmetrical
body from the tail to the head, which seems abnormally large, a
toothless mouth capable of opening very wide, a slender under
jaw, and very long gill-covers extending backward from the gill
openings over the smooth naked skin, and capable of being closed
water tight. It has ample gill-rakes, small eyes located well for-
ward and low down, and two blow holes located back of the
junction of the paddle. The paddle or spatula is a little more than
one-fourth the whole length of the fish. It is composed of a beau-
tiful network of cartilaginous bones which are covered with a
stout skin. The fish subsists in part if not wholly on confervae,
consisting of a tubular water plant which grows in great ahund-
ance on or near the surface of the water. I have formed a theory
as to the manner in which the fish manages to collect and swallow

86 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

its food. This theory is somewhat conjectural but to my mind
seems. reasonable. The fish elevates its paddle above the water
and swims into the water plant, manipulating and guiding the
water plant into its mouth; this would cause a current of water
containing the food to pass out at the gill openings, while the gill-
rakes would catch and hold the food. The eyes are admirably
placed to see and control the movements of the fish. After a
proper amount of confervae is thus caught the long gill-cover and
mouth are closed, a compression of the cavity back of the gill-
rakes would force the water forward and out of the blow holes
and thus release the water plant from the gill-rakes, and a further
compression of the mouth would press out the remaining water
and leave the food in a fit condition to be swallowed without an
undue amount of water. I once saw this fish swimming with its
paddle raised above the surface of the water but had no con-
ception at that time that it was collecting food, in fact did not
know what it subsisted upon. Fishermen have told me that they
have seen worms in their stomachs mixed with confervae, but I
am of the opinion the fish is a vegetarian, as I know they have
parasitic worms in their stomachs, of which I will say more later
on. I thought if they are vegetarians that they must hybernate
in the winter ; as there is then no vegetation for them to live upon.
Acting upon this impression I visited the fishermen drawing seins
under the ice. I opened the stomachs of a number of the fishes. The
walls of the stomachs were thick and contracted, the cavity was very
small and in no instance was there found a particle of food in
them, only a little yellowish fluid and sometimes a lively knot of
parasitic worms that seemed greatly disturbed at being exposed
to the cold atmosphere. This fish while lying in the muddy
bottom in a torpid state during the winter is often attacked by
lampreys, sometimes having life literally sucked out of them or so
nearly so as not to have vitality enough to recuperate when re-
leased from their icy prison. I have seen many of them lying on
the shores in the spring with their bodies emaciated and covered
by wounds made by the lampreys. I have often seen these fish
after the water became warm jump out of the water and come
down on their sides with a splash, probably to rid themselves of
lampreys. There is one very remarkable fact that no one has
ever seen, a very small fish of this species, at least this is true as
far as any information I have been able to obtain. I have a
standing offer of $5.00 to any one who will bring me one not over
six inches long, thus far without any response.

JANUARY, 1902. LIST OF MEMBERS. 89

Membership List.
Wisconsin Natural History Society.

Altschwager, H., 118 Harmon St., Milwaukee.
Allen, C. J., 555 Juneau Place, Milwaukee.
Albright, Jas. G., 1112 Cedar St., Milwaukee.

Bartlett, Dr. E., 422 Jefferson St., Milwaukee.
Baumbach, C. von, 906 State St., Milwaukee.
Bossert, G., 719 Franklin St., Milwaukee.

Batchelor, Dr. W. A., 1109 Kinnickinnic Ave., Milwaukee.
Bruncken, E., 18 Mack Bldg., Milwaukee.

Brown, Charles E., 1214 Chestnut St., Milwaukee.
Bennetts, W. J., 413 Twenty-third St., Milwaukee.
Boerner, Carl, 755 Twenty-eighth St., Milwaukee.
Brandon, J. A., Boston, Mass., care Forbes Lith. Co.
Benedict, F. M., Waupaca, Wis.

Biersach, Adolf, Public Museum, Milwaukee.

Blatz, Valentine, 236 Prospect Ave., Milwaukee.
Berg, Rev. J. W., Seminary of St. Francis, Wis.
Buckley, E. R., Rola, Missouri.

Beach, Horace, Sr., Prairie du Chien, Wis.

Conrath, A., 296 Ninth St., Milwaukee.

Copeland, Dr. E., 300 Goldsmith Bldg., Milwaukee.
Case, E. C., 18514 Twenty-seventh St., Milwaukee.
Cline, George J., 676 Jefferson St., Milwaukee.
Cloos, Aug., 1191 Eighth St., Milwaukee.

Conway, W. C., 2910 Wells St., Milwaukee.
Caldwell, F. M., Princeton, Wis.

Clarke, W. P., Milton, Wis.

Canfield, W. H., Baraboo, Wis.

Dorner, Dr. H., 1922 Cedar St., Milwaukee.

Dapprich, Prof. E., German American Academy, Milwaukee.
Dadd, Robert H., 221 Grand Ave., Milwaukee.

Dernehl, Paul H., 412 Murray St., Madison, Wis.
Doerflinger, Charles H., 2302 Chestnut St., Milwaukee.
Denison, Henry R., 563B Twenty-eighth St., Milwaukee.
Duemling, Dr. H., “Germania,’’ Milwaukee.

Duane, Matt, Marshall, Dane Co., Wis.

Ellsworth, W. H., 3302 Wells St., Milwaukee.
Firing, H. B., 2819 Cedar St., Milwaukee.

90

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

Elser, J., 472 Cass St., Milwaukee.
Esau, Dr. L. R., 175 Thirty-first St., Milwaukee.

Fiebing, O. J., 400 Sixteenth St., Milwaukee.

Frank, Dr. L., 116 Mason St., Milwaukee.

Fiebing, John H., 644 Twenty-eighth St., Milwaukee.
Fernekes, Valentine, 497 Oakland Ave., Milwaukee.
Fischer, Davenport, 360 Beulah St.,. Milwaukee.
Fargo, Frank B., Lake Mills, Wis.

Finger, William, 297 Twelfth St., Milwaukee.

Falge, Louis, Reedsville, Wis..

Gray, Dr. N. A., 174 Wisconsin St., Milwaukee.
Garbade, James, Republican House, Milwaukee.
Graenicher, Dr. S., 551 Seventh St., Milwaukee.
Grigrutsch, O., 1323 Green Bay Ave., Milwaukee.
Griste, P. O., E. Troy, Wis.

Gilman, W. W., Boscobel, Wis.

Gerend, Alphonse, St. Francis, Wis.

Grover, Alison S., South Milwaukee, Wis.
Gregory, John G., 717 Jefferson St., Milwaukee.

Hecker, August, 580 Jackson St., Milwaukee.
Hamann, Prof. E. R., 3123 Cedar St., Milwaukee.
Horneffer, F. L., 829 Booth St., Milwaukee.
Habhegger, Otto J., 762 Jackson St., Milwaukee.
Hamilton, H. P., Two Rivers, Wis. .

Harlowe, David, E. P. Allis Co., Milwaukee.
Hartwell, Sidney R., 198 Wisconsin St., Milwaukee.
Hollister, O. L., 370 Eighteenth Ave., Milwaukee.
Hinsdale, Dr. H. B., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Jung, Philip, 623 Second St., Milwaukee.
Jaycox, H. M., Lake Mills, Wis.
Johnson, H. J., 452 Fifteenth Ave., Milwaukee.

Kirchner, H. A., Forty-second St., near Vliet, Milwaukee.
Knopf, Charles, 655 Twenty-second St., Milwaukee.
Kiewert, Charles L., gq Waverly Place, Milwaukee.
Koeffler, C. A., Pabst Bldg., Milwaukee.

Kuehne, Rudolph, 825 N. Eighth St., Sheboygan, Wis.

Lotz, Louis, 615 Galena St., Milwaukee.
Lando, J., 419 E. Water St., Milwaukee.

Lutz, Hugo, 1248 Burleigh St., Milwaukee.
Laue, A. F., 1111 Sycamore St., Milwaukee.

JANUARY, 1902. LIST OF MEMBERS. 91

Logemann, George, 244 W. Water St., Milwaukee.
Lorenzen, Thomas G., 75 Juneau Ave., Milwaukee.
Laurer, Rev. John G., Plain, Sauk Co., Wis.
Lyman, F. H., 205 Market St., Kenosha, Wis.
Lawson, Publius V., Menasha, Wis.

Mann, C. L., 124 Farwell Ave., Milwaukee.
Meinecke, A., 623 Milwaukee St., Milwaukee.
Munkwitz, Charles, 431 Milwaukee St., Milwaukee.
Miller, B. K., Jr., 300 Marshall St., Milwaukee.
Marks, Dr. S., 136 Wisconsin St., Milwaukee.
Marshall, W. A., Wisconsin Univ., Madison, Wis.
Meinecke, F., A. Meinecke & Sons, Milwaukee.
Monroe, Charles E., Goldsmith Bldg., Milwaukee.
Menger, Dr. R., San Antonio, Texas.

Mitchell, A. S., 220 Greenbush St., Milwaukee.
Mueller, Frank, Princeton, Wis.

Melcher, G. F., Woodland, Wis.

Merrill, Harriet B., Public Museum, Milwaukee.
Mitchell, S. D., Ripon, Wis.

Nehrling, H., 254 Twenty-first St., Milwaukee.

Owen, Charles L., Field Col. Museum, Chicago, III.
Ogden, Dr. H. V., Goldsmith Bldg., Milwaukee.

Pabst, F., Sr., 2000 Grand Ave., Milwaukee.

Peckham, G. W., Milwaukee Public Library, Milwaukee.
Pietsch, O., 269 Twelfth St., Milwaukee.

Pereles, J. M., 529 Astor St., Milwaukee.

Pereles, T. J., 535 Astor St., Milwaukee.

Pereles, Herman, 31 Juneau Ave., Milwaukee.

Phillips, George G., care E. P. Allis Co., Milwaukee.
Porter, R. L., Mukwonago, Wis.

Peet, Rev. S. D., Chicago, III.

Reeder, John, Calumet, Mich.

Rauterberg, F., Public Museum, Milwaukee.

Reuss, G., 668 Sixth St., Milwaukee.

Roemheld, H., 1280 Eleventh St., Milwaukee.

Rohde, Paul C., 523 Walnut St., Milwaukee.

Ruenzel, Henry G., 753 Third St., Milwaukee.

Raasch, Richard, 2431 Brown St., Milwaukee.
Robinson, Dr. W. B., 2324 State St., Milwaukee.
Riley, Will W., Mack Block, care Fed. Life, Milwaukee.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 1.

Slocum, A. W., Field Col. Museum, Chicago, III.

Stanhope, Dr. Charles D., 2718 State St., Milwaukee.
Sherman, Dr. L., 448 Jackson St., Milwaukee.

Stark, Joshua, 355 Farwell Ave., Milwaukee.
Schoenebeck, A. T., Spruce, Wis.

Schoenebeck, Carl, Lena, Wis.

Sandrock, W. F., 45 Juneau Ave., Milwaukee.
Steinmeyer, Mrs. Marg., 2427 Grand Ave., Milwaukee.
Sheridan, J. A., Germania Bldg., Milwaukee.
Shroeder, A., care Empire Fur. Co., Milwaukee.
Slocum, Dr. Charles E., Defiance, Ohio.

Schuette, Geo. H., Manitowoc, Wis.

Snyder, W. E., Beaver Dam, Wis.

Thiele, O., 994 Nineteenth St., Milwaukee.
Trieschman, C., 430 Hanover St., Milwaukee.
Teller, E. E., 3303 Cedar St., Milwaukee.
Tweedy, J. H., New Insurance Bldg, Milwaukee.

Uehlein, August, 332 Galena St., Milwaukee.

Vogel, F., Jr., 583 Cass St., Milwaukee.
Voss, Edw. E., 140 Fifteenth St., Milwaukee.
Vogel, W. H., Seventh and Sycamore Sts.; Milwaukee.

Winkler, F. C., 131 Eleventh St., Milwaukee.

Wanvig, R. O., 315 Eighteenth Ave., Milwaukee.
Whitney, Lee R., Room 225, P. O. Bldg., Milwaukee.
Wells, Philip, 374 Twenty-fourth St., Milwaukee.
West, George A., 2828 Highland Blvd., Milwaukee.
Watrous, Paul J., 292 Farwell Ave., Milwaukee.
Wheeler, Prof. Wm. M., Univ. of Texas, Austin, Texas.
Webb, Lindsay,-1120 Humboldt Ave., Milwaukee.
Wood, C. E., Mukwonago, Wis.

Willard, H. A., Mazomanie, Wis.

Wadmond, S. C., 1034 Washington Ave., Racine, Wis.
Winkenwerder, H. A., 217 Murray St., Madison, Wis.

Zimmermann, O. B., Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

Vol. 2. (NEW SERIES.) APRIL, 1902. No. 2.

BULLETIN

WISCONSIN
NATURAL HISTORY
- SOCIETY

CONTENTS.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE Wisconsin) NatTuraL History
SOCIETY, e “ 2 - = . 2

Some RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON THE MIGRATION OF
Birps—H. A. WInKENWERDER, = 3 :

Notts on THE Rarer Birps oF Dopce County, WI1s.
—W. E. Snyper, - - - - -

List wirH Notes oF THE Mammats oF Dopce County,
Wis.——W. E. Snyper, - - - SY ge

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

o

EVENING WISCONSIN CO., PRINTERS, MILWAUKEE.

t

The Wisconsin Natural History Society,
MILWAUKEE, WIS.

ORGANIZED MAY 6, 1857.

OFFICERS.

EDGAR E. TELLER—Presipent . . . . 3303 Cedar Street, Milwaukee
DR. S. GRAENICHER—Vice Pres’ . . 551 Seventh Street, Milwaukee
W. J. BENNETTS—Gen. Sec’y . . 413 Twenty-third Street, Milwaukee
LEE R. WHITNEY—Cor. Sec’y . . Room 225, P. O. Bldg., Milwaukee
GEO. A. WEST—TreasureR ..... 2828 Highland Bl’vd, Milwaukee
A. BIERSACH—-Liprarian Pete SA el Bea Public Museum, Milwaukee

st st Ss

DIRECTORS OF SECTIONS.

Secretary of Sections. C. E. Brown | Geology...... C. E. Monroe
Archeology .. . W. H. Ellsworth Ornithology .... Edw. E. Voss
Numismatics... W. F. Sandrock |= Entomology..... C. E. Brown
Botdny.-<). <2. ee E. Bruncken _ Mineralogy. ...... Louis Lotz

REGULAR MEETINGS.

(1) These are all held in the Society’s lecture room in the Museum-Library
Bldg., Milwaukee. :

(2) Meetings of the combined sections take place on the 2nd Thursday of each
Month, at8 P.M. :

(3) The Archeology and Numismatics sections meet on the 3rd Thursday of
each Month.

(4) General Meetings are on the last Thursday of each Month except July and
August. f

(5) Meetings of the Archeologists and collectors of the State are to be held
semi-annually under the direction of the Archeology section, for the purpose of
furthering the cause of Wisconsin Archeology.

PUBLICATIONS.

(1) The “Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society’’—a 64 page octa-
vo publication issued quarterly. Editor, W. J. Bennetts.

(2) The ‘‘Wisconsin Archeologist,’’ published by the Archeology section. Edi-
tor, C. E. Brown.

MEMBERSHIP DUES.

City Members, $3.00 per annum; Non-resident Members, $1.00 per annum;

Life Members, one payment of fifty dollars.
°

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

Vol. 2, New series. APRIL, 1902. | No. 2.

Proceedings of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.

November 27, 1903, to February 27, 1902.

TuurspAy, Nov. 27, 1901.

The general meeting for November was held this day in the
lecture room of the public museum. Twenty-eight persons were
present and President Teller occupied the chair.

C. E. Brown read reports of 2 regular section meetings held
earlier in the month and also of a meeting of the numismatic sec-
tion held at the residence of Mr. Lduis Lotz.

A communication from the Misses Lapham of Qconomowoc
was then brought to the attention of those present, in which
they offered to present to the society 2 natural history scrap-
books compiled about 40 years ago, by their father, Dr. Increase
A. Lapham. On the motion of E. Bruncken the books were ac-
cepted, and the secretary instructed to convey the thanks of the
society to the Misses Lapham.

The following were then elected to membership: John T.
Reeder of Calumet, Mich., and Alison S. Grover of South Mil-
waukee. Rev. S. D. Peet of Chicago, and John G. Gregory of
Milwaukee, were elected honorary members.

A paper on the “Distribution and Succession of Forest Trees
in the vicinity of Milwaukee” was then read by Ernest Bruncken,
Dr. S. Graenicher following with a paper entitled “Notes on
some Species of Wasps occurring at the End of the Season.” <A
paper on “The Winter Habits of the Red Headed Woodpecker,”
by H. A. Winkenwerder of Madison was read by the secretary.

Tuurspay, Dec. 26, 1901.

This meeting was held in the usual place with 31 persons pres-
ent and Mr. Teller presiding.

94 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

The minutes of 2 section meetings were.read by C. E. Brown,
after which 8 new members were admitted into the society as
follows: H. A. Winkenwerder, W. E. Snyder, H. A. Crosby,
M. C. Long, E. Butts, Fisk H. Day, E. C. Perkins, and F. M.
Benedict.

A paper by Horace Beach, Sr., of Prairie du Chien on the
paddle fish Palyodon spathula was read by the secretary. The
author stated that the fish was a vegetable feeder, living on
confervae and other plant growths of the waters it frequented,
and lying dormant in the mud at the bottom during the winter
months.

This paper was followed by one by Adolf Biersach, who de-
scribed the experiences of himself and companions during a col-
lecting trip made into Nicaragua, C. A., during the early part of
1901. Mounted specimens of birds and animals met with during
the trip were exhibited to illustrate the paper.

Rev. Stephen D. Peet of Chicago, who was present, then made
a short address, briefly outlining the work he had done in in-
vestigating the mound systems of Wisconsin. He exhibited charts
of several groups of mounds and gave his interpretation of their
purpose and significance.

THursDAY, JAN. 30, 1902.

This meeting was held in the ‘usual place with 63 persons

present.
After the usual reports of meetings had been read’the follow-
ing were elected to membership: J. M. S. McDonald, Oscar Bux-

baum, G. P. Stickney, S. W. Faville, W. F. Crosby, L. S. Drew.
D. Mc L. Miller, Hon. G. W. Wolf, John Gerend, and Charles
Goessl, Miss Mary J. Lapham and Miss Julia A. Lapham were
elected honorary members.

Prof. E. C. Case then began the lecture of the evening, which
was entitled “Methods of Collecting, Preserving and Restoring
the Remains of large extinct Vertebrates.”

The principal feature of the lecture was the large number of
excellent lantern illustrations accompanying it, many of them
being from photographs taken by Mr. Case himself. The local-
ities where such collecting was chiefly done were shown to be
among the most desolate and barren ones on the continent,
such as the Bad Lands of South Dakota, and the chalk deserts of
Kansas. The methods of fitting out an expedition and of taking
care of the fossil parts discovered were described, as also was

APRIL, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 95

the work of cleaning and mounting the parts after their arrival
at the museum. The latter part of the lecture was devoted to the
work that has been done in restoring and picturing these extinct
animals as they appeared while living on this continent, many
thousands of years ago. a |

THURSDAY, FEB. 27, 1902.

At this meeting C. E. Brown reported on 2 section meetings
held respectively on the 13th and 2oth of the month, and gave
notice that there would be a meeting of the numismatic section on
_ the evening of March 6.

Dr. G. W. Peckham, chairman of the library committee, then
read the following proposition which the committee had laid be-
fore the executive board of the Public Museum:

Dec. 12, I9OI.
To the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of the Pub-
lhc Museum:

GENTLEMEN—At a meeting of the Wisconsin Natural History
Society held last month the society authorized the special com-
mittee to suggest.the following terms upon which they would be
willing to transfer to the Public Museum the collection of books
and pamphlets now in the possession of the society as well as
others that might come into its possession in the future.

Ist. That the Museum utilize the publications of the society
as a means for maintaining as far as practicable unbroken sets of
the publications of the various scientific societies.

2d. That as far as possible, the gaps in the present sets be
filled in.

3d. . That they provide for the suitable cataloguing of the
present collection and future additions to the same.

4th. That they make the library accessible to the members of
the Natural History Society at such hours as the Museum may be
open.

5th. That upon the order of the President or the Secretary
of the Natural History Society the Museum loan to the members
of the society papers or books belonging to the sets provided for
in the above recommendations.

Very truly,
Gro. W. PECKHAM,
Chairman.

To this he stated the following answer had been received:

96 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 20NO0, 2;

Dec. 19, IQOI.
Dr. Geo. W. Peckham, Chairman Commuttee of Wisconsin Nat-
ural History Society.

DEAR SirR:—In response to your communication of December
‘12, in relation to the terms upon which the Wisconsin Natural
History Society would be willing to transfer their books to the
Public Museum, I wish to say that the propositions contained in
your communication have been considered by the Board of Trus-
tees, that they have Leen accepted and that they shall be complied
with as soon as the Board of Trustees will be in position to make
the proper arrangements. Yours truly,

CarLt THAL,
Acting Secretary.

A report of progress was then read from Carl Thal, acting
secretary of the Museum, who stated that as a result of their efforts’
to fill the gaps in the sets of the North American Scientific socie-
ties, 100 volumes and 525 pamphlets had been added to the library
during the past 5 months.

C. E. Brown drew attention to the unsatisfactory and incom-
plete state of the by-laws of the society, and G. W. Peckham, E.
Bruncken and Charles Doerflinger were appointed a committee
for their revision.

The following were elected to membership: W. H. Elkey,
Clara Gladys Jones, Richard Philipp, Carl Thal, John F. Fedlin,
C. H. Kroeger, F. Krempel, Theo. Wiese, A. H. Lohman, Mrs.
Charles H. Kartak. 7

Miss Harriet B. Merrill then read an interesting paper entitled
“The Scientific Spirit.” It was shown in detail how science and
its methods dominate in nearly all domains of knowledge and
c.vilized life. Literature, however, it was said, was an exception
to the rule, as the personal element contained in it prevented our
measuring it by the absolute standards of science.

Mr. W. E. Snyder of Beaver Dam, Wis., followed with a paper
on the “Mammals of Dodge County, Wisconsin,” mentioning 36
species and sub-species that had all—with 2 exceptions—come
under his observation. A large collection of skins which Mr.
Snyder had brought with him to illustrate his paper, and which
represented all but the larger animals in his list, was examined
with much interest by those present at the close of the meeting.

The attendance on this occasion was 29.

WILLIAM J.. BENNETTS,
Recording Secretary.

APRIL, 1902. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON MIGRATION OF BIRDS. OF

Some Recent Observations on the Migration of Birds.

By H. A. WINKENWERDER.

(Preliminary Report).

The following paper is designed merely as a report of progress.
During the fall of 1897 Dr. O. G. Libby called the attention of
the writer to the excellent facilities the telescope offers for the
study of bird migration, and during the summer of 1899 upon his
advice the following work was undertaken. Although it was
originally intended that the course of investigation should com-
prise several series of telescopic observations and such material as
could be obtained from a season’s observation at one of the largest
lighthouses on our Great Lakes, the work has broadened consider-
ably since then. Since much of value in the study of bird migra-
tion depends upon the migratory routes followed in these spring
and fall flights, some little attention has been paid to this subject.
Also the history of the study of migration, as well as discussions
upon the origin and causes of these semi-annual journeys, have
been included in this work. These phases of the subject are about
completed, but it will be impracticable to treat them in this article.

It was intended that the entire work should be completed with
the present writing, but, owing to the quantity of material col-
lected and the pressure of other work, this has become impossible.
Hence the present paper is merely a preliminary report, designed
to call attention to the progress of the work and the methods of
procedure. |

Although two visits were made to Spectacle Reef lighthouse.
near Mackinac, Mich.,* the weather proved unfavorable for the
collection of data trom this source both times.

TELESCOPIC OBSERVATIONS.

Telescopic observations were begun at the Washburn Observa-
tory at Madison, Wisconsin, in the fall of 1899, but the real work
did not commence until the spring of 1900. During the months of
April and May of that year five good sets of observations were
obtained. In the fall of the same year one set was obtained Oc-
tober 8. During the spring of 1900 interested persons from sev-
eral of our western universities were asked to co-operate in the
cecllection of data, and the result was excellent. The following

*The writer spent two weeks at Spectacle Reef during the falls of 1899 and 1900.

98 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

directions were sent to all who expressed their willingness to
assist:
BIRD MIGRATION.

Directions for Observing with Telescope.
The Instrument.

Should ke one with an objective ranging somewhere between
2 and 6 inches. The eye-piece should be supplied with 2, or 11
possible 4, hair-lines crossing in the center, thus dividing the field
of vision into quadrants or octants.

Time of Observation.

Begin to observe as soon as the moon is high enough to com«
distinctly into the field of vision, and continue until morning.

To Begin the Observations.

Focus the telescope on the moon with the point of intersection of
the hair-lines on the moon’s center. Turn the eye-piece so that one
of the lines lies parallel to the direction in which the moon is moy-
ing across the heaven. Now turn to your note paper. At the head of
this write the date, locality, direction of wind, and weather in gen-
eral. Just below this draw a circle, putting in the hair-lines as
they appear through the telescope. Number them, beginning at the
right hand side of the one you have placed parallel to the direction
of the moon and continuing counter clock-wise. See figure
below :

The Observations.

(It is a difficult task to observe and write out the observations
at the same time, and, also, it will tire the eyes to look at the bright
moon too long at one stretch. It is, therefore, advisable to have
two observers so as to relieve each other every half hour or even
every fifteen minutes, the one writing the observations while the
otner is observing).

The time should be divided into periods of fifteen minutes
each, i. e. the observations should be made for periods of this
length.

The following data should be noted with every bird that crosses
the field of vision:

The number and approximate tenths (as indicated by the hair-
lines) at which the bird enters and likewise at which it leaves the
field of vision.

The speed at which it is flying—slow, fast, like a shot, etc., etc.

APRIL, 1902. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 99

His approximate size as compared to Goldfinch (size 1), Robin
(size 2), and Crow (size 3). If slightly smaller add—sign, if
larger a + sign.

State if the bird is out of focus.

State 1f its wing-strokes are plainly seen.

Other remarks that you may think of value.

The notes should look like this:

Madison, Wis., May 14, 1900. Warm, with quite strong south-
west wind; sky perfectly clear.

Period, 8:15—8 :30.

IL; 47: Vs: IV. Remarks.

Ir. out. Speed. PMO eT AY rte he Noraie thciece Saanent a
4.6 ne very slow 2 Small hawk soaring.
a8 8.1 fast I Flight like goldfinch.
3.8 Oi fast I Fhght like goidfinch.
5-2 8.8 very iast Lead Vas Wht Sa aS ry aE ge eB es
4.1 8. fast 2 Curved below center.

III. and IV. are of less importance than I. and II.

Norsk. If these directions are not clearly understood, or if you wish further
information, write.

This resulted in eight excellent sets of data, and much credit
is due Mr. Leon J. Cole of Ann Arbor, Faculty University of
Michigan; Mr. H. S. Warren of Detroit, Secretary Michigan
Ornithological Society; Mr. William James Rice, Faculty
Lake Forest University; Mr. O. S. Dart, student University of
Minnesota, and Mr. Wegemann, student Beloit College, and their
assistants, for their hearty co-operation in the collection of these
data. A set consisting of one evening’s observations was contrib-
uted from each Ann Arbor, Detroit and Minneapolis; from Lake
Forest there were two, and the writer, with the assistance of Mr.

100 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

Wegemann, obtained three at Beloit, while Dr. Libby conducted
the observations at Madison. The data received from Michigan
deserve special mention for the care with which they were col-
lected.

One graphic representation illustrating tabulaticns of these
data has been completed and will appear below. It is hoped that
the other comparative tabulations will bring out points in the mi-
gration of birds hitherto unknown. Beside the observations men-
tioned above, Dr. Libby has recently turned over to the writer
nine sets of data taken at Madison from April 9, 1898, to May 22,
1899, and three tabulations of data taken at Madison in the fall of
1897. This makes a total of 28 sets of data, comprising the obser-
vation of over fifteen hundred individual birds. Since these data
were collected at various times during four years and in different
localities they should yield good results.

It may appear to the inexperienced reader that little more than
the direction of fight, the speed and size of a bird can be distin-
guished by this method. There are, however, many features
brought out with the help of the telescope, which, although of little
value when taken separately, reveal many points of interest when
brought together in the form of tabulation. Furthermore, it is not
of rare occurrence that a species can be identified.

The following tabulation will show in general something of
what these data may yield:

BIRD MIGRATION AT DE. OIT.

Being situated on a wide river between Lake Erie and Lake
Huron, Detroit should offer good facilities for the study of migra-
tion. The following excellent summary of the cbservations taken
at that place, together with the original data, was submitted by
Wir, J. S45 Warten:

Data on Nocturnal Bird Migration.

OBSERVATIONS TAKEN WITH THE TELESCOPE, WITH THE MOON FOR
A FIELD OF VISION.

Detroit, Mich., May 13, 1900.

Meteorological Data: Atmosphere, fair ; wind, light, southwest.
Temperature: Max. 70 degrees at 8 p. m.; min. 66 degrees at
12 midnight.

Time, 8:15 p. m. to 12 midnight, divided into periods of 15
minutes each.

APRIL, 1902. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 101

Number of birds seen from 8:15 to 8:30, 8.
. S40cte: O45, 47
iy 8:45 to 9:00, I0.
‘ G00. to-° O7:55,~.. 8: First hour, 33...
< Gree to. -O 730." 9.
i 9:30 to 9:45, Io.
Rg 9:45 to 10:00, I4.
= 10:00 to 10:15, 8. Secondh’r. 41
* foes ter t0230,.. 10:
10:30. £0. 10:45,-° 6.
et TOCA S GOS E POO y. 24.
S frcooste, trae iy. Third h-s:,/27
. PPTs to “F930, "4.
LE 30°40. 1 VAS 3.3 Ts
o TE 45-40-02 09, >--5.:4th period, Ic

Total number seen from 8:15 to 12:00, III.

DIRECTIONS OF FLIGHT.

Iimper ob pirds-travelme Northeast soe ese a 74
Number of birds traveling North-northeast............... 13
Number of birds traveling East-northeast................ II
Munsher-on birds traveling North (i405 ov aesceee ee eee oe 4
Number of birds traveling North-northwest.............. 5
Number of birds traveling Northwest.................... 3
Witiber OL Minds traveliiio: Southeasts) oe Le eo eee I
SPEED.
Nemiber of birds traveline very rapidly. 3... 200. oe 75
NWurmsher.ol pirds trayelmetnoderately. .. . 3 eno aes. 22
Pominer Gt birdetraveling slowly.) 200 ko. ee 12
Nimbecat birds trayeline yery slowly: ci... 245. oe De 2

RELATIVE SIZES OF BIRDS.

on US! GS) CLT 20 SSR NEAL etre cent eae 66
Peet apne ALI ene. oe a ara SIP Le. cw op Oo ea Oak bee a7
Pemuelew eG Onrtbr ftps ores te on WN eho anaes bw ee 5

SSS 1s SP ipa dae SOARES Oe ae OR sae i a 3

102 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

IDENTIFICATIONS, ETC.

No. 12 (see original list) had the flight of a hawk or owl. No.
28 had wings spread like a hawk soaring. No. 31, wing motions
were plainly seen, but no identification could be made on account
of uncertain distance. No. 34 had wavy motion of flight, like gold-
finch. No. 46 passed slowly, the wings beat rapidly and the neck
was seen stretched out like a duck, loon, or grebe. The slow pas-
sage was evidently caused by distance. No. 61 had flight like
goldfinch. No. 72, wing motions were plainly seen. No. 94
passed very slowly; this was evidently a large bird at long range,
as it occupied three seconds in passing over the field and wing mo-
tions were plainly seen.

COURSES OF FLIGHT.

108 Birds kept their direct courses while passing over the field of
vision.
1 Bird came in moving southeast and curved back to northeast,
changing its course about 45 deg.
2 Birds flew in a curve; one changing its course from northeast
to east and one from northeast to north.

The observations were taken at the Cartwright observatory
located about three-fifths of a mile from the river. The telescope, a
6-inch refracting instrument, equatorially mounted, with an 8-inch
focus, was at an average angle, during the period of observation,
of about thirty degrees. If the birds that were traveling northeast,
which numbered considerably more than half of all noted, were
following the course of the Detroit River, which seemed evident,
they must have been somewhat more than half a mile above the
surface.

BIRD MIGRATION AT BELOIT AND MADISON.

The tabulations given below represent several periods of the
original data from Beloit and Madison. They will serve to show
a few of the points gained directly from observation. The teles-
cope offers a means for watching nocturnal migrants during the
time they are actually moving. Though we gain a view of only
an infinitesimal portion of the vast migratory wave in so small a
field of vision, enough is revealed to make it well worth the un-
dertaking.

APRIL, 1902. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 103

DATA FROM BELOIT.
Betoit, Wis., May 12, 1900.
Period, I :45—2 :00.

Pre Oat... Speed. Size. Remarks.
BR AA. swift Mire Wie ete ANS te eh ED de rh otal’, 9 tee w Sha Boe
LG A:0 swift Laat Ee ES Taek Ege DA a Pree aa
1.3 4.8 swift 2 same birds, rapidly
Ne ee ad swift 2 succeeding each other.
Boi 5D swift Pees Ean ey Meiasata antec ai Siwie tO biatiaganaes
eae Ay 3 Bana ers entire Ls Sepa F tts Sasa ey xy Im a asl oA SPR
7 as 6 OIE ar CIN Pe eh mie oy rae ager am ENR rn
ME ee cea erie aaa, aPC A MO Live TL a CNS: wy ee a ae
MERE a a Te Bet oe, ene an igi g ee a Gh Kl RN WY Gas eal ok Boake
Bee 5S swift a ii, ears ea Ne rea Ee os tae Fa ack Nee
ay ete fae ans gt Ses te hase BE aoe, can 8 aoe keh
RM RDI TaE Rete Se fo PRE) St Ne ao PIE oon ie of a owe 2 -dlah Wack oh
STE I SSSR Rg pan JIN sd ea ne SN ee a
Ram once Minne Vie te nee Pte fo. Sg oy wb Soule ade
8.8 5.8 RE eh es cee le yang ty Sahat
B82: 5-5 by 5 7 PAIR) oot © Storage RN ballad ae eae eR
ae Birds are coming in bunches
First bunch—Same birds, all fly-
ing about parallel to the line
from 8.8—5.5, several in field at
same time. Came too rapidly to
note exact direction.
Second bunch.
ges RAP looses payin SE SRA it hee BAG Oe eae nS any
fn Se SRS a Alt gs: I Fas a
eg oR 1 Se CER IG NERS A Bes Sa ae Sane eee
ny Ge eee ie CoRR ee os Phigia Oe ss bok ce RR
yay ebay Be slow £2) NA ned Jia Se ACR Ey eS
eo 8 Lg pe aU eg ana OR Tog ge
1 Pro tabe o ee CN erate EN wialda ahs s c's toe Oe
Pie oc SO TTA a a Ce seg t oe nae RE
2.8558 BNE ORE. oye et he Laks xa ie Se
Se 7 It Se a7 i a a

Total number of Birds, 35.

*Looked like same speeies.

104 BULLETIN ON WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOE22..NO22.

DATA FROM MADISON.
Mapison, Wis., Apr. 18, 1900.
Period, 12:15—12:30.

ig. Ont Speeas aie Remarks.

3.6 89 swift Flew likea shot.
BO BaD Ee) a REO PRL e at Re anid Ge Ue Sh Re oes ne
5 eet Fe 5 ean tee ae an Meaeete Ouray keris ren Wiese Ted
Gere EO “the osinds tra’ Spee are wnat gua my eee
A270 Out of focus.

Beh: 1 ause of five minutes of no birds.
88.30 slew ra eer
Om 72 fast 3+ Out of focus.
re ply i Flight of goldfinch.

i)
GO |
No

ye © e650 wes wl Yel ea eyhe” jad we) ene Ke) fo Erhare ie tee

fen ic oa a oy ol
No
—

Sailed out of the field like a
meadow lark.
Ai, 2 2OO swift De ty pea os “oa se octane Guetene Raa ee aeee ne

Xe)
Gt
N

20). G5 slow I Flitting carelessly. He paused a
second as if to turn in his
course.

Total number of birds, 14.
CARTOGRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS.

The cartographic representations into which the majority, if
not all, of the data for this work will be placed are of two kinds.
The first (See Plate I.) represents a graphic view illustrating
the number of birds seen in periods of fifteen minutes each. Upon
the assumption that the majority of nocturnal migrants comfnence
their journey at about the hour of sundown, the eight sets of ob-
servations upon the accompanying plate were reduced to the same
time after that hour. The data from which these graphs were
drawn were collected from six different localities. It was hoped
that they could all be obtained upon the same day, but this was
nigh impossible.

It is remarkable to note the similarity in the rise and fall of
some of these graphs, especially in the cases of Ann Arbor and
Detroit. From the Madison and Beloit lines it would seem that

~PWODYN

10+

~HODYH

NO. Of BIRDS.

Ann Arbor,

May /4-41900\

\
\
\
\

me GS aee ©

/0 15 ]

25
IS MINUTE PERIODS

30

APRIL, 1902. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS ON MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 107

the topography of the surrounding country has much influence
upon the number of birds flying. In each of the Beloit lines the
sudden enormous rise of the lines marks the time when the tele-
‘scope pointed directly down the course of the Rock River. In
Madison the same feature is true. During four years of observa-
tion the greatest flights were obtained when the telescope pointed
over the Madison Lakes and Yahara River system. The topo-
graphy surrounding Lake Forest, Ann Arbor and Detroit, has not
yet been studied sufficiently to enable us to say what the condi-
tions are at these places.

Another form into which the observations will be placed is
that illustrated by Plate II. We have here a number of circles
each representing the field of vision during a certain period of
time. ~Hach line’ in: the circle: represents the flight ofa bird, the
lightly shaded end shows the place of entrance into the field of
vision, the other the exit, and the dotted lines birds that were so
close to the telescope that they appeared out of focus. The ar-
rows outside of the circles show the general direction of flight for
the period. This makes a most serviceable form into which to
place these data..

One special feature noticeable on the accompanying plate (II.)
is the two main directions of flight, with the predominance of the
one in April and the other in May. This would seem to indicate
two distinct migratory routes passing through Madison. Indeed
other observations seem to indicate that this is actually the case.

It is not the object of this preliminary report to discuss gener-
alizations. The foregoing considerations have been given merely
to show the trend of the work and somthing of the results we may
expect to attain from this method of observation. The telescope
certainly offers an excellent field for research to the student of
ornithology, and it is to be hoped that in the near future it may be
brought into operation over a larger territory.

APRIL, 1902. NOTES ON THE RARER BIRDS OF DODGE COUNTY, WIS. 109

Brief Notes on Some of the Rarer Birds of Dodge Co., Wis.

By W. BE. SNYDER, Beaver Dam, Wis.

It is not claimed by the author that the birds enumerated be-
low are rare birds throughout the state—the list referring only
to this county. To: my knowledge some of these occur in con-
siderable numbers elsewhere in Wisconsin. My observations
date from Oct. 12, 1888.

LARUS PHILADELPHIA-BONAPART’S GULL.—A male was taken
on the lake here in October, 1893, and 5 birds were brought to
me the past fall—when they were quite common, in small flocks.

Larus FRANKLINI—FRANELIN’S Rosy GuL_.—T wo specimens
—(Nos. 4526 and 4527, coll. of W. E. Snyder)—both taken on
Sept. 18, 1901. They were in company and none others have been
seen or taken to my knowledge. One was an ad @? with bright
rosy plumage (No. 4526), the other an immature ¢.

STERNA TCHEGRAVA-CASPIAN TERN.—Two records—one taken
Oct. 4, 1896—too badly decomposed when it came into my hands
to sex or preserve—and one taken Oct. 5, 1900 (No. 3236, coll. of

W.E. S.) |

ANHINGA ANHINGA-ANHINGA.—Mr. Chatfield shot one here
some 20 years ago. He described his bird to me and says he
knows the Cormorant (P. dilpohus), and I am satisfied of its
identity.

CLANGULA HyEMALIS —OLp Squaw. — Five records — two
taken at Fox Lake on Oct. 29, 1898; two taken there on Nov. 1,
1898, and I mounted one shot at the same place on Nov. 5, 1899.
The first four were not sexed—as they were in the hands of a
Milwaukee gunner who would not part with them—yet they were
all 92 or perhaps some immature ¢ 3. They lacked the
long tail feathers and black breasts of the adult. The fifth (No.
1853) proved on discussion to bea 9.

_ ARDEA Ecretra—AMeErICAN Ecret.—Mr. George A. Mor-
rison, once a taxidermist at Fox Lake, but now residing in Colo-
rado, reports the capture of one at Randolph in May, 1895. It was
mounted by Mr. Morrison. I did not see the bird, but presume
the identification was correctly made, as Mr. Morrison was a
painstaking student of birds.

110 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 2.

PHALAROPUS LOBATUS—NORTHERN PHALAROPE.—Three were
secured by Mr. Morrison and the writer at Fox Lake on Sept.
4, 1891. Two more were seen there the next day. These are my
only records.

MicropALAMA HIMANTOPUS—STILT SANDPIPER.—But one
record a juv ¢ secured by me on this lake on Sept. 13, 1890. In an
evil moment I disposed of it to a California collector, thinking I
would be able to obtain more of them. Efforts to regain posses-
sion of the bird have proved futile.

TRINGA (PELIDNA) A-PACIFICA—RED-BACKED SANDPIPER.—
Three records of capture—two on Oct. 4, 1901 (4578 and 4579)
and one on Oct. 25, 1901 (No. 4653).

LIMOSA FEDOA—-MARBLED Gopwit.—lI have seen one of the
two birds taken here some 20 years ago by Mr. Chatfield and-
verified his identity.

ECTOPISTES MIGRATORIUS—PASSENGER PIGEON.—Only two ac-
tual records of capture in 13 years—though I have seen them on
several occasions—but not since about 1896. The last one taken
was a juvenile, found dead on Downer College Compus at Fox
Lake, by a Miss Brown, on Sept. 11, 1891.

ARENARIA MORINELLUS—TURNSTONE.—First and only record
one seen by me on Aug. 18, I9g01. It was in a high state of
plumage.

COLINUS VIRGINIANUS—BoBwHITEe.—Becoming more common
each year. Flocks may be found at any time in certain localities.
Hunters, spare the quail—as the sight of a few recalls days when
they were common here.

CATHARTES AURA—TURKEY VULTURE.—Now and then seen.
I have handled but two—one taken on May 18, 1894—an ad ¢ —
and one taken Oct. 1, 1899—ad 9. The former was poor in flesh,
with great scabs on its feet—evidently a diseased bird.

BUTEO LINEATUS—RED-SHOULDERED HAwxk.—But one taken

—an immature ¢, shot by me on Sept. 15, 1900 (No. 3195, coll.
Wo BS)

STRIX PRATICOLA—AMERICAN BARN Ow1.—One taken at Fox
Lake in the winter of 1894 (Morrison) and Mr. W. R. Chatfield
of this city took one here “many years ago.” Mr. Chatfield was
once a taxidermist and is a student of birds as well.

MELANERPES CAROLINUS—RED-BELLIED WOODPECKER.—Three
records—one seen June 5, 1899; one Oct. 26, 1901, and one Nov.

APRIL, 1902. NOTES ON THE RARER BIRDS OF DODGE COUNTY, WIS. 111

16, tgo1.. The markings of this bird and their peculiar notes ren-
der their identity certain.

NUTTALORNIS (CONTOPUS) BOREALIS—OLIVE-SIDED FLy-
CATCHER.—Three records—a ¢ taken Aug. 12, 1896 (No. 2009,
coll. of W. E. S.), a 9 taken September 15, 1901 (No. 4459,
coll..of W. E. S$.) and one seen on Sept. 11, IQO!.

CoccCOTHRAUSTES VESPERTINUS—EVENING GROSBEAK.—Occurs
commonly some winters, feeding on the seeds of the box elder
tree. None observed as yet this present winter.

PINACOLA ENUCLEATOR—PINE GrROSBEAK.—Has occurred a
few winters. One 9 was taken near Loss Lake by Geo. J. Miller
on Jan. 16, 1900. It was feeding on the ground in company with
a large flock of Snowflakes (Passerina nivalis) on the edge of a
tamarack swamp. It was the only one seen.

SPINUS PINUS—PINE Sriskin.—Erratic. Abundant from
Sept. 25 to Dec. 30, 1896. Next seen the past fall—whcn it was
common.

AMMODRAMUS HENSLOWI—HENSLOW’s SPpARROwW.—This bird
is an abundant summer resident in the dryer marshes about
Beaver Dam. Early morn and after sunset are its hours of song
if song it can be called.

SPIZELLA PALLIDA—-CLAY-COLORED SPARROW.—One record—
a bird taken July 9, 1869: (No.. 1430, .coll..of W. E. 8S.)

ZONOTRICHIA QUERULA—-HaArRIS’ SPARROW.—One record—a
6 of the year, taken on Oct. 5, 1890. It was in company with a
flock of Fox Sparrows (P. iliaca).

ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS — WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW. —
One was seen about eight miles southwest of Beaver Dam in the
fall of 1896 (Exact date not accessible at this moment). It is my
only record.

MELOosPIZA LINCOLNI—LINCOLN’S SPARROW.—Was quite com-
mon in the spring migrations of 1892 and at least two pairs bred.
But not seen again until the past season—-when a few were seen—-

and one taken on Sept. 16 (No. 4476, coll. of W. E. S.).

AMPELIS GARRULUS—BOHEMIAN WAXWING.—Common nearly
every winter. None seen thus far the present season.

VIREO SOLITARIUS—SOLITARY OR BLUE HEADED V1REO.—But

one record—one captured on Sept. 24, t901 (No. 4536, coll. of
Wy ott S..)

172 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

ViIrREO PHILADELPHICUS—PHILADELPHIA VIREO.—TIwo rec-
ords—one seen in the spring of 1901 and one taken on Sept. 26,
1901 (No. 4561, coll. of W. E. S.).

HELMINTHOPHILA CHRYSOPTERA—GOLDEN-WINGED WARBLER.
—Two records—a bird taken Aug. 14, 1901 (No. 4245) and one
taken Sept. 10, 1901 (No. 4405).

DENDROICA CAERULEA—-CERULEAN WARBLER.—One seen byme
some 10 years ago, but have never seen it since.

HELMINTHOPHILA RUBRICAPILLA—NASHVILLE WARBLER.—I
have long looked for this bird, but have so far taken but one—on
Sept. 8, 1901 (No. 4399).

GEOTHLYPIS AGILIS—CONNECTICUT WARBLER.—First record
. —May 24, 1901 (No. 3962)—and during the great warbler waves
of the past fall I saw many and captured several.

ICTERIA VIRENS—YELLOW-BREASTED CHAT.—One_ record—a
pair taken by me on June I, 1896. These birds were common in
my old home in Illinois and I know their habits well and am sure
they have n ver been met here on any other occasion.

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIs. 113

A List, With Brief Notes, of the Mammals of Dodge Co., Wis.

By W. E. SNYDER, Beaver Dam, Wis.

Dodge County, situated in south central Wisconsin, its prin-
cipal city Beaver Dam, being 65 miles distance from Milwaukee,
‘is peculiarly adapted, by its geographical location and topographi-
cal features, to a large and varied fauna. Within its borders are
found level fields, heavy hard-wood timber, tamarack swamps,
hills of considerable elevation, willow thickets, large tracts of
marshland, some flooded and some now dry, several lakes, some
of which are bordered by upland pastures, elsewhere by extensive
marshes, several small streams and occasional weedy, worthless
tracts of stony hill sides. In these different areas are found con-
genial homes for numerous species of small mammals—particu-
larly the Rodentia.

The following list embraces 36 species and sub. sp., all of
which, except the otter and wildcat, have been actually observed
by the writer. That other species occur within our country there
can be no doubt. My personal labors have been practically lim-
ited to a field extending not further than 3 miles from my home,
near Beaver Dam, and at Fox Lake, Io miles north. Horicon
marsh, with its thousands of acres and its surrounding bluffs, has
never been explored. In the sandy regions about this marsh I
am told that the Pouched Gopher (Geomys bursarius ) occurs. And
in a letter received from Dr. C. Hart ‘Merriam of the Biological
Survey, dated February 17, 1897, he writes that the Prairie
Meadow Vale (Microtus austerus) and three or four species of
Long-tailed Shrews (Sorex hoyi, fumeus, richardsoni and per-
sonatus) should occur here. We are also within the range of the
Star-nosed Mole (Condylura cristata). But of these seven species
only Microtus austerus, Sorex richardsoni and Sorex personatus
have come under my observation.

All specimens of which there could be the least doubt of their
identity have been named by Dr. Merriam of the Biological Sur-
vey and his assistants—and I here wish to extend my Nantes to
Drs. Merriam and Palmer and Mr. W. H. Osgood for their kind-
ness and labors in my behalf.

In my list no particular order of classification is followed, the
Rodentia being given first because they are the most numerous,
in species as well as in individuals. The names used are those now

114 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

used by the Biological Survey in their many excellent publica-

tions.
My observations date from October, 1888.

Spermophilus tridecemliueatus (Striped Spermophile).

This Rodent, known locally as “Gopher,” is exceedingly abund-
ant in our county. They frequent pastures, grain fields, road-
sides—in fact anywhere except in the timber and flooded marshes.
It is not uncommon to find them in dry marshes, even as far as
half a mile from any solid earth. Their principal food is grains
and grass. One killed on August 11, 1894, had 181 kernels of
barley in its cheek pouches.

With us this species goes into hibernation from the first to
20th of October, varying as does the season—and appears again
late in March or early in April—as soon as the frost is well out.
of the ground and the days have become sunny and warm.

Four and five appear to be the usual number of young, and
when about one-third grown may be seen playing outside of their
underground home. At this period they do not appear at all shy,
and should one be surprised far from its home it runs about aim-
lessly as if lost.

Although they frequently burrow under grain shocks, throw-
ing out considerable quantities of earth, yet seldom are they com-
plained of as a destructive and detrimental animal.

When they first come forth from their winter homes they are
shy and quiet. A few weeks of bright warm weather and their
whistle may be heard at almost any hour of the day. The last
ones seen in the fall are also very shy and quiet, as if ashamed to
be seen abroad so late in the season. In the fall they forage from
daylight till dark, and I have frequently seen them abroad long
after sunset, even as darkness was falling.

The weather eftects their habits to a considerable extent. Dark,
gloomy days few wil! be seen, while on bright sunshiny days it
sometimes appears as if every living one is about, so numerous are
they then.

This species seldom has more than two openings to its under-
ground home and often but one.

My friend, Delos Hatch cf Oakfield, had a pure white individ-
ual as a pet during the summer of Igol.

On two occasions I have seen one-third grown young late in
August, which tends to prove that the species does occasionally
bring forth two litters in a year. On one occasion I observed one
of these rodents to drag into its burrow a dead Garter Snake

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., Wis. 115

(Thamnophis). This was at a time when food was plenty, there-
fore I am led to believe that this individual had a liking for this
food.
Spermophilus franklini (Gray Gopher—Franklin’s Spermophile ).

Known generally as “Gray Gopher.” From time to time it has
been reported to me that these spermophiles are common in cer-
tain parts of Trenton and Burnett Townships, but lack of time has
prevented me from making any investigations in those localities.

My personal records of this interesting species are three in
number, as follows:

The first one, No. 1156 a 9, was caught when running near
the barns, on August 8, 1891.

The second one, No. 1157, also a 9 , was dug from its burrow
in an oat field on August I1, 1892.

At both of these dates a thorough search of the farm failed
to reveal signs of any more. These two were evidently stragglers.

The third one, No. 1700, a very large and exceedingly fat 3
was discovered by my father, when en route to Fox Lake, running
along the roadside on the Gutgesell farm, 4 miles north of my
home. This was on May 22, 1900. On one side of the road was
a field of newly sown grain, with a clover field on the other side.
The animal ran about aimlessly, as if lost or undecided where to
go, and though very adept in dodging its pursuer was finally de-
spatched with a stick: Subsequent inquiry brought forth the claim
by the proprietors of the land that they were seen there every year,
but I visited the farm several times during 1900 and Igor but saw
no trace of the species.*

This spermophile, unlike the striped species, has several open-
ings to its home, and honeycombs the soil for a considerable space,
throwing out a large quantity of earth.

Tamuas striatus griseus (Chipmunk. )

An abundant species, frequenting timber and along old rail
fences, sometimes considerable distance from timber.

In September, 1899, I found it abundant on the high wooded
shores of Fox Lake, frequenting the beaches, and having its home
among the projecting roots of trees, on the bank and about old
logs. Here it was feeding on the seed of the linden and on mol-
lusca. - In the cheek pounches of several which I shot were found
numbers of the shell, Planorbis campanulatus, a species abundant

> e
_ *This one weighed 15% oz. and measured as follows:—Body, 256; Tail, 136;
Hind-foot, 56 m. m.

116 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2

at this place. Strange as it appeared to me, fully 75 per cent. of
these were dead empty shells, from which the animal had decom-
posed. This would lead one to believe that it was the hard ex-
terior covering and not the soft animal substance within, which
the Chipmucks sought for food.

My earliest record of the spring appearance of this species is
March 9g, in 1901, when one was seen to enter a hole in a decayed
tree stump. At the time the ground was covered with snow and
we experienced several hard freezes after that date.

One of their favorite foods is the hazel nut.

Evotomys gapperi (Red-backed Mouse).

Two were seen on November 1, 1901, both under corn shocks
on the border of a thicket. One of these,a ¢, No. 1062, was cap-
tured.

I have no other record of its occurrence here.

Zapus hudsonius (Jumping Mouse).

Of this long-tailed, kangaroo-like Mouse, I have but four
records:

First, a living one seen in a meadow near the thicket where
the Evotomys was taken, on July 23, 1889. It was not captured.

Second, one my father caught in September, 1898, while I was
in Alaska, and which he laid aside for me. I returned October
22, at which time it was in such a stage of mortification that I
could not prepare it.

Third, one captured on May 21, 1901, No. 969, within 100
yards of the place the Evotomys was taken.

Fourth, one captured October 12, 1901, No. 1045, by my
father, on almost exactly the same spot as the last one.

All of these were taken on the border, or within 200 feet, of the
same thicket.

Peromyscus bairdt (Michigan Wood Mouse. )

This rodent is surpassed in numbers, in my locality, only by
the Common Vole (Microtus pennsylvanicus).

It is abundant with us, frequenting fields, meadows, along rail
fences, stone walls and in the timberland. If you see an old rail
_fence, overgrown by weeds and hazel bushes, be assured that
P. bairdi are found there in numbers. Here they have their cozy
home within some hollow rail. On one occasion I found nine
adult individuals in one such nest.

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIS. 117

These Mice gather in considerable numbers under shocks of
grain standing in the fields, but aside from occasionally cutting the
bands of bundles they do little or no harm.

Peromyscus leucopus (White-footed or Wood Mouse).

Our White-footed Mouse of the leucopus group may, by sub-
sequent study, prove to be the sub-species noveboracensis.

This species occurs sparingly with us in the ratio of 50 bairdi
to one leucopus.

Though generally considered more of a woodland species than
bairdi, yet I have taken them in traps in grassy fields a mile from
any timber.

Mus decumanus (Brown or Norway Rat).

Common about barns, in basement cellars, under grain stacks,
in fields during the summer, about stone walls—anywhere that
food can be found and sufficient cover to their taste. |

In September, 1899, one was seen running along the beach at
Fox Lake, fully a mile from any building.

Mus musculus (House Mouse).

Abundant, about buildings and in the fields, often taken in
small traps set for Voles, Wood Mice and Shrews.

Microtus pennsylvamcus (Common Meadow Vole).

Beyond all question the most abundant mammal of Dodge
County, even outnumbering the Common Mouse and Brown Rat.

They may be found in pastures, fields, meadows, marshes, both
dry and flooded, along fences—practically everywhere except in
- woodland. Some years they are exceedingly abundant in a given
field, and the next season, under precisely similar circumstances
not one can be found there. My only explanation for this is that
they may perform slight migrations, from one location to an-
other. One season a certain clover field contained hundreds of
them, the next season the clover crop was even heavier than the
previous year, but not one could be found.

This species brings forth two and perhaps three litters per vear,
varying from 5 to 9 young, in number, though on but one occa-
sion have I observed the latter number. A farmer once reported
a nest of 12 young, six of which were one-half the size of the
other six. In this instance it is fair to presume that two females
occupied the same nest as their home.

118 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

My collection contains four albinos of this Mouse, 3 females
and one male, taken as follows: August 7, September 14, Sep-
tember 29 and September 30, all in 1899. No other albinos have
been seen or reported to me. These were taken on the farm, 3 in
one field and the fourth one fully half a mile distant.

Microtus austerus (Prairie Meadow Vole).

Of this Vole I have a single record, one taken by a friend on
April 26, 1896, No. 1021, who, noting its color, thought it might
be something desirable to me. Not being at home at the time it
was put in a jar of alcohol. Subsequently it was removed and a
skin prepared. It was labelled “Taken on land,” by which I
infer that the collector wished to state that it was not taken in
timberland or on the marshes.

It should occur commonly within our county and probably
does in some localities not yet visited by me.

Sciuropterus volans (Flying Squirrel).,

This form of the Flying Squirrel is common about Beaver
Dam, making its home within the recesses of hollow trees and in
old woodpecker excavations.

They sometimes congregate in large numbers in some snug
retreat, to pass the winter. An instance of 22 being found in one
hollow oak is recorded by the writer in The Oregon Naturalist of
January, 1897.

Sciurus ludovicianus (Western Fox Squirrel).

In the immediate vicinity of Beaver Dam this :s the only
Squirrel which can be classed as common. They may be found
inhabiting nearly évery bit of timberland, and sometimes even in
groves of not more than 50 trees.

In winter they make their homes within some hollow tree, in
a great nest of dry leaves, where they lie curled up in severe
weather, but on warm days may be seen running about, digging
in the snow for food. In the spring, when the oak leaves have
reached their full development, the Squirrel builds a huge leaf
nest in some tree, usually near the top, in which the baby squir-
rels are born, and to which the parents repair for their night’s rest
and sleep.

Two black ones were killed in Trenton township some 15 years
ago, and I frequently saw one black one during the winter of

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIS. 119

1900-1901. These are the only cases of complete melanism of
which I have record (that is, as pertains to Dodge County).

I have in my possession three interesting specimens tending
toward melanism: .

No. 1093, ¢, taken during December, 1891, at Fox Lake, by
G. A. Morrison.

No. 1440, 9, taken October 23, 1899, by Fred. Kimball.

No. 1470, 9, taken December 19, 1899, by the writer.

These three have the under surface, inside of legs, throat,
low jaws and cheeks black, elsewhere their color is somewhat
darker than usual in /udovicianus.

Sciurus leucotis (Northern Gray Squirrel).

In 1888, when I came to Beaver Dam; | found the Gray
Squirrel common and a Fox Squirrel was a prize indeed. About
1896 the Fox Squirrel increased wonderfully in numbers and ap-
parently has driven out the Gray, and now the Jatter is the
hunter’s prize. Elsewhere in the county, notably about Randolph
and in Oak Grove townships, the Gray is still common. Since
1898 I have seen but one Jewcotis on the farm—that one on July
18, 19OT.

Last September I mounted a snowy white albino, which had
been killed five miles south of town, on Sept. 5th. The eyes were
pink and its coat of fur immaculate.

One skull in my possession, No. 1535, from Jefferson Co.,
shows an abnormal condition of growth of the incisor teeth. The.
two upper and right lower incisors are of unusual length. The
other lower incisor is broken off close to the jaw bone. In this
section of the jaw a shot is imbedded—which explains the strange
growth. In early life this incisor was broken, and the others, lack-
ing the usual opposition, became abnormally elongated and de-

This squirrel was fat and appeared healthy.
veloped in the form of a curve.

Sciurus hypophaeus (Merriam’s Squirrel.)

The remarks which have just been made about Sciurus leucotis
apply equally well to this species, although hypophacus appears
to be common in but one locality—that near Randolph. This spe-
cies has been driven out by the Fox Squirrel.

From January, 1899, to the present date I have seen but one
near iny home—that one having been seen the past summer.

Merriam’s Squirrel is apparently, in its distribution, restricted

120 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

to Wisconsin and Minnesota. Black phases appear to be not rare
in Minnesota and Dunn Co., Wis. :

Sciurus hudsonius loquax (Southern Red Squirrel. ) |

Frequently, during my residence here, Red Squirrels have been
reported to me. In reply to a request to my informants to bring
me one I have received several Fox Squirrels, and I had really
begun to doubt the occurrence of the Chickaree in Dodge County.

Imagine, therefore, the pleasure to me, to have a youthful
hunter of this city bring me one of these squirrels, which he had
shot on Oct. 30th last, about 8 miles southwest of this city. The
day he obtained this one was a bright, warm day, and he chanced
upon a woods (consisting wholly of oak), where, he tells me, he
could have taken a dozen on that day, but only shot one, because he
did not know whether they were anything I cared for. He subse-
quently visited the woods, but always on stormy, cloudy days,
when there were few to be seen, and brought me three more.

Arctomys monax (Woodchuck. )

Known locally as Woodchuck. I have never heard “Ground
Hog” applied to this animal about here.

An abundant rodent, frequenting woodland, meadows, stone
fences and pasture lands. Some years more abundant than others.
His excavations in the meadows are a menace to horses, owing to
their stumbling into them and occasionally breaking a leg, other-
wise they do little harm.

One has been observed with abnormal inciscor development,
as had the squirrel mentioned elsewhere in this paper.

One season, a few years ago, they were so abundant that at
least 47 were killed upon our 400 acre farm.

A favorite home site of the Woodchuck is the little groves
surrounded by marsh land, upon every one (of which I have
knowledge), in this vicinity (some 16 in number), a den may be
found. And one colony has become established on an island, of
perhaps three-fourths of an acre in extent, in our lake.

During 13 years’ residence here I have seen this animal abroad
every month of the year except December and January. A warm
spell, in early February, will call him forth, though snow yet cov-
ers the ground.

The largest one which I have ever weighed tipped the scales
at 12 pounds, less 3 ounces. One black one has been reported.

Not infrequently do I find them in trees. One old settler had
taken up his abode in a timber lot and in the midst of a patch of

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIS. 121

blackberry bushes. These bushes hid his view, so he selected a
near-by oak as his sentinel tower, and approaching the den one
would be sure to see him up his tree, at a height of about 8 feet,
from which he would slide down, when you approached too near,
and scamper away to his den.

Fiber zibethicus (Muskrat. )

An abundant resident of our flooded marshes and found spar-
ingly along streams and ditches. In the former place he erects
his mud house, in the latter his home is in the banks, with the en-
trance under water.

Some winters large numbers leave the marshes and wander
over the country. Of 120 such wanderers taken, 90 proved to be
males.

Mephitis sp. (Skunk. )

Our local Skunk is presumably the Northern Plains Skunk—
Mephitis hudsonica.

This animal is common in the county, though rather scarce
in my immediate neighborhood, due to persistent trapping.

The Skunk is nocturnal, though on two occasions | have seen
them abroad during daylight. One late October day I saw a jet
black one run through a pasture, about 3 P. M., and enter one of
the 6 entrances to an old established Woodchuck colony. As this
stage of pelage was worth about $5.00 at the time, and being a boy
trapper in my ’teens, I coveted that particular animal, but my
work held me down until some time after sunset. I then hastened
to the place and carefully set a trap at each opening, and there the
traps remained undisturbed for 4 days. My coveted prize evi-
dently having left the dens the day he was seen and ere I had my
traps set.

The other was seen running along the lake shore on a bright
June day, and my companion shot it, but not before it had made
itself known in its own peculiar manner. This one was normally
marked.

A series of this mammal shows considerable variation in the
amount and distribution of the white stripes. One albino has
come to my notice. /

This is one of our most beneficial mammals, though he does
occasionally visit the farmers’ poultry house. Show me a meadow
with little holes dug here and there at the roots of the grass, and
I will prove to you that the meadow is infested with white grubs—
the larve of the June bug (Order Coleoptera-genus Lachuos-
terna)—which are a favorite food of the skunk. Besides grubs he

122 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

destroys large numbers of grass-hoppers, injurious: beetles, and
_ other detrimental insects.

Taxidea Americana (American Badger. )

This animal, which figures so conspicuously on our state shield,
was once common in Dodge County, but at the present day I dare
venture the assertion that there are not upward of a dozen living
examples left. The settlement of the country, above all other
causes, has driven them away, for this is an animal which loves
solitude.

During the past 12 years 3 or 4 live ones have been exhibited
at our county fair, mostly taken in Burnett Township, but I am
told there are none left there now.

A den was located in that township, some 4 years ago, on Col.
Lockwood’s farm. The Colonel would suffer no one to molest,
them, but the Colonel left the farm two years ago and I have heard
no more about the Badgers.

Several years ago I gave up all hope of securing one from our
county for my collection. Last fall two young men called on me
to enquire if | would buy a Badger, if they caught one. I assured
them I would, never expecting to hear more about it. But on
Jan. oth, of this year, one of these boys brought me the Badger,
caught in a steel trap, which had been set in the mouth of its
burrow the night before.

This one, No. 1089, was aé , very fat and large, weighing 19
lbs. It was taken 5 miles south of Beaver Dam, the burrow being
situated in a strip of woodland.

The teeth show no wear, from which I judge that it is a young
animal.

Procyon lotor (Raccoon. )

Occasionally taken in the more heavily timbered parts of the
county. Seldom a winter passes but that I hear of the capture of
one or two.

One taken near Randolph on Oct. 21, 1900 (No. 1843),
weighed 1174 Ibs. Sex ¢

The majority of reported captures show this animal to prefer
the vicinity of some lake or water course, as his domain.

Vulpes fulvus (Red Fox.)

Not rare, throughout the county, becoming scarcer gradually,
is the opinion of fox hunters in general. Not a winter passes but
that J learn of one or more seen or captured. Favorite localities

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIS. 123

appear to be Trenton and Burnett Townships, and in the country
surrounding Horicon marsh.

Vulpes fulvus argentatus (Silver Fox.)

Rare, if it occurs at all, at the present day. When the coun-
try was new and but thinly settled it was occasionally taken, the
older settlers inform me.

I was one of three lads to start one from an arbor vite hedge
within the city, where every lot had a house upon it and five blocks
from Front street, in 1890. It was shot and its pelt sold for $35.
Since then none have been reported.

Lutra canadensis (Land Otter. )

The Otter was common in our county in the days of its early
settlement, but has been practically, perhaps wholly, exterminated.
Adam Egotz, once a professional hunter and trapper, and a man
whose word may be relied upon, tells me he saw the slide of one
of these animals on the shore of Beaver Dam Lake early in the
‘90's. He endeavored to trap it, but without success, and it soon
disappeared.

I also have one other record of one actually captured here some
time since 1890, but the record is not accessible at the time of
this writing.

Lynx rufus (Wild Cat.)

Not rare when the forests covered the greater part of our
country 20 to 40 years ago.

In October, 1898, one was killed near Alderly, this county.
Sorex richardsoni (Richardson’s Shrew. )

Of this Shrew I have but one record, @ (No. 1183), which a
Shrike had impaled on a willow, in a large marsh, found on April
I, 1899.

Persistent trapping in the surrounding marshes has fated to
secure another specimen.

Sorex personatus (Masked Shrew.)

Of this Sorex I have five records: First, No. 13€9, one
caught by father under a barley shock, at noon (we were working
in different fields that day). He told me he had a shrew the like of
which he had never seen before, and characterized it by calling it
a “mouse-colored Shrew.’ This was on July 31, 1890.

Second—No. 1493, trapped by me along a grassy fence line on
Jan. TO, 1900.

124 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

Third—One found lying between the railway rails at Minne-
sota Junction on Sept. 1, 1900. It was too far advanced in de-
composition to preserve.

Fourth—No. 1883, caught Dec. 13, 1900, as it ran from under
a log in a grove of oaks, a grove covering fully an acre.

Fifth—No. 951, found dead on March 15, 1901, near the
barns.

It will be observed that these five were found in various loca-
tions—in timber, grain fields and along fence lines. From this
fact, and also owing to its diminutive size, swift movements and
nocturnal, retiring habits, I feel assured that it is a common spe-
cies, though so seldom observed.

Blarina brevicauda (Short-tailed Shrew. )

This Shrew is common about stone walls, rail fences and un-
der brush piles in the woods, and large boulders about the fields.

It is nocturnal in habits, though occasionally seen abroad in
the day.

This species is the bane of the trapper of small rodents. Often
do I find in my traps a Peromyscus or Microtus, which has been
ruined for a skin, by this carnivorous creature.

Lepus floridanus mearnst (Western Cotton-tail. )

The Western Hare is common, and even abundant, in some
districts, and scarce in others. They frequent all conditions of
habitats, excepting the flooded marshes, but prefer woodland and
grassy, weedy tracts.

In severe weather they spend their hours in some excavation in
the earth, made by a skunk or woodchuck. I have no proof that
they ever excavate their own homes. During the warm months
they may be found scattered over the fields and meadows.

Hunters have brought me reports from time to time of a very
large big-eared Rabbit, occurring in a tamarack swamp near Lost
Lake. It is unlikely that any Jack Rabbits occur in Wisconsin, and
as these are said to be brown in winter as well as summer, they
cannot be the Varying Hare (Lepus Americanus). a species com-
mon in northern Minnesota and presumably occurring in northern
Wisconsin. Their big-eared fellows are presumably very large
examples of the common western form of floridanus.

The 27th of last October, a local hunter killed a Rabbit which
had a white stripe, extending upward from its nose to the base of
the ears. Its greatest width is nearly an inch. The head was left
for me at a local store, and, on subsequent inquiry, I was informed
that the rabbit was otherwise marked as common with the species.

APRIL, 1902. LIST WITH NOTES OF THE MAMMALS OF DODGE CO., WIS. 125

Lutreola vison (Mink.)

The Mink is a common resident of our marsh lands and timbers
bordering on the various lakes of the county, where they find food
abundant, for rarely do I learn of their depredations on poultry
houses.

In the marshes they find frogs, crayfish, mice and eggs in
abundance during the warmer months; in winter they find mice,
and doubtless also catch some fish.

The Mink is a cautious animal, one that does not foolishly set
his foot on the pan of a steel trap, so the “kid trapper,” as the pro-
fessional trapper calls the youthful school boy, secures but few,
perhaps not one, in a season. Consequently their numbers do not
seem to diminish. The winter of 1900-1901 they were unusually
common, judging from reports from all over the county.

Personally, but one has been seen, far from a marsh. This one
was seen running through a stubble field about mid-day, on Aug.
6, 1889.

Hohl’ woods, about four miles north of town, with its high
banks, projecting tree roots, and shore line of great bowlders, is a
favorite home of the Mink.

Putorius cicognant (Bonaparte’s Weasel. )

In a series of 16 Weasels from Dodge County, submitted to
Dr. Merriam, he found 4 of this species and 12 of the New York
Weasel. This may, I think, be taken to show the ratio in abund-
ance of the two species, for considering the two together, it can
be said that Weasels are abundant with us. This series repre-
sented individuals from various habitats and all stages of pelage.

This species has been taken in burrows in timber land, in
marshes, along the lake shore and about stone walls.

Putorius noveboracensis (New York Weasel.)

The relative abundance of this Weasel I have stated under the
remarks on the preceding species.

Lasiurus borealis (Red Bat.)

The Red Bat is an abundant species with us, being partial to
timber, about ponds, lakes and streams, from whence I judge that
it feeds largely on mosquitoes and other Diptera of similar habits.

Lasiurus cinerea (Hoary Bat.)
_ The past season I first met this large, interesting Bat. Early
in September, I observed a large bat flying among the burr oaks

scattered about in an upland pasture. They seemed to come, at
dusk, from the'trees, but a thorough search made one day of some

126 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 2.

30 trees, I failed to find a bat. That they were there I feel sure,
which goes to show how well their color and position harmonize
with their surroundings, when hanging head downward, with
their wings wrapped about them, as they take their daylight sleep.
When they first appeared each evening they would fly close about
the trees, within the dark shadows, then rise high in the air and
work off toward the northwest. This northwestward movement
was observed each evening when I visited their haunts.

One was found dead on the ground, evidently in nowise in-
jured, by which I learned their identity.

I certainly had never seen them here before, which can be
explained when we remember the well-known migratory habits of
the bat tribe.

Lasionycteris noctivagans (Silvery Black Bat.)

An abundant species, particularly so about the streets of the’
city, in the early evening, where they may be seen in numbers,
darting about among the trees.

I have knowledge of several houses, where these bats roost in
large numbers between the closed blinds and the windows. One
of these roosts was investigated one year, during the height of the
bat season, and there was an almost solid column of bats the
whole length of the blind—clinging to blind and window casings
—a conservative estimate being 300 bats.

Myotis lucifugus (Little Brown Bat.)

This species came with the migration of Hoary Bats in Sep-
tember, 1901, previous to which I had never taken them.

One morning some 60 were found in a granary, having gained
access through a broken window pane. ‘They used this roost for
only three nights, after which they were seen no more.

Castor fiber ( Beaver.)
Exterminated Species.

The Beavers, many years ago, had constructed a dam on the
creek which flows out of the present lake at this place. Prior to
that time our lake was merely a stream flowing through extensive
marshes. This dam gave to our city its present name, but the
Beaver has long since disappeared from the county.

Odocoileus virgiuanus (Common Deer.)

Many years ago these ruminants occurred here, so old settlers
inform me.

The Porcupine (Erethizon dorsatum) and the Black Bear
(Ursus americanus) doubtless were found here years ago, and the
Canada Lynx (Lynx canadensis) doubtless has occurred.

Mies

JULY, 1902.

Vol. 2. (ew series)

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN
NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY

CONTENTS.

PrRocEEDINGS OF THE Wrsconsin. Natrurat History
Sociery, MarcH—JuneE, 1902, - 3 -

AMENDED ARTICLES OF AssOcIATION AND By-Laws,
Srupies In Prant DisrrisuTiIon—E, BrRuUNCKEN, =

Pretiminary Norice oF THE Buriep Forest Bep oF
THE Lower Fox River Vattey—P. V. Lawson,

A BirareraL Tutip—R. H. Jounson, - -

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

EVENING WISCONSIN CO., PRINTERS, MILWAUKEE.

The Wisconsin Natural History Society,

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

ORGANIZED MAY 6, 1857.

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

EDGAR £E.- TELLER, Presipent 2 3S 170 29th Street, Milwaukee
Dr CHAS:D. STANHOPE, Vice Pres’t , 204 Grand Ave., Milwaukee
CHARLES E. MONROE, Gen. Sec’y . 310 Goldsmith Bldg., Milwaukee
LEE R. WHITNEY, Treasurer... 225 Post Office Bldg., Milwaukee
CHARLES E> BROWN 32osc ae ese Public Museum, Milwaukee

ADOLPH BIERSACH, Secretary of Combined Biological Sections.

DIRECTORS OF SECTIONS.

Archeology. . . Henry A. Crosby IWhinetalogy rts Aowes Louis Lotz
Numismatics . William F. Sandrock

Ornithology . . . Edward E. Voss

|
Batany Sons S Ernest Bruncken |
|

Entomology. . . Charles E. Brown |
Geology. . . . Charles E. Monroe |

REGULAR MEETINGS.

These are all held in the Society’s lecture room in the Museum-Library Build-
ing, Milwaukee.

Meetings of the combined biological sections take place on the 2nd Thursday
of each Month at 8 P. M.

The Archeology and Numismatics sections meet on the 3rd Thursday of each
Month.

General Meetings are on the last Thursday of each Month except July and
August.

Meetings of the Archeologists and collectors of the State are to be held semi-
annually under the direction of the Archeology section, for the purpose of further-
ing the cause of Wisconsin Archeology.

PUBLICATIONS.

The ‘‘Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.’’
The ‘‘Wisconsin Archeologist.”’

MEMBERSHIP DUES.

City Members, $3.00 per annum; Non-resident Members, $1.00 per annum;
Life Members, one payment of fifty dollars.

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL. 2; New Series. JULY, 1902. No. 3.

Exchanges should be mailed to the Wisconsin Natural History Society, in care
of the Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. Communications should be addressed to
the General Secretary.

Summary of the Proceedings of the Society.

March, April, May and June, 1902.

: THurspay, March 27, 1902.
_ The meeting was called to order by the president, Mr. Edgar
E. Teller. ,

There was a large attendance both of visitors and members.

The president read a communication from Mr. William J. Ben-
netts, the recording secretary, tendering his resignation on account
of the fact that he was about to leave the city. The resignation
was regretfully accepted.

Mr. Charles E. Monroe was elected recording secretary to fill
the vacancy thus caused. 7

Mr. Charles E. Brown, general secretary of sections, presented
a report of the section meetings held during the month.

The following names were reported: Mr. Emil Schenck, of
Deerfield, for active membership; Mr. E. H. Stiles, of Richland
City, for honorary membership. Referred to the board of direc-
tors for their action.

Mr. Carl H. Doerflinger, in behalf of the committee on revision
of charter and by-laws, presented a revised draft of the articles of
association of the society. Action thereon was deferred until the
next regular meeting.

Mr. Charles E. Brown gave notice of the recent deaths of
Frederick Rauterberg and Herbert J. Johnson, members of the
society. The secretary was instructed to express to the families
of the deceased the sense of loss felt by the society in the death
of members so actively interested in scientific pursuits, and the
sympathy of its members in their bereavement.

128 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Prof. Stuart Weller, of the University of Chicago, was then
introduced by the president and delivered an interesting address on
“The Northern Rocky Mountains.” ‘The lecturer gave an account
of the work done during the previous summer by an expedition
sent out by the United States government to determine and mark
the boundary line between the state of Montana and the British
province of Alberta. The lecture was illustrated with lantern
slides showing the scenery, geology and topography of the region.
traversed. One of the most striking features represented was an
extraordinary fault, with over-thrust, resulting in the super-po-
sition of primary rocks above later cretaceous formations.

A vote of thanks was extended to the lecturer.

The. meeting then adjourned.

Tuurspay, April 24, 1902.

Annual meeting of the society ; thirty-three members present.

In the absence of the president and at the request of the vice-
president the meeting was called to order by the recording secre-
tary.

On motion of Mr. Ernest Bruncken, Dr. George W. Peckham
was requested to take the chair and did so.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Mr. Charles E. Brown presented a report of section meetings
held during the month.

Mr. George A. West, treasurer, presented his report for the
year, containing the following statement :

Cash’ on hand May -t, 1001s 22% 22 leaee $232.73
Cash received during year from dues of
MOMIDEUS: 5h os Foi Re ei oe 287.95
$520.68
Total disbursements during year....... $417.57
Balance on hand April 24, 1902........ LOR 1
$520.68

Messrs. David Harlowe, Charles D. Stanhope and Charles E.
Brown were appointed a committee to audit the treasurer’s report.

Mr. Charles E. Brown, as secretary of sections, presented a
report for the year showing a large gain in membership and in-
creased interest in the work of the sections. The archeological
section embraced 102 members, from all parts of the state. Efforts
would be made to increase the membership of the botanical and
ornithological sections during the coming year. The report recom-
mended that each section be given full power to formulate its own
by-laws and elect its own director.

JULY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 129

The amendments to the articles of association proposed by the
committee on revision were read by the secretary. Final action
on the proposed amendments was deferred until the next monthly
meeting in order that proxies might be obtained from absent mem-
bers after full information had been given them of the character of
the proposed amendments.

Applications for membership were received from the follow-
ing persons: Charles H. Yunker, Dr. F. F. John, Arthur Nuesse
and Dr. Otto C. Thienhaus, all of Milwaukee; F. M. Le Count,
of Hartford; N. E. Carter, Elkhorn; M. E. Morrissy, St. Fran-
cis; N. Hollister, Delavan. Referred to the Board of Directors.

The secretary offered a resolution * that the transfer heretofore
made to the Public Museum of the city of Milwaukee of the col-
lection of books and pamphlets in the possession of the society, as
well as of others which may hereafter come into its possession, be
and is ratified and approved by the society.” Action upon the,
foregoing resolution was deferred for one month in order that
proxies might be secured from absent members upon the reso-
lution.

On motion of Mr. Henry R. Dennison an informal ballot was
taken for president for the ensuing year. Thirty ballots were cast,
of which Mr. Edgar E. Teller received twenty-five. The secre-
tary was instructed to cast the unanimous ballot of the society
for Mr. Teller, which was done and Mr. Teller was declared
unanimously elected.

Other officers were then elected as follows:

Vice-President—Dr. Charles D. Stanhope.

Recording Secretary—Mr. Charles E. Monroe.

Corresponding Secretary—Mr. Charles E. Brown.

Treasurer—Mr. Lee R. Whitney.

Librarian—Mr. Adolph Biersach.

The meeting then adjourned.

Tuurspay, May 29, 1902.

The meeting was called to order by the president, Mr. E. E.
Teller ; twenty-two members present.

The minutes of the annual meeting were read and approved.

The secretary moved the adoption of the following by-law:
“Any member may vote by proxy on any matter at any meeting.”
The motion was carried unanimously and the by-law adopted.

The question of the adoption of the amended articles of asso-
ciation, recommended by the committee on charter revision at the
last meeting and laid over for one month, came up for final action,

»

130 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

due notice of the proposed amendments having been mailed to all
the members of the society by the recording secretary pursuant to
the order of the board of directors.

The amended articles of association were then read and ap-
proved section by section and then adopted as a whole by the
unanimous vote of the twenty-two members present and of eighty-
four proxies held and voted by the following persons: By the
secretary, 61; by Mr. Charles E. Brown, 12; by Dr. Charles D.
Stanhope, 7; by Mr. Lee R. Whitney, 2; by Mr. Charles H. Doer-
flinger, 1; by Mr. Adolph Biersach, 1; making a total of 106
votes.

(A copy of the amended articles of association is printed else-
where in this Bulletin. )

The resolution “that the transfer heretofore made to the Pub-
lic Museum of the City of Milwaukee of the collection of books
and pamphlets in the possession of the society, as well as of others
which may hereafter come into its possession, be and is ratified
and approved by the society,’ offered by the secretary at the last
meeting and laid over for one month, then came up for action by
the society, due notice of the resolution having been mailed to
every member of the society by the recording secretary pursuant
to the order of the board of directors.

The resolution was adopted by the following vote:

Members present voting for the resolution........ 20
Proxies held and voted by ithe sectetary..2 0 sen 61
Proxies held and voted by Mr, Brown... . 2.6.0.0. iz
Proxies held and voted by Mr. Whitney.......... 2)
Proxy held and voted by Mr. Doerflinger......... I
Proxy held and voted by Mr. Btersach. .. 0... ..... I

fi 6) 5. EE eer oy Wein onemer elt One AN a 97

Opposed to the resolution were the following:
Members present voting against the resolution..... 2
Proxies held.and voted by Dr. Stanhope....:..... of
Proxy held and voted by Mr: Denison............ I

Totals ek Pe aS Sena ee IO

The secretary reported that the following persons had been
elected to membership at a meeting of the board of directors held
May 8:

Honorary member, E. H. Stiles, of Richland City.

Active members: Charles H. Yunker, Dr. F. F. John, Arthur
Nuesse and Dr. Oscar C. Thienhaus, all of Milwaukee; Emil

JULY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 131

Schenck, Deerfield; F. M. Le Count, Hartford; N. E. Carter, Elk-
horn; M. E. Morrissy, St. Francis; N. Hollister, Delavan.

The offices of corresponding and recording secretaries having
been abolished by the amended articles of association just adopted,
and the offices of general secretary and an additional director hav-
ing been created, an election was then held to fill the new offices.

Mr. Charles E. Brown was unanimously elected a director.

Mr. Charles E. Monroe was unanimously elected general sec-
retary.

The committee on revision of charter and by-laws made a
further report, recommending the adoption of a new set of by-
laws, prepared by the committee, as a substitute for the existing
by-laws.

The proposed new by-laws were then read section by section,
and after some amendments had been made, were unanimously
adopted.

ve copy of the new by-laws is printed elsewhere in this Bulle-
tin.

Mr. Denison moved that a committee of three be appointed to
report upon members who had diedduring the preceding year with
suitable resolutions. The motion was unanimously adopted and
the president appointed Messrs. Denison, Doerflinger and Brown
such committee.

The application for membership of Rev. E. C. Mitchell, of St.
Paul, Minn., was presented and referred to the board of directors.

The meeting then adjourned.

TuurspAy, June 26, 1902.
Meeting called to order by the president; thirty persons
present.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.
Messrs. H. R. Denison, C. H. Doerflinger and C. E. Brown,
the committee appointed at the last meeting, presented the follow-
ing memorials and resolution:

CHARLES VON BAUMBACH.

Born at Kirchheim, in the Grand Duchy of Hessen, on June
18, 1840, a scion of an ancient family, he came to this country in
1848 with his father, who had been implicated in the revolutionary
movement of the time, and settled in Ohio. After receiving a
good education he came to Milwaukee with the family in 1857,
the year when our society was organized. He contributed to its

132 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

early collections. specimens bagged on his hunting expeditions in
Wisconsin and in the south, where he served in defense of the
Union from the beginning of the civil war until November, 1863.
He joined Company C of the Fifth Wisconsin Infantry, as a pri-
vate, was promoted to the positions of corporal, sergeant and sec-
ond lieutenant; then joined the Twenty-fourth Wisconsin Infan-
try as captain of Company C, and became major of that regiment.
He took part in the Peninsula campaign, the siege of Yorktown,
and the battle of Williamsburg, where he was wounded; also in
all the battles in which the Twenty-fourth Wisconsin was engaged
until the time of his resignation on November 28, 1863.

Actively interested in all cultural endeavors, after his return
from the field, he became a member of our society in 1866 and
remained true to it until the day of his demise, which occurred
at his home in Milwaukee on December 23, 1901, after a success-
ful business career as a pharmacist, and founder and head of the
wholesale drug firms of Baumbach & Rosenthal, Charles Baum-
bach Company, and Baumbach, Reichel & Company.

Charles von Baumbach will be remembered by his comrades
in arms, by the older members of our society, and a host of other
friends, as a genial companion and public-spirited citizen.

ADAM CONRATH.

This name first appears on the membership list of our society
in 1881. At the time of his premature death, at the age of 52
years, on December 19, 1901, he had therefore been a member for
twenty years.

Graduated with high honors from the Philadelphia College of
Pharmacy on March 11, 1873, he became one of the most studious
and enthusiastic of his profession, interested not only in materia
medica, but especially in botany, his favorite branch of science,
and in archeology. | .

On April 3, 1881, he was elected one of the directors of botany
and was re-elected many times in subsequent years. The society’s
museum, now the Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee, re-
ceived many gifts from him, particularly for the herbarium. He
gave much attention to the observation of alien plants introduced
and naturalized in Wisconsin and contributed to the known flora
of the state a number of species he first discovered. He con-
tributed many papers and shorter communications at the meetings
of our society.

For many years he was associated with Hon. Chris. Widule
in the drug firm of Widule & Conrath. As a member of the State

JULY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 133

Loard of Pharmacy he conducted or participated in the prepara-
tion of its examinations. .
He collected one of the most complete herbaria of Wisconsin
plants and his enthusiasm’ moved many students to put forth their
best efforts.
He was an active and valuable member of our society, a pleas- .
ing colleague and helpful collaborator.

AUGUST HECKER.

He was born at Selters, province of Nassau, on June 17, 1834,
received a good education and with it imbibed a warm apprecia-
tion of the beauties and wonders of nature. He was a very young
man when he emigrated in 1850, was soon engaged in the whole-
sale grocer firm of Inbusch Bros.and served the same house for 50
years as a traveling agent and business representative. He was
interested in natural history, literature and music. While he did
not make any systematic collections himself he brought many
specimens for the museum from his business trips and hunting
expeditions. He belonged to the Wisconsin Natural History So-
ciety as early as 1868, remaining a member until his death, which
occurred on April 23, 1901.

Warm-tempered, like the volcanic region of his birth, he was
quick to do good and ever ready to support a good cause. His
heart has come to rest under the monument set for him by love in
Forest Home Cemetery, where Flora’s children offer their fra-
grant blossoms and his little winged and feathered friends sing
sweet tunes to the accompaniment of Aeol’s harp.

Resolved, That the foregoing memorials to our deceased mem-
bers, Charles von Baumbach, Adam Conrath and August Hecker,
be spread upon the records of the society and that the general
secretary be instructed to send a copy of them to the families of
the deceased with appropriate expressions of condolence on behalf
of the society.

The foregoing resolution was unanimously adopted.

Mr. Brown presented reports of section meetings as follows:

I. A meeting of the combined biological sections, held June
12, At this meeting Mr. Adolph Biersach was unanimously elect-
ed secretary for the ensuing year. The election of directcrs of
sections was deferred until the fall. Dr. S. Graenicher read a
paper on “Insects Bred from Elder Stems.” Mr. Brown de-

scribed some fungi new to the Milwaukee County list, exhib't'ng
specimens.

134 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 55.

2. A meeting of the archeological section, held June 19. At
this meeting the secretary presented his annual report. Plans
were discussed for the work of the coming season. Mr. Henry
A. Crosby was elected director. Messrs. W. H. Elkey of Milwau-
kee and P. O. Griste of East Troy, presented some notable ex-
hibits.

The general secretary reported that Rev. E. C. Mitchell, of
St. Paul, Minn., had been duly elected a member of the society
by the board of directors at a meeting held May 29, 1902.

Dr. George P. Barth then exhibited and described the advan-
tages of a new type of artificial ants’ nest. This consists of two
glass jars or bottles, one within the other, the space between the
two being filled with sand. This contrivance permits the ants
to excavate both vertical and horizontal burrows, capable of easy
examination and easy to handle, and seemed to the speaker to
possess advantages over the flat nests.

Hon. Publius V. Lawson, of Menasha, read a paper on “The
Buried Forests of the Fox River Valley.” (A summary of this
paper is printed elsewhere in this Bulletin. )

Applications for membership were received from Miss Olive
C. Wheeler and Pierson L. Halsey, of Milwaukee; and from
Bernhard Gerhard, of St. Louts, and P. H. Hamilton, of) 1 wa
Rivers.

The meeting then adjourned.

JULY, 1902. PROCEEDINGS. 135

Amended Articles of Association.

ARTICLE I.—This corporation being the successor of “Der Naturhistor-
ische Verein von Wisconsin,” is organized for the purpose of arousing and
sustaining an interest in the study of Nature and especially of facts and
materials pertaining to the natural history and ethnology of the State of
Wisconsin.

Arricte I].—The name of this corporation shall be “The Wisconsin
Natural History Society,’”’ and it shall be located in the City of Milwaukee
in said State of Wisconsin.

ArticLe III.—This corporation is formed without capital stock and no
dividend or pecuniary profits shall be declared to the members thereof.

ARTICLE IV.—The general officers shall be President, Vice-President,
General Secretary and Treasurer, and they, together with one additional
member to be elected by the Society, shall constitute the Board of Direc-
tors.

All the officers herein specified shall be elected at the annual meeting.
Vacancies in any office may be filled by election at any regular meeting.

ARTICLE V.—The principal duties of the several general officers shall be
those usually pertaining to such offices and such other duties as may be
prescribed by the by-laws of the corporation.

ArTIcLe VI.—Members shall be elected by vote of the Board of Direc-
tors and shall pay such sum upon admission and such stated dues there-
after as may be required by the By-Laws.

Members may be discharged on their own request by striking their
names from the list of members kept by the Secretary and Treasurer. Any
‘member who is in arrears for dues for three years may be dropped from
membership by the Board of Directors.

The Board may also elect honorary and corresponding members under
such regulations as may be prescribed by the By-Laws, but such members
shall have no voice in the management of the corporation.

Fifteen members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of busi-
ness, except where otherwise required by these articles.

ARTICLE VII.—AIl the collections and property of this corporation may,
by the votes of a majority of all the members of the Society, be donated to
the City of Milwaukee. Should the number of members at any time be-
come reduced below eight, it shall be deemed dissolved, and its property
shall thereupon become the property of the Public Museum of the City of
Milwaukee.

The annual meeting of the Society shall be held on the last Thursday
of April in each year. Regular meetings may be held at times prescribed
by the By-Laws. .

Proposed amendments of these articles may be presented at any regular
meeting, but final action thereon shall not be taken before the next follow-
ing regular meeting and notice of such proposed amendments shall be given
to the members before the meeting at which they are to be acted upon,
in such manner as the Society or its Board of Directors shall prescribe.

By-Laws.

1. The annual dues shall be $3.00 for resident and $1.00 for non-resi-
dent members, but members elected in any year shall be required to pay
only for such portion of that year as shall remain between the date of
their election and the first day of the following May.

Life membership may be obtained by a single contribution of $50.00.

J

136 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 ‘NO. .o.

2. Persons not residing in the city or county of Milwaukee may become
corresponding members, if they endeavor to promote the aims and purposes
of the Society.

3. Any person may be proposed for membership by any member, at any
regular meeting. ; '

4. Persons who have rendered prominent services to the Society or to
its aims and purposes, may be elected honorary members.

5. The order of business at the annual meeting shall be as follows:

(a) Reading of the minutes of the last regular meeting.
(b) Unfinished business.

(c) Reports of officers.

(d) Election of officers.

(e) New business.

6. The regular meetings of the Society shall be held on the last Thurs-
day of every month, except July and August. The order of business at
such meetings shall be as follows:

(a) Reading of the minutes of the last meeting.
(b) Unfinished business.
(ec) Reports of committees and officers.
(d) Correspondence.
(e) Reading of scientific papers and communications and discussion
thereof.

(f) New business.

7. The Board of Directors shall transact all business usually per-
formed by such bodies in accordance with the Articles of Association and
these By-Laws.

8. The President shall be the presiding officer at all meetings, shall
appoint all committees unless otherwise ordered by the members present,
shall call extraordinary meetings upon the written request of three ordi-
nary members, shall decide in case of equality of votes, and shall examine
and sign all orders to the Treasurer.

9. The Vice-President shall take the place of the President in case
of the latter’s absence.

10. The General Secretary shall keep an accurate record of all trans-
actions, shall preserve all reports and papers of the Society, keep an accur-
ate list of all members, countersign all orders to the Treasurer, and con-
duct the correspondence of the Society.

11. The Treasurer shall keep in trust the funds of the Society, pay
orders only when signed by the President and General Secretary, and shall
present a financial statement at the annual meeting and at any other time
when requested by the Board of Directors or the Society.

12. Each officer shall prepare a detailed account of his work during
the year and report the same to the annual meeting.

13.. The Board of Directors shall have authority to publish from time
to time such portions of the proceedings of the Society and such scientific
contributions, especially such as are the result of original investigation
and research, as shall in their discretion be deemed advisable.

14. Any member may vote by proxy on any matter at any meeting.

15. Any three or more members may, subject to the approval of the
Board of Directors, organize a section for work in some particular line
within the general purpose of the Society. Such sections may adopt their
own by-laws not inconsistent with these By-Laws or the Articles of Associ-
ation. Sections shall report each month to the Society on their work.
They shall not publish anything without being authorized to do so by the
Board of Directors.

16. These By-Laws may be amended at any regular meeting by the
votes of at least two-thirds of all the members present.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 137

Studies in Plant Distribution.

By ERNEST BRUNCKEN.

3. Upland Brushwoods of the Milwaukee Region.

There are in the vicinity of Milwaukee numerous areas of
greater or less extent which are covered with shrubs, either com-
pletely, so as to shade the ground and form what are substantially
forest conditions ; or in more or less sparsely scattered groups and
individuals, with grass or herb-covered spaces between. ‘The for-
mer type may be called thickets ; the other heaths. As to thickets,
the present inquiry will be confined principally to those occurring
on dry uplands. The extensive thickets found in swamps and
river bottoms have essentially different ecological relations, of
great complexity, and will be considered only incidentally. As to
heaths, the name implies their xerophytic nature. Similar areas
of groups of shrubs in marshy land are frequent at some little
distance from Milwaukee, but in the territory under discussion
are of every limited extent.

There is no evidence at hand whether before settlement of the
region upland brushwoods of either class occurred therein. Re-
garding similar bottom brushwoods the fact is of value that many
of the very old trees still standing in the river bottoms have low
branches, as if they had stood free at least from the height usually
reached by the hydrophytic shrubs. Sometimes these low branches
are developed on one side only, as if in its youth the tree had stood
on the edge of a shrub-covered glade. (1)

If the absence of evidence to the contrary makes it probable
that such glades were not found on the uplands, the shrubs which
now compose the brushwoods must either have come to the region
since the settlement, or have existed theretofore in the form of
underbrush. The latter alternative is indicated by the great fre-
quency of individuals, the considerable variety of species, and
above all the fact that the same species to this day occur very
commonly as underbrush, especially in the hemi-xerophytic for-
ests. It is not every shrub, however, which occurs in the forest,
that takes part in forming brushwoods. On the whole, it may be
said that the thicket-forming shrubs are three in number: the
witch hazel ; the staghorn sumach, and the various species of haw-
thorn. A large number of other shrubs are liable to be found

1. Of course this evidence is not complete. The glades may have been sedge :
marshes; only, if that was the case, one ought to occasionally find branches still
lower than the height of 8 to 12 feet at which they mostly occur.

138 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL, 2 86.3.

mingling with these, such as the hazelnut, choke cherry, prickly
ash, and in rather moist places the black alderberry. All these,
with the exception of the last-named species, have numerous
xerophytic characteristics, as might be expected from their sta-
tions.

Before these brushwoods in their typical development are
treated in detail, attention should be called to a formation inter-
mediate between a young forest and brushwood. This hybrid for-
mation is found where forest has been cut in a manner to favor
the growth of stool shoots. Of the forest trees of the region, es-
pecially oak, basswood and ash are apt to form vigorous coppices,
and it generally happens that simultaneously with the stool shoots
the various shrubs mentioned spring up. For a while they con-
test vigorously for the occupation of space, but after some years
the trees get the upper hand, and the shrubs fall back to the posi-
tion of underbrush. The areas of this character are usually much
less xerophytic than brush areas which have grown into thickets
through the heath stage to be described below. Consequently,
mesophytic shrubs, like various species of Ribes, which are never
found in the heath, are common in them. The mesophytic con-
ditions of these areas are easily explained by the fact that owing
to the comparatively quick growth of the stool shoots the soil is
not left uncovered as long as it is where no stool shoots are found.
Consequently the humus accumulated while the forest was still
standing is not so completely oxydized as where there are no stool
shoots.

Where the removal of the original forest did not take place in
such a manner as to give an opportunity for coppice growth, the
first stage of plant life is a vigorous contest between grasses, es-
pecially several species of Poa; numerous stout herbs, such as
asters, golden rod and sunflowers; and the shrubs. As may be
expected the areas on which this contest is allowed to proceed
undisturbed are almost entirely restricted to steep hillsides, es-
pecially those with a southern or western exposure. All better
localities are needed for tilled fields, and natural processes of
reclothing have no chance to operate. But the places indicated
are of no use to the farmer except as pasture land, and are there-
fore left to themselves, except as to the more or less heavy crop-
ping by his cattle. In addition to the strong insolation caused by
their steepness and exposure, these hillsides are apt to be gravelly
or full of boulders, so that the conditions are decidedly xerophytic.
In the three-cornered fight between the grasses, herbs and shrubs
the golden rods and their allies are the first to succumb. 'They
last only so long as the forest litter has not yet entirely disap-
peared. When that has been accomplished the grass covers by far

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 139

the greater portion of the surface. With its dense tangle of fili-
form roots, the dense sward of Poa makes it exceedingly difficult
for other species to compete. About the only successful rivals are
a number of minute mosses, and Antennaria plantaginifolia. The
latter is almost always present, forming little groups and patches
in the sward. Where there are other species in the grass carpet,
it will invariably be found that they grow in places where from
one cause or the other the sward has been broken or prevented
from forming. Thus they will grow from under the.edge of a
houlder or cobble stone; out of a hole made by an animal; or a
place where the surface water has laid the ground bare. Among
the species conspicuous in such spots are Fragaria virginiana;
Viola sororia; Potentilla Canadensis; here and there Hedeoma
pulegioides; further Monarda fistulosa; Verbascum thapsus. It
will be noticed that many of these xerophytic heath plants have
creeping root stocks, runners and stolons, which fit them to com-
pete with the dense grass better than propagation by seeds could
do. Of late years the common ragweed invades these dry hillside
pastures in great numbers. It colonizes especially places where
sod has been removed, and thence spreads to every bare spot it
can reach. Occasionally places are found where one of these
herbs, most often Potentilla, has managed to drive out the grass
from considerable areas, and now forms an exclusive carpet many
square feet in extent.

In the meantime, the shrubs which started out evenly with the
grasses have established themselves in groups here and there. It
is especially Crataegus which has its favorite habitat on these dry
heaths. There are in this vicinity probably some six or seven
distinct species of this genus. But as they have never been thor-
oughly studied taxonomically, they may simply be grouped as
C. coccinea, C. mollis and C. punctata, with their respective allies.
They occur within the forest as well as on the heath. But as they
need a great deal of light they are apt to assume quite eccentric
forms in shady places. Their normal adult form is that of a
low tree with spreading crowns, approaching the umbrella-like
shape so common in Mimosa and other trees of tropical and sub-
tropical savannas. In deeply-shaded woods, on the contrary,
they shoot up high, with few and thin branches. I have seen
hawthorn trees twenty feet high, two inches in diameter, bearing
no branches below a height of ten feet above the ground, and then
sending out but few and short ones, without the multitude of spurs
that make the typical crown of a hawthorn so dense.

An old hawthorn on the heath, however, usually has a sturdy
trunk, five or six inches in diameter. Its crown is disposed like
a number of galleries one above the other, with distinct intervals;

140 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

the tips of the branches sweep within a rae feet of the ground.
Under its immediate shade the ground is bare of vegetation; but
at the edge of the bare spot there is often a ring of mesophytic or
moderately xerophytic herbs, such as golden rod, violets, milk-
weed, etc. The younger individuals of hawthorn are apt to suffer
much from cattle and in their efforts to protect themselves often
assume the grotesque shapes described elsewhere. (1) As a re-
sult, they remain shrubby much oftener than would be the case
if the normal tendency of the genus to assume the tree-like form
had its full sway.

It is very noticeable that the shrubs and small trees scattered
over the heath tend to grow in groups. It is rare to find a single
shrub or young tree. The reason for this may be that single seed-
lings are almost certain to be eaten or trampled by cattle, while
where they occur in patches or groups, some of them at least
have a chance of surviving. When they are a few years old, the
young shrubs begin to protect each other. The older a group be-
comes, the more mesophytic the conditions in their midst and for a
few feet beyond become, especially on their north and east sides.
Soon many mesophytic herbs, such as Podophyllum peltatum,
Anemone nemorosa, asters, golden rod and sun flowers reappear,
while Pea gradually dies out. More mesophytic shrubs soon make
their reappearance. By and by the group develops into a small
thicket, and as this spreads and joins with its neighbors, the whole
heath may in time be converted into a thicket. While this goes on,
young trees, especially oaks and hickories, will have found favora-
ble lodging places among the shrubs, and the development will,
if undisturbed, progress until the mesophytic forest has again
taken possession of the area.

On heaths of this description, the various species of Crataegus
are decidedly dominant among the shrubs. The other species
most frequently found are the hazelnut and two species of sumach,
Rhus typhina and Rh. glabra. (2) There are, of course, a good
many others, such as Symphoricarpus, Diervilla, Rosa, Amelan-
chier, but they rarely give character to an area of considerable ex-
tent. On heaths in the close vicinity of the Lake Shore, Juniperus
alpinus is a very characteristic shrub.

The thickets found in the neighborhood of Milwauke are not
always, nor perhaps even commonly, developed from the Poa
heath formation. Where the exposure of the slope from which
the forest is removed is towards the north or east, so that the
insolation is comparatively small, the forest litter does not disap-

1. Bulletin Wis. Nat’l Hist. Soc., Vol. I, page 183.

2. It is a remarkable fact that these two species hardly ever intermingle. RA.
glabra seems to be a little less xerophilous than its cousin.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 141

pear so rapidly as in southerly and westerly exposures. Conse-
quently the mesophytic herbs, the asters, sunflowers, golden rods,
hold their ground much longer; the grasses do not make so much
headway, and often other species of. the family, which do not
make so dense a sward as Poa, are more strongly represented than
that genus. The hawthorns, hazelnuts and sumachs have strong
‘competitors in the witch hazel, choke-cherry, prickly ash and
others. Where there is a small spring on the hillside, as is very
often the case, so that the soil for a few square rods is kept in
swampy condition, Sambucus mgra is sure to be on hand, while
willows and dogwood are very apt to stray up from the valley.
The trees from the neighboring forest are sure to join in the race.
Generally speaking, the conditions on such northerly slopes are
so much more favorable to plant life than those on southerly ex-
posures, that the mesophytic nature of the locality is really never
lost. After the trees are cut down, there come a few years during
which the ground is mostly bare except for the forest litter and
such herbs and grasses as may have occupied the forest floor and
continue to flourish in the clearing. Some of the latter will not
survive more than a season or two under the changed conditions,
but others which delight in the rich, loose soil, but could not toler-
ate the shade of the trees, will come in. Various species of Rubus
are sure to grow luxuriantly, and their tangled vines are about the
only impediment to the growth of the shrub and tree seedlings.
Compared to the many years it takes the forest to reconquer a Poa
heath, the progress of an area of this sort towards the forest
stage is very rapid. The years before a thicket is formed are so
few that one can hardly speak of a heath stage. In thickets of
this kind the witch hazel is usually so much more abundant than
the other shrubs mentioned, that one may properly call this the
witch hazel, in distinction from the hawthorn association.
_ Either of the two species of Rhus mentioned above is likely to
be met with in both of the two associations just described. But in
a few places near the lake shore there are thickets in which Rhus
typhina is dominant to such an extent that one must properly dis-
tinguish them as the Sumach Association. The staghorn sumach
‘seems to have a peculiar liking for the steep, barren clay banks or
bluffs along Lake Michigan. It invades them from above, es-
tablishing itself first on the upper edge of the bluff and sending
root suckers down the almost vertical bank. The beginnings of
this operation can be seen in many places all along the Lake.
But in several places near Fox Point this enterprising shrub
has in this manner conquered the whole bank from top to bottom
for many rods.

Another remarkable occurrence of the sumach association is

142 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 no. 3.

found near the southeastern corner of the county, within a few
rods of the shore. Here it covers an area of several acres on a
knoll composed of large crystalline boulders with but scanty soil
between. The dominant shrubs are old and tall, and while they
stand close together, their thin crowns shade the ground but light-
ly, so that the floor shows the typical heath vegetation of Poa,
Antennaria, etc. The most interesting fact is that among the
sumach grow numerous yoting witch hazels. These are as yet
over-topped by the sumach almost everywhere, but are growing
vigorously. It will be interesting to see whether the witch hazel,
by reason of greater shade tolerance, will not gradually drive out
the sumach and with it the xerophilous floor vegetation, so as in
the end to convert this typically xerophytic thicket into a meso-
phytic one.

Small thickets are occasionally met with, sometimes covering
several square rods, which are composed exclusively of a single
species. One of the small trees or shrubs which has a tendency to
form pure growths is the crab apple. Such crab apple thickets
within which not a single foreign shrub is seen, though many
other species may occur in the neighborhood, are found in various
places along the bluffs of the Menomonee Valley. Another kind
of pure growth is sometimes formed by the aspens (both Populus
tremuloides and grandidentata). These species (although not un-
common and growing more frequent if the large proportion of
young plants is evidence thereof) do not form a conspicuous
feature of the plant life of the Milwaukee region. Where they
do occur they usually assume their normal tree form, while farther
inland, notably along the Kettle Range in Waukesha County, brush
woods composed of aspen shrubs are numerous. Here and there,
however, in our territory thickets of aspen are found. In these
cases they consist of shoots springing from root suckers that pro-
ceed in more or less circular form from the mother plant in the
middle. The latter can usually be distinguished easily by its
somewhat greater height and trunk diameter, although it never
grows to be a tall tree.

Very puzzling is the existence of thickets in one or two places,
composed prevalently of Ptelea trifoliata. This shrub is found
exclusively in the Menomonee Valley and the adjacent bluffs.
Here it is exceedingly common, occupying stations of great va-
riety, from those decidedly dry to those which are almost swampy.
Nowhere else in this region has it ever been found, to
my knowledge, but within its province it propagates freely. It
bears seed abundantly year after year, and its seedlings are found
of every age. Usually it mingles freely with other species, but
occasionally it forms almost pure growths of small extent.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 143

a

A form of brushwood that has many points of interest are
the fence-rows. These straggling and interrupted growths are
distinguished for the great variety of species occurring in them.
All the upland shrubs of the region, from the xerophilous haw-
thorns and sumachs to the decidedly mesophytic species of Ribes
are mingling in this formation, without any apparent distinction,
of various associations. With the uplands species are commonly
found Vitis, Ampelopsis and similar creepers, that are more often
found in the bottom lands, and occasionally a dogwood flourishes
in such places far away from its swamp. As to what may be the
cause of the comprehensiveness of this fence-row vegetation, I
have no theory to offer.

4. List of Plants collected on the Door County Peninsula, Wisconsin. (1)

The following plants were collected by the writer on two short
trips to various portions of the Green Bay peninsula, during the
summer of 1897:

a. In the upland woods, generally mesophytic localities :
1. Botrychium virgimanum (L.) Sudw., Baileys Harbor,
Eagle Bay.
3. Onoclea sensibilis se Baileys Harbor, near Kangaroo
Lake.
5. Pteris aquilina L., very common everywhere on the up-
lands. |
12. Unifolium Canadense (Duf.) Greene, Egg Harbor.
27. Rubus parviflorus Nutt., Baileys Harbor, Eagle Bay.
29. Geum canadense Jacg., common everywhere.
35. Viola canadensis, L., Egg Harbor.
36, 37. Viola rostrata, Pursh., Egg Harbor.
38. Viola obliqua, Hill., Egg Harbor.
39. Lepargyraea canadense L., Greene. Common everywhere.
41. Circaea alpina L., Lake Kangaroo, Eagle Bay.
44. Pyrola rotundifolia L., Eagle Bay.
45. Pyrola secunda L., Eagle Bay.
52. Prunella vulgaris L., common throughout.
53. Monarda fistulosa L. (!).
56. Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM., Baileys Harbor.

b. In the xerophytic woodlands on the shore flats.

11. Lilium Philadelphicum L., Eagle Bay, Strawberry Island.
14. Cypripedium hirsutum Muill., Egg Harbor.

18, 19. Anemone canadensis L., Fish Creek.

1. Cf. ‘‘Notes from the Green Bay Peninsula,” Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., I,
April, 1900.

144 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2.NG."a:

25. Adlunua fungosa (Ait.) Greene, Fish Creek.

26. Sophia pinnata (Walb.) Britton, Egg Harbor.

54. Castilleia coccinea (L.) Spreng., Strawberry Island (oc-
curs also at Eagle Bay).

57. Lobelia spicata Lam., Strawberry Island.

c. On the ridge along the west shore, north of Sturgeon Bay.
Pinery, until cut over some years ago; xerophytic.
5. Pteris aquilina L.
32. Polygala paucifolia Willd., Little Harbor.
55. Pedicularis canadensis L., Little Harbor.

d. A large part of the shore flats and the slopes leading to the
uplands at Fish Creek and Egg Harbor has been cleared and be-
come xerophytic pasture or heath. Among the species occurring
here are:

61. Achillea millefolium L., Fish Creek.

59, 60. Rudbeckia hirta L., Fish Creek.

58. Antennaria neo-dioica Greene, Fish Creek.

49. Lappula lappula (L.) Karst., common.

50. Verbena hastata L., Fish Creek.

10. Poa annua L., the grass forming the body of these
heaths. (1)

15. Bhitum capitatum L., Fish Creek.

e. In some places, depressions in the heath show more meso-
phytic conditions, graduating even into marshy places. Here
were found:

13. Iris versicolor L., Fish Creek.

21. Ranunculus reptans intermedius Hook., Fish Creek.

22. Ranunculus sceleratus L., Fish Creek.

23. Ranunculus acris L., Fish Creek.

51. Scutellaria lateriflora L., Fish Creek.

f. At Fish Creek, a brook empties into the bay. At its mouth,
it broadens into a sluggish estuary. Along its course, especially
towards the mouth, there is a marshy meadow. These hydrophytic
stations show:

6. Potamogeton alpinus Balbts.
7. Alisma plantago aquatica L.
8. Sagittaria latifolia Willd.

9g. Briza media L.

16. Nymphaea advena Soland.

1. Juniperus alpina, with its characteristic round clumps, is verycharacteristic
oi these heaths.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN RLANT DISTRIBUTION. 145

20. Ranunculus delphimfolius Torr.
24. Roripa nasturtium (L.) Rusby.
30. Geum virguuanum L.

34. Hypericum prolificum L.

42. Cicuta bulbifera L.

43. Cornus candidissima Marsh.

47. Stetronema quadriflorum Hitche.

g. On the ledges of Limestone rock were found:
4. Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh., Fish Creek.

17. Aquilegia canadensis L., Egg Harbor.

31. Geranium robertianum L., Baileys Harbor.

h. On the sandy beach:
28. Potentilla anserina L., Fish Creek.
46. Primula mistassinica Michx., Egg Harbor.

1. On cultivated lands:

58. Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers., Fish Creek.

62. Crysanthemum leucanthemum L., Fish Creek.

40. Chamaerion angustifolium (L.) Scop., Fish Creek.

33. Malva moschata L., Baileys Harbor.

The specimens collected as above are now in the herbarium
of the Public Museum of Milwaukee. The determination of the
species is mostly the work of Miss Olive Wheeler of the Museum.
The numbers refer to the original list in possession of the writer.

5. Forests and Brush Lands of Northern Waukesha County, Wisconsin.

The following observations refer more particularly to that
part of Waukesha County lying north of the line of the Chicago
& Northwestern Railway, which divides the county into two al-
most equal parts. It comprises therefore most of the Lake Region
and the country to the east of that. The extreme west, which is
really a part of the Rock River Valley, is omitted. There is no
reason to believe that the southern half of the county is materially
different in botanical or forestal character.

The physiography of the eastern part of the district is essen-
tially alike to the western half of Milwaukee County: Rolling
‘country with a subsoil of boulder clay, which allows but very few
outcrops of the underlying limestone rock.. Many of the gravel
hills are drumloid in character, others irregular in shape. The
western half is characterized by the great accumulation of morai-
nic hills and ridges, with corresponding depressions, which is
popularly known as the Kettle Range. The highest elevation of

146 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VO: 2 NGS Z

this part of the Range is Government Hill, south of Delafield,
the top of which 1s 368 feet over Lake Nagawicka, and 669 feet
above Lake Michigan. Accompanying the moraine, and lying in
part within its very center, are the numerous lakes of sizes vary-
ing from a few acres to several square miles, which have given
this region fame as a summer resort. Another marked physio-
graphical feature are the many broad, level depressions, most of
them evidently old lake beds. Usually there is a small river or
brook of sluggish current flowing through them. Some areas of
this kind have been turned into tilled fields, but the larger portion
is occupied by rather moist meadows, which in many places be-
come pronounced sedge marshes.

The forest of that part of this district lying east of the Kettle
Range is on the whole similar to that of western Milwaukee
County (see Bull. Wis. Natural Hist. Soc., January, 1902), except
that as you proceed westward the areas in which hard maple, bass-
wood and associated trees prevail, become rarer, and the oaks cor-
respondingly more numerous. In other words, the mesophytic
forest type, with its deep and rich humus and dense shade, gives
way to the hemixerophytic oak forest, with its lighter shade and
comparatively thin layer of humus. In the moist depressions, a
hemi-hydrophytic association, in which the American elm is the
most conspicuous member, appears just as in Milwaukee County,
while portions of the larger bottoms are covered with tamarack |
swamps, although much of this class of land has been converted
into tilled fields.

Within the oak forests, the burr oak, the most xerophytic of
the group, becomes decidedly more numerous the farther west one
goes.

While the eastern half of the district may still fairly be class2d
with Chamberlain’s Oak and Maple Group (See T. C. Chamber-
lain, Report of Wisconsin Geological Survey, Vol. II., Chapter
III.), the moment one has reached the Kettle Range, he is de-
cidedly in the region of oak forests. Maple, basswood, butternut
and white ash are practically absent. With the oaks (Qu. alba,
macrocarpa, obtusiloba, rubra and velutina) are found Hicoria
ovata Britton and occasionally H. glabra Britton. Prunus serotina
is not uncommon, and sometimes grows to great dimensions.
Populus tremuloides and to a less degree P. grandidentata are not
at all infrequent, although they are more characteristic of the
brush lands to be described forthwith. In tree-form, these two
species seem to prefer situations that are not too dry, as for in-
stance at the bottom of a slope, the higher portions of which a-e
left in the possession of the oaks.

In the Kettle Range the traveler coming from Lake Michigan

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 147

meets for the first time with Jumperus virginiana. The red cedar
trees are nearly all comparatively young, and usually occupy
places where the oak forest has been removed and a heath taken
its place. In this region, also, the first traces of the pecul:ar
formation locally known as “openings,” are met with. These sa-
vanna-like areas are, or were before settlement, very conspicuous
features of the Rock River Valley and the territory to the west
and south. An area of this kind of small extent, is found on the
east side of Lower Nemahbin Lake. On a steep slope with west-
ern exposures grow about fifty old burr oaks. None are higher
than twenty feet, those at the uppermost places being the small-
est. ‘Their average diameters are about twelve inches. They
branch very low and have broad, spreading crowns. Notwith-
standing their small size it is evident from their bark and general
appearance that they are very old. They stand so far apart that
their branches do not touch. The ground is covered with a dense
sward of Poa, which in 1901 had the upper third of the slope ex-
clusively to itself, aside from a few insignificant patches of a small
moss that is usually found on Poa heaths. Farther down hill,
there were colonies of Antennaria plantaginifolia and Hedeoma
pulegioides. The latter was most conspicuous in spots where
dry leaves had accumulated and driven off the grass. Here were
also a few seedlings of Populus tremuloides and Juniperus vir-
gimiana. At the foot of the hill, immediately on the water’s edge,
there are a few basswood and American elm trees, with several
seedlings. The northern slope of this hill has instead of the open-
ing the hemixerophytic thicket commonly found in similar locali-
ties. The opening here described is not a typical one. Usually
the oaks are of considerable size, while here they show decided
dwarfishness. Apparently the steepness of the slope together with
the westerly exposure, which cause long and powerful insolation,
have made the conditions of life exceedingly hard here. But tke
arrival of seedlings of aspen and cedar undoubtedly foreshadows
the future conversion of even this unfavorable locality into a
thicket such as is found on the north side of the hill.

Like all of the southeastern portions of Wisconsin, the district
under discussion shows very great traces of the influence of man.
The almost continuous forest originally covering the land has
been cleared away, until now only isolated patches remain. The
hilly character of the Kettle Range country has preserved a larger
portion of that part of the territory under forest cover than is the
case towards the east. But even here many steep slopes, quite
unfit for agriculture, have been denuded. On such slopes a suc-
cession of formations takes place, very similar to the history of
like areas in Milwaukee County as described above, yet differing

148 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

in many details, agreeably to the more xerophytic character of
the flora.

In many places, the forest has given way altogether to a Poa
heath. This is probably the normal case whenever the tree cover
is entirely removed, unless there is an opportunity for coppice
growth. The latter is more or less of an accident, as the small
farmers who own the land rarely regulate their cutting with this
end in view. Mesophytic thickets of witch hazel and its asso-
ciates, such as are common farther east, seem to be absent in
Waukesha County. Even north and east exposures become Poa
heaths with hemixerophytic shrubs, and the only difference be-
tween them and south or west slopes seems to be, that in the latter
the progress from heath to thicket is a little faster.

Among the shrubs that are most conspicuous in the early
stages of a heath are hazelnut, several species of hawthorn, and
the staghorn sumach. Later come choke cherries, wild plums, and
crab apple. On the Kettle Range, clumps of red cedar are a
prominent feature of these localities. They do not seem to be
able to thrive in thickets, however, and therefore disappear, when
the later stages are reached. The trembling aspen takes little
part in the early development of a heath. But by the time the
various groups of hawthorn and hazel begin to run together, it
appears and multiplies very rapidly ; often it drives out its prede-
cessors. The aspen is enabled to do so, because it spreads by root
suckers; plants that send out many of these, remain shrubby in-
stead of assuming tree form like their brethren in the forest.
After a thicket of this kind has grown to be rather dense, a con-
siderable accumulation of humus may take place and much more
mesophytic conditions be produced. This shows itself at once in
the character of the herbs covering the soil.

As long as the heath character is still pronounced, few foreign
species are found in the Poa sward. Among these few are Ranun-
culus fascicularis, Viola pedata (apparently not found east of the
Kettle Range), Verbascum thapsus, Antennaria plantaginifolia,
and the ever-present dandelion. The incipient thickets harbor
Viola sororia, Anemone nemorosa, Anemone nuttalliana, Fra-
garia. When the thicket becomes quite dense, one may find
Viola obliqua, Ranunculus abortivus, Hepatica, Podophyllum pel-
tatum, and now and then even so distinctively a mesophytic herb
as Trillium grandiflorum. By the time this stage is reached,
numerous young oaks, hickories and black cherries have usually
appeared, which gradually overtop the shrubs, so that the latter
thereafter form the underwood in an oak forest. It appears,
therefore, that the most mesophytic stations in this region are not
the forests, but the thickets which precede them.

JOLY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 149

As a rule the reclaiming of a heath begins at the foot of a hill,
so that the lower portion may already show young oak forest,
while the top is still typical Poa heath. Sometimes it happens that
the top of the hill is broad and level. It may be either a tilled
field or a forest. In either case the top may form a base of at-
tack for the invading shrubs (in case of a field, there is usually a
fence-row, from which they may spread), so that a thicket may
form both at the foot and the top of the slope, while the middle
portion is still grassland.

Mesophytic stations, such as are afforded by the maple-bass-
wood forests in Milwaukee County, are rather rare in Waukesha.
Consequently the species characteristic of such localities do not
form a conspicuous feature of the flora. Such plants as Erythro-
mum Americanum, Viola pubescens, Trillium grandiflorum, and
other herbs with very few or no xerophytic adaptations are most
apt to be found here in moist depressions, where the elm is the
significant tree. Podophyllum peltatum has already been men-
tioned as occurring in the older portions of the thickets described.
It is rare in the oak forests, except in places where very dense
underbrush has allowed unusually rich humus to accumulate. It
is quite common, on the other hand, along fence rows, which here
as in Milwaukee County are distinguished by a remarkably com-
prehensive flora. A very interesting occurrence of Podophyllum
is sometimes found in deep and narrow “kettles,” where the forest
has been cleared or strongly thinned. Here one can sometimes
find the floor generally covered with grass. In the bottom is an
accumulation of dry leaves which prevents the grass from grow-
ing. Here are numerous plants of Podophyllum, which also
spreads about half way up the southern slope. On the opposite
side of the kettle, which receives the noon-day sunshine, not a
single mandrake will be seen, but instead there grow among the
grass colonies of such xerophytic plants as Antennaria and Viola
SOroria. |

On the whole, it is apparent, that the oak forest has a fair
prospect of returning to the places from which it was removed,
when the cycle of heath and thicket is complete. Here and there,
however, one may observe very dense and old thickets, in which
the trees are quite absent. This is especially so, where the crab
apple is the predominant species. As the oak is decidedly intol-
erant of shade, it may be that the thicket in such cases is too
dense to allow seedlings to grow up. Another reason, of course,
may be simply the absence of seed, as the heavy fruits of oaks
and hickories do not travel far. One might conceive a case, un-
der such circumstances, where basswood and maple might find a
place under the shrubs, as they are certainly tolerant enough ot

150 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

shade to prosper in such places. Then the thicket would be fol-
lowed directly by the culmination type of forest. No actual case
of this kind has, however, been observed, so far. Generally speak-
ing, the advent of man has made it more difficult, rather than
otherwise, for the forest of the region to progress to its culmi-
nation in the maple-basswood-beech association, for reasons given
at length in the paper on Milwaukee County.

6. Eastern Wisconsin Plants from the Herbarium of the Milwaukee Public
Museum.

The herbarium of the Public Museum of the City of Milwau-
kee contains some excellent material, and with proper attention
may in the future grow into a collection of considerable value. It
now numbers over 10,000 sheets, and is divided into Wisconsin,
United States and foreign (mostly Central European) material.
Aside from a collection of mosses, mostly from Europe, only the
Spermatophytes and Pteridophytes are represented. (Within the
last two years, a collection of fungi has been started and is
rapidly growing).

The Wisconsin department, as, in fact, practically the whole
herbarium, has grown up, as it were, by accident. That is, vari-
ous private collectors have from time to time contributed material.
This has been arranged simply by placing each sheet in its proper
genus cover. The Wisconsin genera lie in their case according
to families, but for the rest of the collection, even so much has not
yet been done. As might be expected under these circumstances,
the herbarium shows great gaps; as is usual with amateur collec-
tors, the most common and characteristic species of a given
locality are often absent, while there is a fair proportion of “rari-
ties.” The determinations have usually been made by the col'ec-_
tors themselves, and as a result great confusion exists regarding
the nomenclature, in which, however, Gray’s Manual seems to
have been followed most often. Unfortunately some of the col-
lectors have deemed it unnecessary to add the authority for the
name given to a plant, which increases the confusion. In the
following list no attempt is made to reduce the nomenclature to
a modern standard, but the name is reproduced as found on the
specimen sheet. The determinations seem to be correct, on the
whole. There may be some errors, especially in the more difficult
genera and families, but not enough to impair the value of the
following list, such as it is. Another unfortunate defect in the
herbarium is the scantiness of the field notes, which made it quite
impossible to attempt a classification of the species according to’
the character of their habitat.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. LB

The question may arise whether it is worth while to publish
such fragmentary lists as are given below. The answer is that
so very little is known regarding the local distribution of Wis-
consin plants (1) that even the scantiest data are a help to the
student. It is devoutly to be wished that a more systematic study
may soon be undertaken by competent authority, so that such
work as this may be entirely’ superseded.

The majority of the plants in the Milwaukee herbarium come
from Milwaukee county. Of these full lists have already been
published. There are some sheets with plants coming from many
scattered parts of the state, but not enough from any one locality
to make a useful list. These have been omitted. The lists printed
below refer therefore to portions of Eastern Wisconsin, 1. e., that
part lying between Lake Michigan on the east and the Fox-Rock
River Valley on the west. The only exception is the list referring
to the vicinity of the Dells of the Wisconsin, which is in the cen-
tral portion of the state.

The numbers added are the regular accession numbers of the
Milwaukee herbarium.

A. JEFFERSON COUNTY.

The region covered by this list lies in the broad valley of the
Rock River. It was originally debatable ground between oak for-
est, opening and prairie, with large stretches of sedge marsh and
tamarack swamp. At present most of the area is under culti-
vation or in pasture. There are numerous brooks and a large
body of water known as Lake Koshkonong, besides smaller lakes
and ponds.

The plants in this list were collected by T. Kumlien, unless
otherwise noted. Mr. Kumlien’s work was mostly done forty and
more years ago, so that some of his species have probably disap-
peared from the locality.

1230. Pellaea atropurpurea Gr.

1047. Naias flexilis Rost.

7062. Scheuchzeria palustris L.

1063. Triglochin maritimun elatum.

1064. Alisma plantago americanum (dwarf specimens).
931. Vallisneria spiralis L.. ~ |
1171. Panicum capillare L. ( ?)

1129. Bouteloua curtipendula Gray.

1106. Cyperus filiculmis Vahl.

oie See L. S. Cheney, Historical Review of Work Done on the Flora of the Ter-
ritory now Included in the Limits of Wisconsin. Pharmaceutical Review, Vol.
OV TR oD DET A

152 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

1008.
1100.
IIOI.
1105.
1108.
111g.

iy Hk

gél.

933-
870.
863.
850.
826.

52

ville and
js

. Hepatica triloba Chaix.

. Dicentra cucullaria D. C.

. Corydalis aurea Willd.

. Arabis dentata Torr. and Gray.

. Draba Caroliniana Walt.

. Drosera rotundifolia L.

. Drosera linearis Goldie.

. Geum triflorum Pursh.

. Amorpha fruticosa L.

. Lathyrus palustris L.

. Hemicarpha micrantha Vahl.

. Rhynchospora alba Vahl.

. Carex limosa L.

. Carex stellulata

. Juncus tenuis Willd.

. Luzula pilosa Willd.

. Lemna trisulca L. (?)

. Lemna polyrhiza L. (?)

. Pontederia cordata L.

. Schollera dubia.

. Cypripedium candidum, Muhl.

. Platanthera flava Gray.

. Platanthera leucophaea, Nutt.

. Habenaria lacera R. Br.

. Pogonia ophioglossoides Nutt.

. Pogonia pendula, Lindl.

. Arethusa bulbosa L.

. Goodyera pubescens R. Br.

2. Microstylis ophioglossoides, Nutt.

VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Cyperus diandrus var. castaneus Torr.

Cyperus Michauxianus Schultes.
Cyperus Engelmanni Stend.
Cyperus inflexus Muhl.
Eleocharis obtusa Schultes.
Scirpus americanus Pers.
Eriophorum virginicum L.
Liparis liliifolia Richard.
Calopogon -pulchellus R. Br.
Betula pumila L.

Alnus incana Willd. (7)
Pilea pumila Gray.

Asarum Canadense L.

Nelumbium luteum Willd. (In lake between Bussey-

Albion, Dane County, 1850).

Coptis trifolia Salisb.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 153

108. Polygala verticillata L.

103. Polygala incarnata L. (1)

104. Polygala sanguinea L.

105. Polygala cruciata L.

832. Acalypha virginica L.

183. Rhus venenata D. C.

134. Hypericum mutilum S.

95. Viola sagittata Ait.

315. Epilobium lineare Muhl.

316. Epilobium molle Torr.

320. Oenothera pumila L.

306. Hippuris vulgaris L.

600. Cassandra calyculata Dow.

648. Gentiana puberula Michx.

655. Ellisia Nyctelia L.

737. Verbena stricta Vent.

739. Verbena bracteosa Michx.

731. Lippia lanceolata Michx.

750. Lophanthus nepetoides Benth.
716. Verbascum blattaria L.

702. Mimulus Jamesii Torr. and Gray.
697. Ilysanthes gratioloides Benth.
713. Synthyris Houghtoniana Benth.
696. Gerardia quercifolia Pursh.

695. Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl.

727. Utricularia vulgaris L.

229. Utricularia clandestina Nutt. (?)
403. Valeriana ciliata Torr. and Gray. (2)
522. Hieracium canadense Michx.
525. Kuhnia eupatorioides L.

533. Liatris cylindracea Michx.
9957. Solidago neglecta (C. E. Monroe. )
9242. Solidago rigidiuscula (C. E. Monroe. )
9224. Solidago nemoralis (Monroe. )
9229. Solidago Canadensis (Monroe. )
490. Erigeron bellidifolium Muhl.
494. Erigeron strigosum Muhl.

493. Erigeron annuum Pers.

425. Diplopappus linariifolius Hook.
552. Silphium integrifolium Michx.
9320. Aster longifolius (Monroe. )
9315. Aster novi-Belgii (Monroe).

1. Date 1860; marked ‘‘now exterminated.”’

2. Date 1856; marked ‘‘long since extinct in that locality,’’ (one mile west of
Busseyville).

154 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. yor; 2 No. 3:

9336. Aster laevis (Monroe).

9321. Aster paniculatus (Monroe).
9305. Ionactis linariifolius (Monroe).
456. Aster amethystinum Nutt.
457. Aster oblongifolius Nutt.
9361. Aster sericeus (Monroe).

518. Helianthus hirsutus Raf.

B. WAUKESHA: COUNTY.

The plants listed from this county are all derived either from
the “Lake Region,”’ which includes the gravel hills of the Kettle
Range, or the rolling country to the east of the latter. The area
was, therefore, mostly wooded before settlement, with but few
and inconsiderable prairies.

The specimens were collected by C. E. Monroe, unless other-
Wise noted (1):

Panicum porterianum Nash. <A. Conrath.

157. Koeleria cristata. Pers: Conragh:

1152. Glyceria nervata Trinius. Conrath.

1074. Carex intumescens Rudge. Conrath.

967. Spiranthes cernua Rich. Conrath.
9667. Polygonum dumetorum.
9403. Ranunculus trichophyllus. Nagawicka.
9404. Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus.
9415. Lepidium Virginicum.

301. Drosera rotundifolia L. (?) W. M. Wheeler.
284. Heuchera hispida Pursh. Conrath.
9874. Spiraea salicifolia.
9880. Rubus Canadensis L.
9889. Potentilla norwegica.

253. Potentilla fruticosa L., Genesee. W.M. Wheeler.
255. Potentilla palustris Scapoli. Conrath.

1&9. Apios tuberosa Moench. W. M. Wheeler.
9454. Rhus hirta Sudw. Conrath.
gt1g. Apocynum cannabinum.

1p Oa Potamogeton compressus L. Conrath.

ot oe vie: Spoaueen's complaint of unnecessarv confusion caused by the omis-
sion of the authorities from these names is only partly justified. When my private
collection was turned over to the Public Museum some six years ago it was with
the statement that the names and their authors were those found in the Revised
Edition of Gray’s Manual of Botany of 1890. The names given in the foregoing
list and in the following lists of plants from Racine County and the Dells of the
Wisconsin do not seem to be in all cases those which were written upon the origi-
nal sheets, some revision having apparently been made after the publication of
Britton & Brown’s work on the Flora of the United States. In addition to the
specimens collected and donated to the Public Museum a large number of Species
are listed in mv note books from localities in Waukesha and Racine Counties and
the Dells of the Wisconsin.—CHARLES E. MONROE.

/

JULY, 1902.

BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 155

1055.
1052.
ET2?.
T181.
PFS 3
..... Juncus tenuis Willd.
9663.
8090.
9684.
9669.
g608.
9680.
96906.
ti
9390.
9405.
9465.
02.
9432.
9707-
9449.
9433:
9432.
9431.
9438.
9920.
9925.
9929.
9935.
Q103.
QIO9g.
g106.
9208.
653.
Q214.
Q215.
9162.
9137.
9135.
9139.
9138.
9133-
GY3t:
741.
Q142.

Potamogeton praelongus Wulf. Conrath.
Potamogeton pusillus L. Conrath.
Agrostis perennis Tuckerm. Conrath.
Poa alsodes Gray.

Glyceria elongata R. Br.

Corallorhiza multiflora.
Polygonum amphibium L.
Polygonum Careyi. New Berlin.
Polygonum dumetorum.
Polygonum Japathifolium.
Polygonum persicaria.
Polygonum aviculare.

Brasenia purpurea Casp. Muskego Lake, Bruhin.
Clematis virginiana.
Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus.
Trifolium hybridum.
Petalostemon violaceum Michx. W. M. Wheeler.
Desmodium nudiflorum.
Euphorbia corollata.
Ceanothus americana.
Hypericum maculatum.
Hypericum perforatum.
Hypericum Ascyron.
Triadenum Virginicum Raf.
Isnardia palustris.

Ludwigia polycarpa.
Epilobium coloratum.
Epilobium adenocaulum.
Asclepias tuberosa.

Asclepias cornuti.

Asclepias purpuraceus.
Calystegia saepium.

Phlox pilosa L.
Echinospermum Lappula.
Echinospermum virginicum.
Verbena hastata.

Scutellaria versicolor.
Scutellaria lateriflora.
Lophanthus scrofulariaefolius.
Nepeta cataria.

Prunella vulgaris L.

Stachys palustris.

Blephilia ciliata Raf. Conrath.
Hedeoma pulegioides.

156

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

10118. Lactuca canadensis.
1oo14. Eupatorium perfoliatum.
10012. Eupatorium purpureum.
10023. Liatris scariosa.

532. Liatris cylindracea. W.M. Wheeler.
9243. Solidago Missouriensis.
9957- Solidago rigida.
9961. Solidago neglecta.
gg90. Solidago serotina.

10058. Heliopsis scabra.

10057. Heliopsis helianthoides.
10053. Silphium perfoliatum.
10046. Polymnia canadensis.
10043. Inula Helenium.

10041. Gnaphalium polycephalum.

317. Aster junceus.

10061. Rudbeckia laciniata.
10075. Lepachys columnaris.
10070. Lepachys pinnata.
10076. Coreopsis palmata.

C. TWO RIVERS.

. Pycnanthemum lanceolatum Pursh. Runge.
9194. Lycopus virginicus.
9152. Mentha Americana.
685. Physalis Pennsylvanica L. Conrath.
9201. Scrophularia nodosa.
g180. Gerardia purpurea paupercula.
9181. Gerardia purpurea.
9157. Phryna ieptostachya.
g042. Cephalanthus occidentalis.
9046. Galium boreale.
g038. Symphoricarpus racemosus.
go76. Campanula Americana.
9073. Campanula rotundifolia.
9057. Lobelia Cardinalis.
go69. Lobelia Kalmii.

VoL. 2 NO. 3.

458. Bidens cernua L. (var. ?). W.M. Wheeler, Muskego

There is a considerable collection from the neighborhood of

Two Rivers, Manitowoc County, contributed by Prof. Emil Dap-
prich, unless another name is given.

7711. Equisetum scirpoides Michx.
7963. Potamogeton compressus L. E. Dapprich.
7967. Potamogeton pusillus L. E. Dapprich.

E. Dapprich.

JULY; 1902.

BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION.

7900.
80306.
7964.
7960.
7901.
7971.
8035.
8020.
8032.
8025.
8339.
8135.
81306.
1005.
8022.
8152.
S151.
8155.
81109.
S12.
8110.
6823.
7953-
6817.
6815.
6816.
6818.
7037:
7178.
8185.
6573.

Potamogeton pauciflorus Pursh. LE. Dapprich.
Potamogeton pectinatus L. E. Dapprich.
Potamogeton natans L. FE. Dapprich.
Potamogeton praelongus Wulf. E. Dapprich.

Potamogeton heterophyllus Fries. EE. Dapprich.

Zostera marina L. FE. Dapprich.
Triglochin palustre L. E. Dapprich.

Sagittaria variabilis gracilis Eng. E. Dapprich.

Sagittaria heterophylla Pursh.
Anacharis Canadensis Planch.
Deyeuxia confinis Kunth.
Juncus Balticus Dethard.
Juncus filiformis L.

Tofieldia glutinosa Willd. Th. Kumlien.
Calla palustris L.

Clintonia borealis Raf.
Smilacina stellata Desf.
Trillium erectum album Pursh.
Habenaria obtusata Richards.
Microstylis monophyllos Lindl.
Liparis Loeselii Richard.
Myrica Gale L.

Populus balsamifera candicans Gray.
Betula pumila L.

Betula lutea.

Betula papyracea Ait.

Alnus incana Willd.
Polygonum erectum L.
Stellaria longipes Goldie.
Arenaria stricta Watson.
Nymphaea tuberosa Paine.

. Ceratophyllum echinatum.

- Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh.

. Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus L. F.
. Ranunculus ovalis Raf.

. Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus L. F.
. Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl.

. Arabis lyrata L. Kumlein.

. Dentaria maxima Nutt.

. Cardamine pratensis L.

. Brassica campestris L.

. Cakile Americana L.

. Cakile maritima Scop.

. Sarracenia purpurea L.

. Chrysosplenium Americanum Schw.

157

158

77 34-
7742.
7743:
7744-
7548.
7539.
7558
6808.
7157-
7297-
7300.
8330.
8329.
7192.
7140.
Wild:
7591.
7574-

351.
7682.
7395:
7384.
8232.
7302)
604.
7387.
7388.
7380.
617.
7408.
7270.
Tag.
7482,
7882.
7791.
7495.
7997-
7990.
7995:
7994-
7974-
7983.
7980.
7979.
590.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

Sedum acre L.

Ribes gracile Michx.

Ribes floridum L’Her.

Ribes prostratum L’ Her.
Rubus Canadensis L.
Potentilla palustris Scop.
Prunus pumila L.

Lupinus Nootkaensis Donn.
Polygala paucifolia L.
Euphorbia polygonifolia L.
Euphorbia glyptosperma Englm.
Callitriche verna L.
Callitriche terrestris.

Ilex glabra Gray.

Acer spicatum Lam.
Hypericum ellipticum Hook.
Epilobium palustre albiflorum.
Proserpinaca palustris L.
Aralia spinosa L. Kumlien.
Cornus stolonifera Michx.
Pyrola asarifolia Hook.
Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum Lam.
Vaccinium Oxycoccus L.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi L.
Epigaea repens L. Kumlien.
Andromeda polifolia L.
Cassandra calyculata Don.
Chiogenes hispidula T. and G.

Androsace occidentalis Pursh. (7?) Kumlien.

Lysimachia nummularia L.
Gentiana Andrewsii Griseb.
Halenia deflexa Griseb.
Menyanthes trifoliata L.
Phacelia Franklinii Gray.
Stachys aspera Michx.
Utricularia intermedia Hayne.
Galium asprellum Michx.
Galium boreale L.

Galium triflorum Michx.
Galium trifidum L.

Viburnum: Opulus L.
Symphoricarpus vulgaris Michx.
Symphoricarpus occidentalis Michx.
Lonicera hirsuta Eaton.
Campanula rotundifolia L.

VOL. 2 NO. 3.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 159

7511. Hieracium Gronovit L.
7512. Hieracium Canadense Michx.
8224. Chrysocoma tomentosa Walt.
6222. Eupatorium maculatum Darl.
6984. Solidago hispida.

6217. Erigeron glabellus Nutt.

6727. Gnaphalium uliginosum L.

6202. Aster novi-Belgii praealtus Lam.
7219. Aster macrophyllus L.

7762. Hyssopus officinalis L.
6774. Helianthus scaberrimus Nutt.
6766. Coreopsis grandiflora Nutt.
6765. Coreopsis lanceolata L.

6792. Bidens Becki Torr.

6735. Achillea ptarmica L.

7500. Crcus: Pitcheri Torr.

7503. Cnicus muticus Pursh.

De > RACINE COUNTY,

The following specimens, mostly from either the Town of
Mount Pleasant or that of Yorkville, were contributed by C. E.
Monroe, unless otherwise noted.

9614. Allium cernuum. Yorkville.

9626. Habenaria leucaphaea. Yorkville.

9657. Gyrostachys cernua. Mount Pleasant.

9686. Polygonum Hartwrightii. Yorkville.

9679. Polygonum hydropiperoides. Mt. Pleasant.

9426. Silene stellata. Yorkville.

9424. Saponaria officinalis. Mt. Pleasant.

9392. Anemone cylindrica. Yorkville.

9397. Anemone virginiana. Yorkville.

9916. Heuchera hispida. Yorkville.

9514. Cassia chamaecrista. . Yorkville.

0461. Baptisia leucophaea. Mt. Pleasant.

9468. Trifolium procumbens. Mt. Pleasant.

9470. Amorpha canescens. Yorkville.

9473. Kunistera candida. Yorkville.

9491. Desmodium Dillenii. Yorkville.

9499. Vicia americana linearis.

g502. Lathyrus palustris.

9459. Polygala viridescens. Mt. Pleasant.

9173. Gerardia tenuifolia.

9183. Gerardia purpurea. Mt. Pleasant.

g188. Gerardia auriculata. Mt. Pleasant.

160 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL. 2 No. 3.

9029.

9062.

IOII3.
10031.
10025.
10029.

9222.

Q221.

9954.
9231.
Q225.-
0097.
9979.
10054.
10051.
TOO5O.
9705.
9923.
9869.
9854.
9863

9865.

9859.
9857.
127.
QIIO.
Qto2.
OII5.
QII4.

gI16.

9218.

Q2Il.

9144.
9146.
QI50.

10048.

9360.
9333-
9304.
9367.
10073.
9262.
IOIOL.

Sambucus Canadensis. Mt. Pleasant.
Lobelia spicata.

Prenanthes racemosa. Mt. Pleasant.
Boltonia asterioides. Mt. Pleasant.
Liatris scariosa. Mt. Pleasant.
Liatris spicata. Yorkville.

Solidago Missouriensis. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago Ohioensis. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago Riddellii. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago rigida. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago serotina. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago nemoralis. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago canadensis. Mt. Pleasant.
Solidago juncea. Mt. Pleasant.
Parthenium integrifolium. Yorkville.
Silphium integrifolium. Yorkville.
Silphium terebinthinaceum. Yorkville.
Euphorbia nutans.

Lythrum alatum.

Pastinaca sativa.

Eryngium aquaticum. Yorkville.
Berula erecta. Mt. Pleasant.

Sium cicutaefolium. Mt. Pleasant.
Zizia cordata.

Cicuta maculata.

Gentiana puberula. Mt. Pleasant.
Asclepias Sullivantii.

Asclepias tuberosa. Yorkville.
Acerates viridiflora. Yorkville.
Acerates longifolia. Yorkville.
Acerates lanuginosa. Yorkville.
Phlox pilosa.

Lithospermum canescens.
Pycnanthemum linifolium. Yorkville.

Pycnanthemum lanceolatum. Yorkville.

Mentha Canadensis. Yorkville.
Silphium laciniatum. Yorkville.

Aster novae-angliae. Mt. Pleasant.
Aster multiformis. Mt. Pleasant.
Aster ptarmicoides. Mt. Pleasant.
Aster azureus. Mt. Pleasant.
Lepachys pinnata. Yorkville.
Helianthus Maximiliani. Mt. Pleasant.
Cnicus altissimus. Yorkville.

auLy, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 161

—<——

E. PORT WASHINGTON.

The neighborhood of Port Washington, Ozaukee County, fur-
nishes the “following specimens, collected by F. Runge, ‘unless
stated otherwise:

1221. Struthiopteris Germanica Willd.

1219. Cystopteris bulbifera Berut.

1207. Aspidium spinulisum Swartz.

1231. Phegopteris Dryopteris Fee.

928. Pinus Strobus L.
g21. Juniperus communis L.
866. Betula lenta Linn.
22. Ranunculus acris L.
299. Penthorum sedoides L. Cedarburg.
277. Spiraea salicifolia L. C. Doerflinger, Cedarburg.
249. Potentilla palustris Scop. C. Doerflinger, Cedarburg.
265. Rosa rubiginosa L.. Cedarburg.
264. Rosa blanda Ait.
197. Desmodium Canadense D. C.
188. Amphicarpaea monoica Nutt.
6314. Acer spicatum Lan. Lake Shore.
138. Malva moschata L.
6309. Dirca palustris L.
828. Shepherdia Canadensis Nutt.
360. Cornus circinata L.
610. Pyrola chlorantha Schwart.
599. Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi Spreng. Lake Shore.
772. Satureia hortensis L.
682. Lycium vulgare Dunal.
. 384. Viburnum dentatum I ~ Lake Shore:
266. Lonicera hirsuta Eaton.
527. Lactuca canadensis sanguinea T. and G.
556. Solidago serotina Ait. Lake Shore.
512. Helianthus giganteus L.
509. Helianthus mollis Lam.
417. Artemisia Absynthium L.

Fr - ELKELART LAKE,

Mr. A. Conrath has contributed the following small but inter-
esting list, mostly from the tamarack swamps in the oe of
Elkhart Lake, Sheboygan County:

923. Juniperus Virginiana Ty
968. Spiranthes cernua Richard.
601. Chimaphila umbellata Nutt.
605. Gaultheria procumbens.

162 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Cedar

607.
602.
7/0:
593:
bor:
447-
444.
424.

Ledum latifolium Ait.

Chiogenes hispidula Torr. and Gray.
Pycnanthemum pilosum Nutt.
Lobelia Kalmii L.

Hieracium canadense Michx.

Aster puniceus L.

Aster ptarmicoides T. and G.
Tonactis linariifolius.

G. CEDAR LAKE,

Lake in Washington County contributes the following

by W. M. Wheeler:

6342.
6339.
6343-
6340.

aT:
6344.
6338.
goo6.

Equisetum limosum L.

Corydalis glauca Pursh.

Corallorhiza multiflora Nutt.

Arabis Drummondi Gray. (?)
Petalostemon violaceum Michx. Conrath.
Circaea alpina L.

Pyrola secunda L.

Monotropa uniflora L.

H. DELLS OF THE WISCONSIN.

Mr. C. E. Monroe contributes the following from the neigh-

borhood
place:

9628.
9642.

816.
9678.
9412.
99T4.
9802.
9462.
9407.
9487.
9481.
9457-
9709.
9702.
g7Ol.
9435.
9437-
9422.
9927.

of Kilbourn City and the Dells above and below that

Habenaria Hookeriana.
Limodorum tuberosum.
Polygonum Virginianum L.
Polygonum hydropiper.

Corydalis glauca.

Sullivantia Sullivantii.

Potentilla argentea.

Baptisia leucantha.

Trifolium hybridum.

Desmodium acuminatum.
Desmodium nudiflorum.

Polygala viridescens.

Euphorbia helioscopia. }
Euphorbia humistata. Portage.
Euphorbia glyptosperma. Portage.
Hypericum gymnanthum Engelm.
Hypericum Canadense.

Lechea minor.

Epilobium lineare.

JULY, 1902.

9939.
9944.
9947.
9940.
9943:
gogo.
9213.
Q212.
QOI4I.
g18o.
gIgl.
9178.
526.
IOIO7.
IOIOQ.
IOOIS.
10026.

BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 163

Epilobium Hornemanni.
Epilobium hirsutum.
Kneiffia pumila.

Onagra Oakesiana.
Oenothera rhombipetala.
Gaultheria procumbens.
Echinospermum Lappula.
Lithospermum hirtum.
Monarda punctata.
Gerardia grandiflora.
Gerardia pedicularis.
Gerardia tenuifolia.
Mulgedium leucophaeum D. C.
Hieracium canadense.
Hieracium scabrum.
Eupatorium ageratoides.
Liatris pycnostachya.

. Liatris scariosa.

. Liatris cylindracea.

. Solidago uliginosa.

. Solidago speciosa.

. Solidago hispida.

. Solidago Canadensis.

. Solidago juncea scabella.
. Doellingeria umbellata.
. Gnaphalium uliginosum.
. Helianthus giganteus.

. Helianthus occidentalis.
. Helianthus Maximiliani.
. Helenium autumnale.

. Cnicus muticus.

It may be permitted to add here a list of the ferns growing
in or near the Dells according to Miss H. B. Merrill, as stated by
her in a little pamphlet published by the Chicago, Milwaukee &
St. Paul Railway Company: (1)

Adiantum pedatum.
Dryopteris cristata.
Dryopteris fragrans.
Dryopteris marginalis.
Dryopteris spinulosa.
Dryopteris Thelypteris.
Asplenium Filix-foemina.

1. Ferns

of the Dells of the Wisconsin at Kilbourn City, Wis., on the line of

the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railway Co. Published for the General Pas-
senger Department.

}

164 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Asplenium acrostichoides.

Asplenium Trichomanes.

Botrychium ternatum.

Botrychium Virginianum.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus.

Cystopteris bulbifera.

Cystopteris fragilis. .

The most interesting of these ferns is Dryopteris fragrans, on
account of its rarity, it being known to occur in but very few and
widely separated places. This list is by no means complete.

7. A Tamarack Swamp in Waukesha County.

The little hamlet of Calhoun, on the Northwestern Railway, in
the northern part of the town of New Berlin, Waukesha County,
lies near the eastern extremity of one of those broad depressions,
the beds of lakes within very recent times, which are so common
in the eastern part of that county. The drainage of this depres-
sion, such as there is, goes towards the Fox River (of. the Illi-
nois). The width of the basin is about a mile, and the length
from east to west about two miles. The central part of the basin
constitutes a paludinal area, which ranges from places with open,
shallow water and a flora dominated by Typha, through various
grades of sedge marsh to mesophytic meadow land. The bound-
aries of these various zones are rather indefinite and vary from
time to time, according as there is a succession of wet or dry
seasons. They exhibit a wealth of Cyperaceae, Gramineae and
other grass-like forms, and will richly repay a closer study, which,
however, must be left to a future time.

Surrounding the grass area is an irregular, much interrupted
belt of hydrophilous shrubbery. . The dominant genus in this
association is Salix. The most conspicuous species of willow is
a form very similar to the typical Salix sericea of the Eastern
states. Associated are S. discolor, S. lucida, S. candida, and prob-
ably several others, not to speak of hybrids. Mingled with the
willows are several species of Cornus, Spiraea salicifolia, and in
some places Viburnum (especially V. Lentago) ; and in the driest
parts Sambucus Canadensis. Of herbaceous species growing in
the shade of these shrubs, various species of Polygonum, Impa-
tiens fulva, Cardamine rhomboidea are among the most con-
spicuous.

A form of Betula is found in these saliceta, which combines
some of the characteristics of B. glandulosa Michx. and B.pumila
L. Like the former its branchlets, even the youngest, and leaves
are entirely glabrous; the fruit catkins are oval, or rather club-
shaped; it does not grow higher than about five feet, and its leaves

JULY, 1902. ©§ BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 165

are but slightly paler on the lower side. On the other hand, there
are no distinct glandular warts on the twigs, and the veins are con-
spicuously reticular on both sides of the leaves, as in B. pumila.
A form in which just the opposite characters are similarly min-
gled, that is tall shrubs with pubescent shoots like pumila, and
conspicuous: glandular warts like glandulosa, occurs in the Me-
nomonee valley near Milwaukee.

The salicetum is rapidly encroaching on the grass area, as
seen by the numerous clumps of young willows noticeable far
towards the center of the marsh. On the outside, the shrubs are
encircled by an equally irregular and interrupted belt of tamarack
forest, varying in width from a few rods to a quarter of a mile.
Outside of this the ground rises rapidly to the usual rolling up-
lands of the region. ‘These are clothed with oak forest, which in
many places is on the point of transition to oak-and-maple woods ;
with the basswood conspicuously numerous. (1)

In a few places the outer belt of tamarack is absent, and the
salicetum approaches nearly to the foot of the slope. Here there
is between the hardwood forest and the willow brush a narrow
belt of mesophytic grassland, on which both forest and brush are
encroaching. The outposts of the forest are especially Populus
tremuloides, while in these drier portions of the salicetum Salix
nigra and S. amygdaloides are more conspicuous than the species
mentioned above. There is another characteristic difference in
the aspect of the salicetum, according to the degree of wetness.
In the lower places the willows show greater lateral than height
growth, so that where a clump stands alone in the surrounding
grass marsh, it assumes a circular form, like a bowl turned over,
with the diameter of its ground area greater than the greatest
height, which is in the center. On comparatively dry ground,
the height growth is more vigorous than the lateral spread; the
individual shoots are fewer in number, and they show much
greater diameter. S. migra and amygdaloides, in such places,
often assume tree forms. (2)

1. Near by, alittle south of Calhoun station, there is a twenty-acretimber lot
which is as good a specimen of young maple wood as there isin the region. There
are comparatively few old trees left, and these are about one-third oak and bass-
wood, the rest sugar maple. The very dense underwood of large saplings is com-
posed entirely of maple, except for an admixture of hop hornbeam. Oak saplings
are entirely absent. The forest floor is formed by drv leaves, with very scanty
herbage. This wood, however, is surrounded by a belt of oaks, greatly thinned,
which forms a strange contrast. Here the grass occupies the ground to the ex-
clusion of almost all other herbs. Clumps of hawthorn give the area almost the
character of heath. There are no young trees, and the old oaks show signs of les-
sened vitality.

In the midst of this belt, by the way, stands a magnificent, broad-crowned-
specimen of Acer nigra, which is not a common species in this region.

2. Compare Bruncken, Distribution of Some Trees and Shrubs in tke Vicinity
of Milwaukee. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. I, page 38.

166 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Coming now to the tamarack belt, a brief study convinces one
that this association is doomed to disappear, even without the in-
terference of man. All its neighbors are making vigorous inroads
upon its area. The shrubs from the salicetum are infringing on
it, and have penetrated to its very heart. In some places, black
ash, elm and other swamp-loving hardwood trees are encroaching.
Even the sedges from the marsh are creeping in through every
opening, especially along roads made through the swamp. On
the other hand, reproduction of the tamarack is entirely wanting.
There are no seedlings. The smallest trees are about three inches
in diameter, and how old they may be can be guessed from the
data given below.

This tamarack swamp, like all I have ever seen in Southeastern
Wisconsin, is very different from those in the Northern districts.
Instead of having a peaty soil, and a floor composed of sphagnum,
the ground flora is not very different from that of the ordinary
black ash or willow swamp. Sphagnum mosses are not entirely
absent, but comparatively unimportant and confined to the wettest
portions. The numerous Ericaceae and allied types, so conspic-
uous in the North, are absent. Only in the driest places, Pyrola
rotundifolia var. incarnata is found, often in the company of
Majanthemum bifolium, Trientalis Americana,and several mosses,
especially of the genus Polytrichum.

During the past winter, some cutting had taken place in the
swamp on the north side of the basin. The wood had been cut
into billets and stacked, thus giving an opportunity to make some
observations on the rate of growth of the tamarack. Twenty-one
of the billets were measured and the annual rings counted with the
following result:

1. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 37.
2. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 43.
3. Diameter, 5 inches; number of rings, 43.
4. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 44.
5. Diameter, 5 inches; number of rings, 50.
6. Diameter, 7 inches; number of rings, 7I.
7. Diameter, 7 inches; number of rings, 73.
8. Diameter, 5 inches; number of rings, 39.
9. Diameter, 4 inches; number of rings, 36.
10. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 41.
11. Diameter, 4 inches; number of rings, 31.
12. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 23.
13. Diameter, 10 inches; number of rings, 74.
14. Diameter, 3 inches; number of rings, 25.
15. Diameter, 6 inches; number of rings, 27.
16. Diameter, 5 inches; number of rings, 46.

JULY, 1902. BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION. 167

17. Diameter, 4 inches; number of rings, 46.
18. Diameter, 11 inches; number of rings, 66.
19. Diameter, 10 inches; number of rings, 72.
20. Diameter, 5 inches; number of rings, 54.
21. Diameter, 4 inches; number of rings, 53.

The billets had no indication of their position in the living tree,
so that no inference can be drawn from the number of rings to the
age of the tree, except that even a three-inch stem is more than
25 years old. But the table shows clearly the extreme irregu-
larity of the diameter increase as between different trees, and also
_ the very slow growth. All the billets measured, as well as many
others merely inspected, showed by far the widest rings toward
the center, while the outward rings were invariably exceedingly
narrow, showing that during the last twenty years, at least,
diameter growth had almost ceased. In cases 1, 5 and 8 there
were two rings, about half way between pith and bark, which
were nearly twice as wide as those at either side, each being about
one and a half millimeter in width. The height of tamarack trees
in this swamp is as irregular as their diameter; the tallest may
measure fifty feet. It is apparent from the old stumps left, that
much larger trees formerly grew in this swamp; for some of these
stumps measure fifteen inches, while at present trees of ten or
eleven inches are rare, and most of them are much smaller. There
is good reason to believe that the above conditions are typical of
nearly all the tamarack swamps in the southern part of the state.

From above facts it appears that the small farmers who own
these lands are very wise in cutting down tamarack tracts, as they
are doing almost everywhere in this region. These lands are not
peaty, but have a rich, although sour humus. If drained, they fur-
nish arable land of excellent quality, and even without drainage
the crop of marsh hay, which can be reaped from them annually,
after the forest is cut, will be more valuable than anything the
tamarack could produce under the prevailing circumstances. To
the lover of wild flowers, to be sure, the rapid disappearance of
the swamps is a source of regret, for among their tangled roots
grow not a few species of orchids and other beautiful blossoms.

8 Some Plants from Sheboygan.

Mr. Charles Goessl, of Sheboygan, contributes the following
list of plants collected by him in the neighborhood of that city dur-
ing the year I9oI:

Clematis Virginiana.

Anemone cylindrica. Along Black River.

Anemone Pennsylvanica.

168 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

-_ — — —

Anemone nemorosa.
Hepatica acutiloba.
Hepatica triloba. Pine woods west of city. Not common.
Anemonella thalictroides.
Thalictrum dioicum.
Thalictrum polygamum.
Dentaria diphylla.
Cardamine rhomboidea.
Cardamine hirsuta.

Arabis lyrata.

Barbarea vulgaris.
Erysimium cheiranthoides.
Cakile Americana.

Thlaspi arvense.
Menispermum Canadense.
Berberis vulgaris.
Sanguinaria Canadensis.
Dicentra cucullaria.
Dicentra canadensis. Sparse.
Corydalis aurea. Sandy pine woods.
Ranunculus multifidus.
Ranunculus abortivus.
Ranunculus sceleratus.
Ranunculus fascicularis.
Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus.
Ranunculus acris.

Caltha palustris.

Coptis trifolia.

Aquilegia Canadensis.
Cimicifuga racemosa.
Actaea rubra.

Actaea alba.

Viola blanda.

Viola pubescens.

Viola palmata.

Lychnis Githago (Adv.).
Stellaria media.

Portulaca oleracea.
Claytonia virginiana.
Hypericum Ascyron.

Elodes campanulata. Town Rhine.
Geranium maculatum.
Oxalis stricta.

Impatiens fulva.

Celastrus scandens.

JULY, 1902.

SS

Rhamnus cathartica.
Aralia racemosa.

Aralia hispida. Scarce along Black River.

Aralia nudicaulis,
Aralia trifolia.
Saxifraga Pennsylvanica.
Mitella diphylla.
Heuchera Americana.
Penthorum sedoides.
Hamamelis Virginiana.
Epilobium angustifolium.
Oenothera biennis.
Circaea Lutetiana.
Circaea alpina.
Echinocystis lobata.
Polygala paucifolia.
Polygala Senega.
Polygala polygama.
Melilotus officinalis.
Melilotus alba.

Vicia cracca.

Lathyrus ochroleucus.
Apios tuberosa.
Amphicarpaea monoeca.
Prunus pumila.

Prunus Pennsylvanica.
Prunus Virginiana.
Prunus serotina.
Spiraea salicifolia.
Physocarpus opulifolia.
Geum album.

Geum Virginianum.
Potentilla Norvegica.
Potentilla palustris.
Potentilla Anserina.
Potentilla Canadensis.
Agrimonia Eupatoria.
Rosa Carolina.

Rosa humilis.
Amelanchier Canadensis.

BRUNCKEN—STUDIES IN PLANT DISTRIBUTION.

169

170 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Preliminary Notice of the Forests Beds of the Lower Fox.

PUBLIUS V. LAWSON.

The forest beds of the Lower Fox River have been little ex-
ploited. They are found in parts of four counties, underlying an
area of 500 square miles between the modified glacial till and
Champlain clays.

The pre-glacial valley occupied about the same limits as the
present one, extending from the Niagara limestone bluffs on the
eastern border, to the Trenton outcrop on the western, and being
about fifteen miles wide. But the pre-glacial river bed lay to the
east of its present location and over against the foot of the Niagara
limestone range. The glacial till filled the valley, as well as the
present site of Lake Winnebago, to a depth of about 75 feet.

After the glaciers had receded, the waters of the river filled
the whole valley. For many years these waters cleared away the
clay from its bed and scouring the limestone rocks deposited its
cements here and there in a hardpan, almost impossible to disturb
with a pick. This has been stated to be the Beach Formation “A”
of the Wisconsin Geological Survey, but it seems to have been a
river bed product, rather than a lake beach formation. Above this
river bed grew this ancient forest, which now lies buried under
from ten to one hundred feet of the lacustrine modified red clay of
the Champlain Sea.

Above the polished gravel and hard pan of the river bed erew
the forest, forming a bed which is even now, after ages of pressure
under millions of tons of later deposits, one and two and in places
even three feet in depth. This bed is composed of moss, leaves,
grasses, seeds, limbs and branches of trees and saplings and the
trunks of trees of all sizes up to 24 inches in diameter. The moss
and leaves are pressed into a compact mass, of a dark brown color,
bearing patches of light-green or white mould. At John Roy’s
farm in the Town of Harrison, Calumet County, there are said to
have been taken out pine cones and pine logs. Along the border
of Lake Little Butte des Morts we have taken out what seemed
to be fragments of cedar, black ash and black oak trees, and
stumps of trees of black ash and tamarack. At Forest Junction in
Calumet County were taken at 26 feet in depth cuts of linden
trees. The growth of this lost forest is characteristic in some
places of lowland and in others of highland localities.

JUEY, 1902. LAWSON—FOREST BEDS OF THE LOWER FOX. Bi as

That the remains of forest growth are not flood wood is evi-
denced by the stumps still standing with their roots in the soil
where they grew. All these stumps bear evidence in their ragged
heads of the trees having been violently wrenched off. The most
notable stump field is that at Lewis Hankey’s brick yard in the
Town of Neenah on the west shore of Lake Little Butte des Morts.
Here the removal of twelve feet of red clay in brick making has
uncovered several acres of stumps still standing and about twelve
inches high. The bed of vegetable mould and leaves is here sev-
eral inches thick and rests on a thin layer of blue clay over the
river bottom formation. In 1897 we published an article in the
Oshkosh Northwestern on this forest bed in which we described a
stump eighteen inches in diameter, fourteen inches high, discov-
ered on Augustine’s farm, one mile east of Menasha, under 26 feet
of red clay, which had! been artificially severed. The forest is
found in well diggings along the borders of the slough which en-
ters the south end of Lake Little Butte des Morts. It extends six
miles along the western border of the lake at the about the level
of the water and is found at Allison’s place and Alward’s Foundry
at a depth of twenty-six feet in well diggings. At one place a log
twenty-four inches in diameter was penetrated. But for three
miles along the eastern shore of Little Lake Butte des Morts there
are exceptional opportunities to study the bed, as at low water it
is exposed just above the level of the water, and the ragged stumps
rising up through the red clay beach are used by the fishermen to
fasten their boats, and wagon loads of its ancient woods can be ob-
tained in a few hours. Along the lands bordering this shore it is
found in digging wells at depths varying from six to nineteen feet.
At the Pulley Factory in Menasha at sixteen feet, the bed contains
a mass of trees from four to twelve inches in diameter, mostly
cedar and pine, with two feet of the brown moss and leaf mould.
At Round’s farm three miles down the lake it is found at sixteen
feet; at Tyckman’s half-way house, one mile east, at seventy feet.
It was traced in Manasha for a distance of over a thousand feet
at a depth of thirteen feet when Sixth Street sewer was laid. Two
miles further east it was found at Bayer’s farm at thirty feet.
Near Hunt’s farm it was found at two places at ten feet. Further
east of Menasha, in the Town of Harrison, north of Lake Winne-
bago, it was found at Geo. Schwalbach’s place at sixty feet in
depth. At Mix’s place, three miles east, large trees were drilled at
eighty feet. At Loux’s place it was penetrated at forty feet; at
John Roy’s place at nineteen feet ; at the base of the Niagara bluffs
at Clifton on Nugent’s place at fifteen feet ; near Sherwood in Calu-
met County at eight feet on top of blue clay; at Forest Junction

>

172 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAI, HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2.NO. 3.

at twenty-six feet on blue clay of the Cincinnati shale. Several of
the above levels of the forest bed are from forty to fifty feet below
the level of Lake Winnebago. Coming now back west to Apple-
ton in Outagamie County it is found on the south side of the river
at one place at a depth of twelve feet on blue clay. At Appleton
in the Fourth ward on the south side of the river at a well drilled
for Father Kaster’s Church or Hospital, the reading of the soil,
made by Geo. Schwalbach, driller, was as follows: Red clay, 60
feet ; hard logs, 2 feet ; blue clay, 1 foot; soft logs, 2 feet; gravel.

We now come to the region north of Appleton which we might
name the “Gas fields of Outagamie County.” I am informed by
Mr. Picklin, well driller, that no forest bed is discovered in the
town of Cicero; but between this town and Appleton it is found
in the towns of Black Creek, Center and Grand Chute. I have
one reading of a well made in Center by Mr. Picklin: Red clay,
15 feet; sand, 80 feet ; blue clay, 25 feet ; wood, leaves and stumps,
two feet; gravel. At Linas’ farm, north of Appleton, he found
logs twelve to fourteen inches diameter at forty-five feet ir depth.
Mr. Joe Pringle, well driller of Binghamton, sends me reading of
the recent gas well, so widely heralded in the public press: Clay,
7, feet; sand,15 feet; red clay, qo feet; oravel, 12 teen; rem crane
6 feet; trees, stumps; leaves, 2 feet; gtavel, po tect rock

This well was located nine miles east of Wolf river, in the.
town of Center, about seven miles north of Appleton. A number
of wells in the surrounding country have been noticed to give off
gas. A similar gas well was discovered several years ago in Grand
Chute and created considerable flurry in speculative circles. This
was marsh gas produced by decaying vegetation of the forest bed.
The moss, leaves and wood from the forest bed are only partially
rotted. The wood after being dried becomes hard and brittle.
Some fragments supposed to be oak have turned partly into lignite.
This snaps into fragments on slight pressure and is black and
glassy on fracture, bearing the appearance of coal.

At Green Bay some trace of this submerged forest is reported
to us by drillers at twenty-four and fifty feet below the surface;
and Prof. Chas. Whittlesey in Foster’s and Whitney’s Report on
the Lake Superior Land District, published in 1851, part 2, page
394, reports in a boring at Green Bay, at a depth of forty-three
feet, a bed two feet thick, of rotten wood and leaves lying be-
tween strata of red and blue clay. The wood being submitted to
M. Lesquereux for examination was pronounced by him to be
cedar.

The vegetable remains of this ancient forest have never been
subjected to expert investigation and the names above given may

JULY, 1902. LAWSON—FOREST BEDS OF THE LOWER FOX. 173

not be the correct ones. The bed has never been explored by
geologists, and much yet remains to be done in the way of deter-
mining its extent in the state and the conditions under which it
was formed. The forest seems to have extended considerably be-
yond the region above described, as particles of buried wood have
been brought up by well-diggers from great depths, and escaping
gas detected at various localities near the eastern boundary of the
state as far south as the southern portion of Milwaukee County.

174 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO. 3.

Note on a Bilateral Tulip.

ROSWELL HILL JOHNSON.

The tulip here referred to was observed in the greenhouses
of the Howard Botanical Garden in the early spring of ’99. Since
I find that only one other case of this kind is on record I ventu:e

SB
ON

to send you this drawing of the perianth-segments, the only record
I made at the time. Although the four lobed segments are not
identical, the nature and position of the lobes show apparently a
fundamental bilaterality.

sur, 2902. JOHNSON—NOTE ON A BILATERAL TULIP. 175

The previous case is that described by A. Pippow in “Ueber
das Auftreten scheinbarer Zygomorphie bei regelmaessigen Blue-
then,” in “Sitzungsberichte d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg
1877, p. 74.” I have been unable to see the original article. It is
referred to in Penzig’s “Pflanzen-Teratologie” as follows: ‘Durch
symmetrisch vertheilte Einschnitte in den Perianthblaettern wer-
den die Bluethen gelegentlich pseudo-zygomorph.’’—University
of Wisconsin, March 1, 1902.

y

Se4e

Vol. 2. (xewseres) OCTOBER, 1902. No. 4.

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN _
NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY

CONTENTS.

_ Tse Micration or Birps, Wirn Speciat RerereNceE To Noc-

‘URNAL FLiGHT—H. A. WINKENWERDER.

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

EVENING WISCONSIN CoO., PRINTERS, MILWAUKEE.

The Wisconsin Natural History Society, .

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN.

ORGANIZED MAY 6, 1857.

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

EDGAR E. TELLER, PRESIDENT. .'... 170 29th Street, Milwaukee
Dr. CHAS. D. STANHOPE, Vict Pres. . 204 Grand Ave., Milwaukee
CHARLES E. MONROE, Gen. Ssc. . 310 Goldsmith Bldg., Milwaukee
LEE R. WHITNEY, TREASURER . . 225 Post Office Bldg., Milwaukee
CHARLES EoBROWN.=@2 23: Public Museum, Milwaukee

ADOLPH BIERSACH, Secretary of Combined Biological Sections.

DIRECTORS OF SECTIONS.

Archeology .. . Henry A. Crosby Mineralogy....... Louis Lotz
Botany, 2-320): Ernest Bruncken Numismatics...

Entomology .. CharlesE.Brown | <+--°-> William F. Sandrock

Geology . .. Charles E. Monroe Ornithology .. . Edward E. Voss

REGULAR MEETINGS.

These are all held in the Society’s lecture room in the Museum-Library Building,
Milwaukee.

Meetings of the combined biological sections take place on the 2nd Thursday of each
Month at8 P. M. ,

The Archeology and Numismatics sections meet on the 3rd Thursday of each
Month.

General Meetings are on the last Thursday of each Month except July and August.

Meetings of the Archeologists and collectors of the State are to be held semi-annually
under the direction of the Archeology section, for the purpose of furthering the cause of
Wisconsin Archeology. :

PUBLICATIONS.

The ‘‘Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.’’
The ‘‘ Wisconsin Archeologist.’’

-MEMBERSHIP DUES.

City Members, $3.00 per annum; Non-resident Members, $1.00 per annum; Life Mem-
bers, one payment of fifty dollars.

BULLETIN

OF THE

WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

Vol. 2, New Series. OCTOBER, 1902. No. 4.

Exchanges should be mailed to the Wisconsin Natural History Society, in care
of the Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. Communications should be addressed to
the General Secretary.

The Migration of Birds
With Special Reference to Nocturnal Flight.

H,. A. WINKENWERDER.

PREPATORY NOTE.

During the fall of 1897 Dr. O. G. Libby called-my attention to
the excellent facilities the telescope offers for the study of bird
migration, and upon his advice I took up the following work in
the summer of 1899. It was intended that the paper should be

- complete in 1901, but owing to the pressure of other work and
the amount of material collected this became impossible.

Since so much in any one phase of the subject of migration
depends upon a knowledge of the phenomena of the other phases,
it becomes necessary to treat certain parts of the entire subject
in order that the reader may obtain a clear understanding. The
following paper is consequently divided into four chapters, A
Historical Review, The Causes of Migration, Migratory Routes,
and The Manner of Migration.

The reasons for presenting a historical review are (1) because
I had the material on hand; (2) because the only paper of ‘this
nature in the English language, that of Dr. J. A. Palmen in the
Smithsonian Report of 1892, deals only with the development
of certain phases of the subject, and tells very little of the.work
done in America; (2) because it is an important adjunct to the
rest of the paper. For much in this chapter I am indebted to
Palmen’s Ueber die Zugstrassen der Vogel.

178 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

I am aware that for the past decade, or a little more, there has
been a tendency to attribute the causes of migfation to the failure
of food. It is still, however, a very general belief, especially with
regard to the spring migration, that food is only a minor cause.
Furthermore, I am not aware that the causes of migration have
ever received special treatment, hence have included a chapter on
this subject. 3

The remaining two chapters are the result of a method of
investigation that has heretofore received very little application.
The telescope offers a means for watching nocturnal migrants
while they are in actual migratory motion. Though we gain a
view of only an infinitesimal portion of the vast migratory wave
in so small a field of vision, enough is revealed to make it well
worth the undertaking.

Since a great deal of the work on migration has been done in
Europe, I have been unable to secure much of the valuable
literature that I should have had. For such as I had access to
I am indebted to Mr. H. Nehrling and Mr. Paul Dernehl, both
formerly of the Milwaukee Public Museum.

I wish especially to express my thanks to Dr. O. G. Libby
for the abundant help he has given me and the interest he has
shown throughout the entire work. Also to Prof. Geo. C. Com-
stock, of the Washburn Observatory, for the use of telescopes:
‘One of three instruments—the finder on the large telescope, the
students’ telescope, or a large portable telescope—was at my con-
tinual disposal. Other acknowledgments will be found in their
respective places.

CHAPTER I.

HISTORICAL REVIEW.

No one can doubt that the great semi-annual movement of the
migratory birds must have been noticed and commented upon even
from the earliest times. The Prophet Jeremiah refers to the
appointed times of the stork. Anacreon wrote in his Thirtieth
Ode,

“Lovely swallow once a year,
Pleased, you pay your visit here;
When our clime the sunbeams gild
Heré your airy nest you build;

And when bright days cease to smile
Fly to Memphis or the Nile.”

So far back as the times of Hesiod, we are informed that
husbandry was in great part regulated by the coming of the birds.
It has been stated that Persians and Arabs compiled portions of

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 179

their calendars according to the regular movements of the birds;
that North American Indians foretold an early spring or a cold
winter by the appearance or disappearance of birds; and that
superstitious people of all times saw forebodings of good or ill in
certain of the migratory movements.

But it can be said that prior to the eighteenth century bird
migration was scarcely looked upon as a biological phenomenon.
Dixon says that Belon watched birds migrating three hundred
years ago, that a century and a half ago Gilbert White (1), Den-
nis Barrington and Thomas Pennant watched migratory move-
ments in England, and on the continent contemporaries with
Linnzus studied these periodical flights (2). Palmen says:
“Linné admonished natural philosophers to observe the migra-
tion of birds. Quetellet then in the year 1841 asked that changes
in living nature also be noted in a regular and comprehensive
manner, and his countryman de Selys Long-Champs proposed to
collect data especially on the migration of birds” (3).

But it was not until the middle of the nineteenth century that
this study began to assume a systematic form. The collection of
data on migration, however, was at first of secondary importance,
the material being used for climatological purposes. Although a
few individual observers were occupied in watching these move-
ments for over two hundred years before this, nothing could come
of such few and incomplete observations. ach observer formed
his own conclusions, resulting in such absurd statements as that
migratory birds went to the moon, that certain species were
transformed into others, and some of the world’s most eminent
naturalists held the idea that birds became torpid and passed into
a state of hibernation. This last theory held a prominent place
for a long time, and relative to certain birds even to very recent
times (4).

From 1840 to 1876 much work was done on zoography, but
much of the material collected was used by climatologists with
a view to finding an expression of the corresponding regions.
Although Dernham as early as the year 1708 published a work
on the periodicity of migration and its relation to climate, similar
work was not undertaken until in the time of Quetellet in 1841,
and then for climatological purposes. While it cannot be said that

Gilbert White, Natural History of Selbourne.
Dixon, The Migration of Birds. London, 1892, p. 123.

»
2.
3. Palmen, Report on the Migration of Birds. Smithsonian Report.
4.

189 Peat:

Cowes, Birds of Colo. Valley, pp. 372 et seq.

180 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

this climatological work was a lurking remnant of the supersti-
tion .of the people when they first noticed the regular movements
of certain birds, we may look to this as the probable origin of
these lines of investigation. A writer in All the Year Round
says: “When man began to meditate upon the movements of cer-
tain birds, how they all disappeared at a certain time as if by
common consent, and then reappeared after a certain interval,
they not unnaturally fell into the error of mistaking cause for
effect and regarded the birds as regulating the seasons instead of
the seasons the birds” (5).

Zoologists, however, saw another use for these data and it
was mainly through the influence of two naturalists in Russia
that this climatological material was turned to zoological ends.
Kessler in 1852 attempted to determine something of the courses
taken in migration, but arrived only at the general directions
followed (6). Middendorf two years later called attention to the
importance of working over the material collected by the cli-
matologists, and during the same year made the first attempt to
reduce the flight of birds to law (7).

Most of the work on migration was now directed toward an
attempt to determine the direction of flight. Though many of the
first fruits of this work were of little value from the standpoint
of fact they immediately led to those important lines of investiga-
tion which were to form the foundation of research in migration.

Although systematic work was now in progress, the directioa
which the course of investigation must take was not clearly under-
stood until 1871, when Sunderal made known the routes of the
crane in Europe. ' It then became evident that there were definite
routes followed in migration and that these routes would have to
be the first phenomenon to be dealt with. That definite routes
were followed had already been hinted at by Linne, Schlegel, L.
Brehm, J. F. Nauman and Baird, but it remained for Palmen to
give definite form to this line of investigation. Brehm as early
as 1828 refers to ““Heerstrassen,” and in 1846 Nauman added to
this the idea of definite resting places—‘Erholungsorten’’—sta-
tions at which birds stopped in their long journeys to rest and
feed (8). Middendorf in 1859, from careful investigation,
showed almost conclusively that the migratory movement takes

All the Year Round, vol. 13, p. 376.

Palmen, Ueber die Zugstrassen der Voegel, pp. 11 and 12.

Tbid.

Palmen, Ueber die Zugstrassen der Voegel. Leipzig, 1876, p. 6.

COMI SD 1

\

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 181

place in a general north and south direction in eastern Europe (9).
Although he fell into serious error regarding migratory routes,
his methods of investigation were good and acted as a stimulus to
other ornithologists throughout Europe and western Asia. An-
other important advance was made in 1866 by Dr. Baird when he
traced the. lines of dispersion of a number of American birds and
intimated very strongly that birds followed certain geographical
features in their migrations (10). Baird’s work is of great im-
portance. He certainly anticipated the work of Palmen. It is in-
deed peculiar that a work of such importance did not immediately
stimulate others to direct their efforts along these lines.

Palmen saw the necessity of pursuing a definite course of in-
a ieanon and followed these initial movements by studying in
detail the routes of a small number of hyperborean species. In
1876 he published his results under the title, “Ueber die Zugstras-
sen der Vogel” (11). Beside having thus laid the foundation for
the study of most migration phenomena he immediately reaped
some of the results that were to follow. He not only showed
that definite routes were followed, but established definite fly-
lines for entire Europe. Through these investigations we may
also say he fixed our present laws regarding migratory routes,
namely, that these routes are geographically defined courses.

These principles of Palmen were at first rejected from nearly
all sides. His statements were not only looked upon as con-
jectural but even rash. However, as investigation proceeded,
the importance of his work gradually became more and more evi-
dent and it was quite soon accepted (12).

With the increasing interest in migration among zoologists the
time was ripe for theory. Prior to the work of Palmen the the-
oretical side of the question was largely speculative. One the-
ory which had some influence in the scientific world was that of
the Swedish poet Runeberg who claimed that migration was
caused by the season of perpetual darkness in the north. He con-
ceived the idea that as darkness gradually fell over the north
pole the birds were attracted southward where there was more
light. Another interesting case is that quoted by Prof. Newton
from the London Times for September 18, 1874, which professes
to give the latest accepted theory:

9. Die Isopiptesen Russlands. Mem. Imp. Acad. of Sciences of St.
Petersburg, 1859.

10. Baird. Amer. Jour. of Science, 1866.

11s Palmen, Ueber die Zugstrassen der Voegel. Leipzig, 1876.

12. Nature, vol. 15, p. 465; vol. 11, p. 433. Journal f. Ornith., 1876,
p. 390.

182 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. &.

“I believe it was only some twenty or thirty years ago that
anything like a practical solution of the difficulty was arrived at.
The birds congregating about the south coast (1. e. of England)
are seized with a sudden impulse, or mania, to fly upwards. This.
is caused by some atmospheric change, coinciding with a warm
south wind moving in a high stratum, into which the birds soar
with an involuntary motion of the wings. This motion (involun-
tary like that of the heart) is continued for many hours, and the
birds fly blindly along until the paroxysm passes off, when they
at once begin to descend, makirg many a fatal drop into the
sea UC Fae

The results of Palmen’s work, however, threw light upon the
causal phenomena of migration, and we have the appearance at
about this time of two excellent theories explaining the origin
and causes of migration. Although various influences connect-
ed with this phase of the work had been correctly hinted at by
Darwin, Baird (14), Newton (15), Hutton, and others, it was not
until 1874 when Dr. Alfred R. Wallace advanced an explanation
that we have had a really excellent theory in complete and con-
cise form. This was about the time when Palmen’s work appeared ;
whether Wallace was influenced by the work of the latter or not
is difficult to say. If not he certainly anticipated something of
the nature of his results. Another theory appeared soon after
from the pen of Dr. August Weismann, who tells us that he fully
accepts the results derived by Palmen.

Wallace writes, “It appears to be probable, that here, as in so
many other cases, survival of the fittest will be found to have had
a powerful influence. Let us suppose that in any species of mi-
gratory birds breeding can, as a rule, be only safely accomplished
in a given area; and further, that during a great part of the rest
of the year sufficient food cannot be obtained in that area. It
will follow that those birds which do not leave their breeding area
at the proper season will suffer and ultimately become extinct;
which will also be the fate of those which do not leave the feed-
ing area at the proper time. Now, if we suppose that the two
areas were (for some remote ancestor of the existing species)
coincident, but by geographical and climatic changes gradually
diverged from each other, we can easily understand how the habit
of incipient and partial migrations at the proper seasons would
at last become hereditary and so fixed as to be what is called an

13. Nature, vol. 10, p. 415.

14. Am. Jour. Science, 1866; p. 178 et seq. °
15. “Nature, vol. 10, p. 415.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 183

instinct. It will probably be found, that every gradation still ex-
ists in various parts of the world, from a complete coincidence to
a complete separation of the breeding and subsistence areas, and
when the natural history of a sufficient number of species is
thoroughly worked out, we may find every link between species
which never leave a restricted area in which they breed, and live
there the whole year round, and those other cases in which the
two areas are absolutely separated” (16).

This theory exerted much influence upon the students of the
time and is still often quoted as an explanation.

Weismann presented his theory in a quite lengthy discussion in
1878 (17). His first step is to show why birds migrate at all,
and he arrives at the conclusion that it is mainly due to an ab-
sence of food in the northern and southern portions of the geo-
graphical distribution of birds at opposite seasons of the year.
He conceives the idea that the original home of the birds is in
the tropics, and that from here they dispersed into the temperate
and friged zones, met with unfavorable conditions in winter and
were forced to seek new areas. A struggle for existence ensued,
resulting in the survival of those that returned to the south.
Through natural selection the phenomenon of migration then be-
came an instinct.

‘Let us suppose, for example.” he says, “that the waxwing
had not become an inhabitant of Russia, but was living summer
and winter alike in Germany, slowly multiplying and therefore
gradually extending its range further north.

“Now we will imagine a flock of these birds to have colonized
further north. In the very first winter they would find their
food becoming scarce, and would: be compelled to wander about
in search for it; all, that is to say, which had taken a wrong di-
rection. Only those which, whether by accident or by remember-
ing the way they had come, took a southerly course, would have
any prospect of outliving the winter.

“In each succeeding winter, therefore, a selection would take
place among the northern colonists, and only those would re-
main alive which had migrated southward. As these alone would
remain to perpetuate in the next year, this habit of a southerly
flight would be transmitted to their descendants, and so a race
would arise predisposed by habit not to wander hither and thither

‘16. Nature, vol. 10, p. 459.
17. Contemp. Review, vol. 34, p. 531.

184 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

in winter, like the green woodpecker (18), but to take a definite
direction, namely, to the south.”

He then shows that in the eider duck of Europe we have every
stage from a migratory bird to one that is stationary, and we
find it, therefore, in the Arctic zone a genuine migratory bird, in:
the Baltic only a wanderer, and in the North Sea a resident—* a
conclusive proof that migration and wandering are not essential
characteristics of the species, but a habit which is adopted when.
the necessities of life require it, and a proof, moreover, that the
regular migration has grown out of the irregular wandering in
search of food.”

Much valuable work as well as much speculation has also been
done on the question how birds find their way between their sum-
mer and winter homes. The first careful investigations on this’
subject were undertaken by Dr. A. von Middendorf, in 1855, and:
resulted in his well known work Die Tsopiptesen Russlands (19).
He found that the direction of migration in Russia is in general
toward the north pole, and conceived the idea that birds must be
endowed with a sixth sense, a magnetic sense of direction. Pal-
men, a few years later, revealed Middendorf’s error when he
showed that the direction followed depends almost entirely upon
the topography of the countries through which the migrations ex-
tend (20). The general belief then was that young birds are
first led over a course by one or several older, experienced birds,
and that through sight and memory these courses are followed
year after year. The investigations of the older American orni-
thologists seem to indicate that this is actually the case (21).
Herr Gatke, however, seems to find from his extended observa-
tions on Heligoland that it is not so there. He says innumerable
flocks pass his station of observation year after year composed
entirely of young birds (22). This subject has been the cause
of much controversy among ornithologists and is still an unsettled
question. Recent observations along this line show us nothing
definitely one way or the other (23).

' 18. Or like our waxwing, the tree sparrow, many of our hawks, and
others.

19. Die Isopiptesen Russlands. Mem. of the Imp. Acad. of Se. of St.
Petersburg, 1859.

20. Palmen, Ueber die Zugstrassen der Voegel.

21. Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1, p. 15.

22. Heligoland, An Ornith. Essay, 1895.

23. Barrington, The Migration of Birds observed at Irish light-houses,
1888-97. Dublin, 1901; also Bailey, Proc. Del. Valley Ornith. Club, No.
3, p. 13. ;

\

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 185

Before 1850 comparatively little was accomplished. At about
this time the subject of migration seems to have become of inter-
est to zoologists in general. In America the initiative was taken
by Dr. Baird in 1866 (24). In Europe, although the work was
weil under way, interest increased immensely. The investigations
of Herr Gatke, Middendorf, Severtsoff, Homeyer, and Palmen,
now appeared and stimulated others to action. May the 22nd,
1875, the General German Ornithological Society met at Bruns-
wick and undertook a systematic collecting of data. This marks
the beginning of a national form of investigation. The ornitholo-
gists of a nation combined their efforts and elected officers who
could supervise the work to the best advantage. Similar work
was begun in England in 1879, and in Austria-Hungary in
1880, while the remaining countries of northern Europe followed
their example during the next few years (25).

In our own country similar investigations were begun by Prof.
Cooke in 1881. Prof. Cooke’s field of observation included that
part of North America ordinarily known as the Mississippi Val-
ley. All the ornithologists of the district were asked to co-op-
erate in the collection of data. Although observations were con-
tributed from only thirteen persons in 1881, another attempt was
made in 1883 resulting in reports from twenty-six persons. The
results of these investigations were published in the leading orni-
thological periodicals of the time.

In 1883, the year which marks the advent of the American
Ornithologists’ Union, the work begun by Prof. Cooke was
widened into a scheme of national extent. A committee, with
Dr. C. Hart Merriam as chairman, was appointed to co-operate
with Prof. Cooke. This gave a great stimulus to ornithologists
all over the country, and the list of observers, now nearly 700
strong, was scattered all over the United States, British Amer-
ica and Alaska. Beside this the committee secured the co-opera-
tion of the Light-house board. The field of observation was
divided into fourteen districts each with a competent superintend-
ent at its head. With such an elaborate and extended scheme it
is not to be wondered at that the results have far exceeded all ex-
pectations (26).

24. Baird, The Distribution and Migration of N. A. Birds. Einar Jour.
of Science, 1866; pp. 78 et seq.

25. Palmen, Rep. on the Migration of Birds. Smith. Rep. 1892, p. 3.
a accounts of the work done by these societies see Jour. Ornith., 1875-

26. Merriam, Auk, vol. 2

186 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

The work of Cooke, superintendent of the Mississippi Valley
District, has broadened into several new fields of inquiry. In ad-
dition to the report proper he has included original discussions.
upon “The Relation of Migration to Barometric Pressure and
Temperature” and “The Rate of Speed at which Birds Migrate.”
Although these new phases of the work were not undertaken un-
til the period of investigation was nearly completed, and hence
were merely experimental, the methods employed have opened
several new fields to the students of migration (27). Mr. Wit-
mer Stone followed Prof. Cooke’s method of work on a less ex-
tended basis and has presented us with a means of representing
“bird waves” (28), graphically (29).

Another entirely new department was brought into the method
of observation in 1880, by Mr. W. E. D. Scott, who applied the
telescope to the study of migration problems. This method, al-
though of extreme importance, seems to have found little actual
application. Beside the work of Messrs. Allen and Scott in 1881,
and that of Mr. Frank Chapman in 1887, practically nothing was
done until it was taken up by Dr. O. G. Libby of the University
of Wisconsin in 1897. Since 1898 the telescope has been used
for this purpose by Dr. Libby and the writer, at Madison, Wis-
consin, each year up to the present time. During the spring of
1900 a wider application of this method was obtained by asking
a number of interested persons from our western universities to
co-operate. These data together with all those that were taken
at Madison will appear in the following report.

The facilities for studying migration at light-houses have long
been known. It was upon the suggestion of Prof. Newton in
1880 that a systematic collecting of data from this source was
first undertaken. Individual work at light-houses by experi-
enced ornithologists has given us many valuable facts. Indeed
the investigations of Herr Gatke on the Island of Heligoland
(30), of Brewster at Point Lepreaux (31), and Chapman on
Bartholdi Statue (32), should stimulate others to direct their ef-
forts along these lines.

27. Cooke, Rep. on Bird Migration in the Miss. Valley. Bull. No. 2,
U. S. Dept. of Agr. 1888.

28. <A “bird wave” may be considered to consist of a very large number
of individuals, of one or more species, which suddenly invade a certaim
area.’’— (Cooke. )

29... Auk, ‘vol. 8, p:. 194.

30. Heligoland, An Ornithological Essay. 1895.

31. Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1, 1886.

32. P. S. M., vol. 45, p. 506.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 187

During the past fifteen or twenty years much valuable work
has been done on geographical distribution. Every student of
migration must recognize the importance of a knowledge of the
geographical distribution and dispersion of birds. The extended
works of Baird, Allen, Merriam, Chapman, Hasbrouck and others
on distribution, and the local bird lists that have appeared in re-
cent years are invaluable as aids in the study of migration prob-
lems. During the past twenty years a great advance has been
made in work of this nature. Beside the many town and county
‘lists that have appeared, there are state lists for many of the
states of eastern North America. From the Bahamas, the West
Indies and the northern portions of South America much infor-
mation has been obtained on the distribution of birds that is in-
valuable for the study of migration problems.

Thus the problems of migration, after passing the period of
superstitious beliefs, were next pursued for their immediate im-
portance to climatological ends. At about the middle of the nine-
teenth century naturalists turned them to the interests of zoology.
The first point, then, was to establish the most advantageous
course of study, which resulted in the national form of investiga-
tion. During the past two decades, besides the-many important
results obtained, new fields and methods of investigation have
been opened to the student, and at the present time individual
observers and others united into societies are at work in nearly
all parts of the world.

CHAPTER II.

THE CAUSES OF MIGRATION.

We know that birds leave us in the fall and that they return
again in the spring; we know something of their habits during
migration, and we know of the changes in living nature concomi-
tant with many of these flights. There are, however, so many in-
fluences that might affect migratory movements that this subject
is not easily handled. Whatever these influences are, we know
that they affect different birds in different ways; that they are
operative over vast areas at the same time, and set countless num-
bers of birds in motion simultaneously. In the fall migrations
begin with the sunny days of July and continue even until the
earth is covered with snow and ice. In the spring some of our
migrants may be seen as early as the middle of February, while
others are still on their northward way when the first have al-
ready performed their parental duties. So closely do spring and
fall movements approach each other that only a narrow interval

188 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIX NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL: 2 NO. 4

of time, if any, separates them. Thus we have a multitude of di-
verse conditions: changes in temperature, humidity and living
nature, any or all of which may have an influence upon migra-
tory birds.

In the yearly cycle of migration we have the northward move-
ment in the spring and the southward movement in fall. With
a very few exceptions, writers upon this subject seem to have
been agreed that there are different influences operating in each
instance. In the fall it was the approach of winter and the fail-
ure of food, in the spring the love of home and nesting ground,
and the difficulties of breeding in the south. There can be no
doubt that of these various influences each may play some small
part as a factor in the causes of migration. Let us analyze the
various influences. | .

From a merely superficial view of the physical conditions ex-
isting during the migratory season it would seem that tempera-
ture is a most important factor as a cause for the fall migration.
Indeed, it was considered so for a long time, but at present it is
beginning to be looked upon as only of secondary importance.
Almost every student of birds can cite cases where strictly mi-
gratory species have wintered far to the north of their northern
winter limits, when the food supply was sufficiently abundant to
insure their existence.

Prof. Cooke says: “Thus many Red-headed Woodpeckers
remain through the winter in northeastern New York, frequent-
ing the heavy timber where there is a great quantity of their
favorite food; and it is not unusual for a few Robins to spend
the winter in north central Wisconsin, sheltered by the thick pine
forests; while ducks and even Wilson’s snipe have been known to
remain throughout the whole winter in Wyoming, near the hot
springs, whose warmth kept the neighboring waters and ground
from freezing” (33). .

Dr. O. G. Libby has noted a Wilson’s Snipe remaining near
an open spring in northern Wisconsin the whole winter. In-
stances of this kind are met with almost yearly. During the win-
ter of 1899-1900 a remarkable case was brought before the writer.
In November, 1899, the Red-headed Woodpecker was observed
storing acorns in the crevices of the bark of our larger oaks (see
frontispiece). Before winter had fairly set in a great many trees
about Madison contained hundreds of the acorns. As the winter

33. Cooke. Rep. on Migration in Miss. Valley. Bull. U. 8. Dept. of
Agr. Div. Econ. Ornith., No. 2, p. 11.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIBDS. 189

spring they were nearly all gone, having been eaten by the birds.
Upon further investigation these birds were found distributed in
certain localities throughout the state as far north as Polk
County, in some instances in groups of over a hundred. In the
majority of cases the acorns were found with the birds (34).

These cases show rather strikingly that the influence of tem-
perature upon migratory birds cannot be universal. The fre-
quency, however, with which like phenomena have occurred, and
‘the wide range of species that have been observed under similar
conditions, might lead us to believe that temperature, per se, has
no influence whatever. In fact, when we consider that many of
our warblers, fly catchers, vireos, and others, leave for the south
at times when they might still enjoy from one to two months of
mild weather before the approach of winter, it would seem that
even among the more delicate species temperature has a less
determined influence than is generally supposed.

In the examples given above we have in each instance found
that the locality in which these species were discovered was con-
nected with some unusual source of food supply. The term un-
usual should be emphasized because the phenomenon we are dis-
cussing is an unusual phenomenon and we may expect an ynusual
cause. When two phenomena are thus uniformly associated we
may be justified in making one the cause of the other. The im-
portance of food as a factor in migration at once becomes evident.
According to their food habits birds may be classified as animal-
feeders and vegetable-feeders, according as they show a prefer-
ence for animal or vegetable food. From a migratory point of
view they are classified as summer residents and winter residents,
the former including those that migrate south at the approach
of winter and the latter those that remain in the north through-
out the year. Thus, as winter residents we have the ruffled
grouse, the crossbills, the pine grosbeak and the linnets as exam-
ples of vegetable-feeders; and the creepers, tits, nuthatches,
hawks and owls as examples of animal-feeders. Among the sum-
mer residents are the thrushes, fly-catchers, cuckoos, snipes,
plovers, warblers, vireos, swallows, the meadow lark and the bob-
olink as animal-feeders; and the red-winged blackbird, pigeons,
ducks, geese and a few of the sparrows as vegetable-feeders. It
is a noticeable fact that in winter examples of strictly vegetable-

34. Winkenwerder. Notes on the Winter Habits of the Red-headed
Woodpecker. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 2, N. S., p. 69.

190 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2, NO. &

—

feeders are much more readily found than animal-feeders, which
is not at all surprising, since the proper kind of animal food is
very scarce during the winter.

We may classify the food of birds according to the follow-
ing table:

I. Food accessible only in summer.

A. Animal food: most insects—adults, larve,
eggs; myriopods, crustaceans, molluscs, worms, batra-
chians, reptiles, fishes.

B. Vegetable food: all soft fruits, flowers, leaves
and all green vegetation.

2. Food accessible summer and winter.

A. Animal food: birds, mammals (in limited
numbers), a very few spiders and insects.

B. Vegetable food: buds, seeds and nuts in -abun-
dance, a few berries.

An examination of this table will show that both the animal and
vegetable foods accessible in winter will not be accessible except
to such birds as are especially adapted to obtain them. Hawks and
owls are adapted to feed upon birds and mammals, themselves
winter residents; the chickadee, nuthatch and brown creeper—
which we might call our winter insect-feeders—are adapted to
feed upon such food as they obtain by prying about in the crev-
ices of tree trunks, fences and stone piles, where insects and spi-
ders are lodged in abundance; the crossbills, linnets, grosbeaks,
grouse and quail are adapted to feed upon seeds and buds. None
of the strictly summer residents are physically capable of captur-
ing birds and mammals. Among the insect-feeders that are sum-
mer residents we have, roughly speaking, three classes: (1)
Such as obtain most of their food upon the wing, as the swal-
lows and flycatchers; (2) such as obtain it largely upon the
ground, as the meadow lark, and (3) such as obtain it largely
from among the boughs and leaves of trees, as the warblers and
vireos. Of these we cannot say that any are adapted to obtain
food with the methods employed by the winter insect-feeders.
So, too, with the other animal-feeders, such as are represented by
the snipe and plover—in winter time their food is covered by
snow and ice. The vegetable food accessible in winter, chiefly
buds and seeds, is again of such a nature that unless a bird be
especially adapted to obtain it he cannot remain here over winter.
He needs must be a bird with a strong bill and well developed
muscles to operate this in order to obtain a subsistence from the
buds and seeds that are at all abundant in winter.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDs. 191

It will be needless to go further into detail regarding this mat-
ter. A little reflection shows readily that all birds are dependent
upon certain kinds of food, that they are especially fitted by na-
ture to obtain this particular food, and in nearly all cases are
physically incapable of obtaining any other, and hence that in
order to insure their existence they must migrate when their par-
ticular kind of food fails. In winter the food of our summer resi-
dents fails. Their animal food is not found where they are wont
to capture it and their vegetable food is scarcely to be found at
all. The food of the robin lies below the snow, that of snipe and
sandpiper is covered by ice, and that of swallow and nighthawk
is not now on the wing. The cherry tree is bare to the rose-
breasted grosbeak, and for the warbler or vireo there is not even
a leaf where he may look for an insect.

It has been maintained for years that the question of food
will never explain the vernal migrations, however well it serves
that purpose in autumn. Our study of the phenomena pertain-
ing to bird life, until recently, has been very limited in the south.
In the north, however, these phenomena have been worked out
in detail. It has been shown that the most important factor in
the fall migration is the food supply. The assumption that the
question of food will not explain the vernal migration has prob-
ably been due to our ignorance of the physical conditions of the
south. According to Dr. Aug. Weismann, ponds, rivers and
creeks become dry, insects disappear and even vegetation fails
in many regions in the south in summer. Dr. C. H. Merriam
has more recently discussed this question from the same stand-
point. Mr. C. R. Ricker says: “During the dry season many
forest trees shed their leaves and the grass and small shrubs
wither, while the palms and the majority of other trees bear their
nie at ee an). Hence we are at present quite safe
in saying that birds must migrate both in spring and fall because
the food supply fails. In fact, the investigations carried on in
the south during recent years seem to corroborate these views.
The investigations of Mr. Ricker along this line are especially
valuable and it is hoped that future investigation in the south
will help establish the facts that are still in a state of doubt. Mr.
Ricker says further: “The abundance or scarcity of a large num-
ber of species I found subject to daily fluctuation, dependent upon
the presence of the army ant or some fruit suddenly ripening,
there being scarcely two consecutive days when birds could be

35. Ricker. The Auk, 1890, p. 131.

192 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. ..VOL. 2. NO. 4.

found plentifully on the same feeding ground.” (36). Do not cases
of this kind give us rather striking evidence that the food supply:
of the south is limited?

We have thus two areas in the geographical distribution of
birds that are deficient in food at .opposite seasons of the year,.
and we can see readily enough the cause for migration both in:
the spring and in the fall.

It is still a quite general belief that love of home and nesting
ground is among the important factors causing the spring migra-.
tion. Ornithological literature contains innumerable references:
to cases where birds have returned year after year to the same.
locality or even the same tree or the same box. Prof. Newton, in
discussing this question, cites a case of this kind. “A pair of
Stone Curlews (Oedicnemus crepitans), affecting almost exclu--
sively the most open country,” he says, “were in the habit of re-
sorting for many years to the same spot, though its character was’
entirely changed. It had been an extensive rabbit warren and:
was become the center of a large and flourishing plantation. It
seems to me, therefore,’ he says further, “that among the causes.
of migration the desire of returning to old haunts must be in-
cluded’ .( 37): |

But Prof. Newton forgets that any of a vast number of influ-
ences, which have no direct bearing on the phenomena of migra-:
tion whatever, may be operating upon the birds to bring them
back to this same spot. In fact, it would seem in the case he has
cited. that other forces have been in operation. Old haunts would
be attractive only on account of their surroundings. If, as he.
says, these were entirely changed, then, of course, they could no
longer be attractive in and of themselves. It is a general belief
that the sense of memory is well developed in birds; but, if the
object of their memory no longer exists, by what shall they rec-
ognize the place? ;

We have found in the preceding discussion that birds are
quite dependent upon their food supply, and that they are willing
to undergo the hardships of an unfavorable environment provid-'
ing their means of existence be assured. Furthermore, we know
that birds must leave their most favored haunts if the conditions
become unsuited to their needs of feeding and breeding. In an-
other connection it will be shown that birds are quite dependent
upon certain definite courses in their migrations, and that even:
in the absence of home affection they might be led to the imme-’

36. The Auk, 1890, p. 131.
37. Newton. Nature, vol. 10, p. 416.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 193

diate vicinity of their old homes. There can be no doubt that
birds are endowed with well-developed mental capacities, and
that it is by virtue of these that they return to the same tree or.
the same box. But even here we must consider the fact that if
any individual, or species, develops certain characteristic habits
in feeding, breeding, or whatever they be, so long as they are ad-
vantageous it will endeavor to find conditions where these habits
may be practiced. While we may thus find birds returning to,
their old homes year after year, and while memory, home affec-
tion and habit all contribute as explanations for this periodical
return to the same place, we must not forget that these influences
may be merely local. The facts pointed out above show that
they are local, but there are no facts from which we can infer
that they are more than local.

We know that migration takes place in a general north and
south direction, that definite physiographic courses are used as
guide-lines in migration, and that some birds return year after
year to the same home. It has been shown that there are rea-
sons why birds should leave the south in spring, and it will be
shown that even in the absence of home affection migratory
routes will lead them back to the locality from which they came.

Another favorite argument for the love of home and
nesting ground is to be found in the fact that our early spring
arrivals are often met with conditions that are most unfavorable:
It is argued that birds show a desire to return to the familiar
scenes of the previous summer because they push northward in
the spring in spite of cold, sleet and snow. This argument, even
more than the preceding, is extremely conjectural. It is only in
a comparatively small number of species, and of many of those
only in a certain number, that we have anything we might call
a rapid pushing northward in spite of cold, sleet and snow. Fur-
thermore, we must consider that the birth rate in birds is very
limited. The majority of them lay less than twelve eggs to the
set. This rate is very limited, especially when we consider that
the destructive agencies in bird life are numerous. Beside the
number of birds that are killed each season in migration, various
animals depend largely upon birds for their existence. The
young, too, require a definite period of time before they become
sufficiently matured to perform a migration. Without here going
into the principles of perpetuation, it is obvious that it is of im-
portance to birds to return to their parental duties in spring as
soon as possible. We do find it a quite general rule that several
sets of eggs are hatched by one pair of birds each season, which

194 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2 NO.4.

shows the utter necessity of rearing the first brood as soon as
possible. Furthermore, it is believed that birds experience a phys-
iological restlessness at the approach of the breeding season, as
a result of which they are led on to commence their migrations.
(38. )

Thus we have a sufficient explanation for the rapid northward
movement in spring so often interpreted as showing a desire to
be among the familiar haunts of the past season.

Prof. W. K. Brooks, of Johns Hopkins University, presents
us with an argument that is of quite another form. He holds
with Prof. Baird that the main factors governing spring migra-
tion are to be sought among the enemies to breeding (39). There
is no doubt that birds nest where there is apt to be the least dan-
ger from enemies. In fact, from the standpoint of naturai selec-
tion we should expect this. Areas with conditions destructive to
bird life during the breeding season have always been known to
be local, and it would be a questionable inference to say that the
south as a whole, or even only generally, is dangerous to breed-
ing birds. Yet this inference is necessary for the conclusions
derived by Prof. Brooks, since we have migration occurring in a
most orderly manner between the north and south as a whole,
except in a few special cases. These will be treated separately.

Prof. Brooks makes an analogy between the migrations of
birds and those of fishes (40). An examination of the two phe-
nomena will show that they are of quite a different order, and
hence will permit of no just analogy. The fishes referred to mi-
grate regularly at the approach of the breeding season. In spite
of many hardships they migrate inland from the ocean, often for
several hundred miles, into the tributary streams. Here the food
supply is far below the demand, and the question of food as an
explanation fails. The eggs are deposited and left to the care of
nature. Prof. Brooks probably makes his point that this migra-
tion is purely a case of depositing eggs in some place safe from
enemies. It is not, however, a movement into a fertile area, nor
has it a general direction for the class. The course followed is
one that will bring them to a desired local area. While fish mi-
gration is thus a local phenomenon (if it is not Prof. Brooks does
not give us such an impression), bird migration is a widespread

38. Stated by Merriam in a lecture delivered at the U. 8. Nat. Museum,
Apr. 3, 1886.

39. Brooks. Pop. Se. Mo., vol. 52, p. 784.

40. Kor my facts concerning the migration of fishes I am indebted to
Prof. Brook’s Article.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS, 195

phenomenon and operates between faunal areas. In general the
two phenomena are thus of such an entirely different order that
they will permit of no just analogy.

Among birds there are two classes of migrations that are local.
In the tropics and the warmer portions of the temperate zones
‘we have a movement into the mountains in spring, and back
again in fall. These movements, although local, are obviously
movements between faunal areas, and hence are similar to the
general migrations. The other form of local migration is found
among birds that spend most of their time roving over the sea.
These birds breed in favored localities upon rocky islands. We
have here a case somewhat analogous to the migrations of fishes.
It is not a phenomenon operating between faunal areas. These
cases Prof. Brooks has used as furnishing an argument against
the failure of food in the south. He has failed to see, however,
that the food supply of these birds and those of our more migra-
tory species is found under entirely different conditions. The
food of the former consists of material that is abundant about
these rocky islands throughout the year. It is not affected by the
dry season, and hence it is not necessary that these birds should
perform such extended migrations.

In so far as migration is concerned in the extreme northern
portion of the geographical distribution of a species, there is prob-
ably an analogy beween the movements of birds and those of
fishes. When birds arrive in the north their movements are af-
fected by local conditions. It is obvious that they will return to
treir old homes if these have been favorable ; if not, they must seek
new areas. It has been shown that the failure of food in the south
will cause birds to move northward in spring. Investigations con-
cerning migratory routes show that birds will be led back to the
immediate vicinity of their old homes, where they seek breeding
places that offer the best facilities. This latter portion of the move-
ment may be analagous to that of fishes. The desire to secure
'safe breeding then becomes an important factor in migration, but
only a modifying factor, a factor toward which we may look as
a cause for the diversity and vastness which the phenomenon has
attained. It may be one of the main factors concerned in the ulti-
mate dispersion, and hence the increase of geographical distribu-
tion and extension of the migratory routes.

It has been shown that love of home and nesting ground, and
the dangers of rearing young in the south, cannot be considered
as principal causes for the spring migration. It has furthermore
been shown that birds are quite dependent upon a particular kind

196 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

‘of food, and that in the case of the migratory birds their food fails

in the north in winter and in the south in summer. Hence we
may be,justified in saying that the principal cause for migration,
both in spring and fall, is to be sought in the failure of food.
The period of migration, however, in each season is of at least
four months duration. In the spring it would seem that birds
which arrive here find conditions for feeding less favorable than
in the lands from which they have just departed. It has been
shown, however, that it is advantageous for birds to return to their

parental duties in spring as soon as convenient, and that the ap-

proach of the breeding season causes a physiological restlessness
which sets them in migratory motion. In the fall, while we do
find many of our birds departing at times when their food still
seems to be abundant, we have life in nature continuously chang-
ing. Just as the year has seasons with a difference in life, so, too,

‘the life of a summer is different at different times. Certain in-
‘sects appear and disappear at more or less definite periods; plants,

flowers, fruits and leaves all have their appointed times; days be-

‘come longer and shorter, and the very atmosphere carries an es-

sence, an inherent something, that seems to belong to a certain
time of the summer. All of these phenomena are operating over

‘a vast territory at the same time, affecting different birds in differ-

ent ways, and setting countless numbers in motion simultanecusly.
While we may not be justified in saying that these changes in
nature directly cause a dearth in the food supply of the migratory
birds, they have been the forerunners, for ages past, of other
changes the birds could not resist. Their influence upon birds
has been operating since migration first took its origin, so that to-
day they set the birds in motion instinctively.

Birds are set in migratory movement by a complex cones

‘tion of changes in temperature, humidity and living nature. The

cause for migration, however, is the failure of food in two wide-
spread areas—the north and the south—at opposite seasons of the
year.

CHAP PERL:

MIGRATORY ROUTES.

The theory that birds follow certain definite courses in their
migrations, and that these courses are determined by the physiog-

raphy of the countries through which they extend, may now be

pay

considered an established fact. A migratory route. excepting

“oceanic routes, consists of one or more physiographic features

which together form an almost unbroken path from the breeding

OCTOBER, 1902. ' THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 197

. district of an-individual to its winter home. These paths. consist
- of coast lines, river valleys, mountain ranges and island chains.
» To illustrate, a bird may start somewhere near the Alleghany
‘ Mountains, follow a course along the Appalachian System to any

“~—

*~

one of the streams originating at its southern extremity, follow
this to the coast and the coast to some point in Florida or the
West Indies. Others might start somewhere along the tributaries

- of the Potomac or the Hudson River or the Merrimac, and then
- down the coast.

Whereas, we have single birds and small groups starting. from
wholly different places, many will be brought together over the

--Same course; a number of such courses lead to larger ones, until
-owe finally arrive at a physiographic area that is thronged with
“migrants. Such an area is known as a migratory highway.

It is quite generally accepted that the principal highways of

-“North America are the Atlantic Coast, the Appalachian Moun-

tain System, the Mississippi River Valley, the Rocky Mountain

| System, the Pacific Coast and an island ‘chain extending across

Cuba from Florida to Yucatan.

Topographic features of less extent may be considered tribu-
tary highways, or main highways for local areas. The Great
Lakes of North America offer’:some peculiar conditions in the
migrations of those birds that spend the summer north of them

and the winter in the south. At the Straits of Mackinac we have
- a narrow neck where the land to the north and south of the Lakes

is not separated by considerable areas of water. We have here a
mere point in the geography of North America toward which in-

-numerable birds converge in their flight from one side of the Lakes

to the other. At Spectacle Reef light-house, which lies just east
of the entrance into the straits, there have been upwards of four

_and five hundred birds killed in one night by flying against the
« tower.

How in general the topographic features of a district influence

_lines of migration is well known to all bird students. A careful
_ study of the data presented in Prof. Cooke’s Report on Migration

‘in the Mississippi Valley shows, as we should expect, that birds
‘resident in Wisconsin use the Mississippi River as a highway

(41). Furthermore, after following this river north to the mouth
of the Rock River, it is a noteworhy fact that immense numbers
of our birds enter the state along a course following the Rock

r 41.-Cooke:. Report-on Bird. Migration in Miss. Valley. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Bull., No. 2, 1888.

198 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VoL. 2. NO. 4.

River. A study of the movements of the bluebird north of St.
Louis in the spring of 1885 shows that there is a regular chrono-
logical succession of data extending northward along the water
courses (42). Another interesting feature is to be seen in the
fact that those birds which followed the main highway reached
higher latitudes in the same length of time than those which
turned off to follow some tributary highway. It would thus seem
evident that the birds reported from either side of the Mississippi
River had been following it.during.some previous part of the jour-
ney. A study of the records of a number of the other birds has
shown results that are very similar.

In connection with this work telescopic observations were be-
gun at the Washburn Observatory at Madison, in the spring of
1898, and were continued through 1899 and 1900. During the
spring of 1900 interested persons from our western universities
were asked to co-operate in the collection of data. The result was
excellent.

The following directions were sent to all who acknowledged
their willingness to assist:

BIRD MIGRATION.

Directions for Observing with Telescope.
The Instrument.

Should be one with an objective ranging somewhere between 2 and 6
inches. The eye-piece should be supplied with 2, or if possible 4,
hair-lines crossing in the center, thus dividing the field of vision into
quadrants or octants.

Time of Observation.
Begin to observe as soon as the moon is high enough to come distinctly
into the field of vision, and continue until morning.

To Begin the Observations.

Focus the telescope on the moon with the point of intersection of the
hair-lines on the moon’s center. Turn the eye-piece so that one of the lines
lies parallel to the direction in which the moon is moving across the
heaven. Now turn to your note paper. At the head of this write the
date, locality, direction of wind, and weather in general. Just below this
draw a circle, putting in the hair-lines as they appear through the tele-
scope. Number them, beginning at the right hand side of the one you
have placed parallel to the direction of the moon and continuing counter
clock-wise. See figure below: aha
The Observations.

(It is a difficult task to observe and write out the observations at the
same time, and, also, it will tire the eyes to look at the bright moon too

42. The movements of the bluebird are recorded in Cooke’s Report on
pages 293 and 294.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 199

long at one stretch. It is, therefore, advisable to have two observers so as
to relieve each other every half hour or even every fifteen minutes, the
one writing the observations while the other is observing).

The time should be divided into periods of fifteen minutes each, 1. @.,
the observations should be made for periods of this length.

The following data should be noted wit. every bird that crosses the
field of vision:

The number and approximate tenths (as indicated by the hair-lines) at
which the bird enters and likewise at which it leaves the field of vision.

The speed at which it is flying—slow, fast, -like a shot, etc., ete.

His approximate size as compared to Goldfinch (size 1), Robin (size
2), and Crow (size 3). If slightly smaller add — sign, if larger a -|- sign.

State if the bird is out of focus.

State if its wing-strokes are plainly seen.

Other remarks that you may think of value.

The notes should look like this:

Madison, Wis., May 14, 1900. Warm, with quite strong southwest
wind; sky perfectly clear.

Period, 8:15—8:30.

iE II EH. IV. Remarks.

In. Out. Speed. A eee CN ha yee see isto ee woo ool GP ole casio n
4.6 1.2 very slow 2 Small hawk soaring.

3.8 8.1 fast 1 Flight like goldfinch.

3.8 8.1 fast | Flight like golafinch.

5.2 8.8 very fast DD ECE SONS Reg saa pee reriatn “athe kW Oy teed
4.1 8.5 fast 2 Curved below center.

IIf. and IV. are of less importance than I. and II.

These instructions resulted in eight excellent sets of data, and
much credit is due Mr. Leon J. Cole of Ann Arbor, Faculty Uni-
versity of Michigan; Mr. H. S: Warren, of Detroit, Secretary
Michigan Ornithological Society; Mr. William James Rice, Fac-
ulty Lake Forest University; Mr. O. S. Dart, student University
of Minnesota, and Mr. Wegemann, student Beloit College, and
their assistants, for their hearty co-operation in the collection of
these data. A set consisting of one evening’s observations was
contributed from each of the following places: Ann Arbor, De-

200 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY... VOL? 2: NO. 4.

troit and Minneapolis; from Lake Forest there were two; and the

writer, with the assistance of Mr. Wegemann, obtained three at
Beloit, while Dr. Libby conducted the observations at Madison.
The data received from Michigan deserve special mention for the
care with which they were collected.

From the telescopic observations it appears that birds are quite,
we might even say, exceptionally dependent upon their respective
migratory routes. Curves drawn from such data representing the -

‘numbers of birds flying in periods of fifteen minutes show that
“physiographic features are followed very closely as guide-lines
(Plate I.). The Beloit curves show a sudden increase in the num-
bers of birds observed as the telescope gradually comes to point
more nearly over the course of the Rock River. The observatory
at Beloit is situated on a slight elevation just east of the river, so
that the telescope points away from the river in the early evening.
The river at this point flows very nearly south, while just outside
of the southern border of the city it takes a course a little west of
south. These curves again show the extreme importance of a
water course in migration. In the foregoing consideration it has
been stated that a great many of the birds of Wisconsin enter the
state along the course of the Rock River. The difference between
the number of birds flying over the immediate course of the river
and those flying to one side of it, as shown by the plates, indicates
that topographical lines are followed very closely here. There is
an exceptional concentration of the number of birds flying over
the immediate course of the river.

While the curves drawn for Madison do not bring out this
feature in as striking a contrast as do those for Beloit, the obser-
vations show that there is a decrease in the number flying when
the field of observation has passed beyond the Madison Lakes and
and Yahara River System. By reducing the different plots for
Madison to the same number of hours after moon-rise, we obtain
a comparative view of the numbers of birds flying over the same
physiographic features (Plate II.). Although the curves show
considerable diversity, they seem to reach maximum points be-
tween two and three, four and five, and seven and eight hours after

~moon-rise. This, however, is not universally true. The lake re-
- gion about Madison, with its extremely diverse topographical feat-
ures, makes the problem a most complex one in this region. From
investigations carried on here for over four years it is quite safd
to conclude ‘that the greatest flights are found to occur when the
telescope points over the lake system—that is, before the moon
“has traveled over the sky a distance of five hours. Plate IIL.,

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. . 201

‘which shows the observations of three evenings combined into a
single plot, brings out this feature most strikingly.

In the first observations collected here the general aephinieh
suggested itself that birds discontinue their migrations soon after
midnight, but the comparison of these observations with those
from other places points to the conclusion that the topography
rather than the time of night determines the number of birds
flying.

li the curves drawn from data collected at Detroit, Michigan
(Plate I.) are compared with the map of Michigan, it will be seen
that the maximum of the curve is reached as the telescope points
‘more nearly along the course of the Detroit River. The telescope
used was situated about three-fifths of a mile from the river, on
the western side. During the early part of the evening the insru-
ment pointed over the river at an angle; toward 10 o’clock it grad-
ually came to point along the course of the river, and then grad-
ually moved away from the river again. The curve shows a moré
or less general increase toward 10 o’clock and a gradual decrease
after that time, until it finally falls even lower than in the early
part of the evening, when the telescope pointed across the river.

At Ann Arbor the map of Michigan shows the river so situated
with reference to the place of observation that we might expect
the highest point in the curve in the early part of the evening. It
begins high and falls gradually as the telescope moves away from
this area (Plate I.).

The topography surrounding Lake Forest, Illinois, makes the
conditions influencing the migratory movement much the same
as those for Detroit. Lake Forest is situated on the southwest
‘shore of Lake Michigan. During the early part of the evening
‘the telescope cuts the shore line of the lake at an angle; later. it
- points more nearlv in a line with the shore, after which it gradu-
ally moves away from this area again. These are in general the
same conditions that prevail at Detroit, and the curves for the two
places are, as we should expect, almost precisely the same. The
time of observation at Lake Forest extended only to 11 o'clock;
we might predict, however, that were they continued the curve
-would fall’ considerably lower (Plate I.).

The Detroit data show other interesting features that conform
-entirely with the theory here advanced. Out of 111 birds observed
%4 were traveling northeast, 13 north-northeast, 11 east-north-
_east, 4 north, 5 north-northwest, 3 northwest, and 1 southeast. In
_other words, 66 2-3 per cent of all the birds recorded were flying
northeast and about 21 2-3 nearly northeast, leaving only about 12

202 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 4.

per cent that did not take a general northeasterly direction. The
course of the Detroit River is southwesterly, and Mr. H. S. War-
ren writes that it seems evident that the birds were following the
river. The regularity of the direction maintained should dispel all
doubts to the contrary. An interesting feature now presents it-
self in connection with the peculiar topography just northeast of
Detroit. The river here gradually broadens to form Lake St.
Clair. While 66 2-3 per cent of the birds maintained a northeast
direction, 21 2-3 diverged slightly to either side in about equal
proportion, from which we might infer that the latter were begin-
ning to direct their courses along opposite shore lines of Lake St.
Clair. If this be the case, it shows how very closely birds follow
topographic lines. Then, again, it is rightly maintained that birds
can see great distances, from which we should expect that unless
they follow the coast lines of the lake very closely the telescopic
observations collected here would show a great diversiy in the
directions of flight, since the birds would then cross from Lake
Erie to Lake St. Clair rather promiscuously. Under such circum-
stances there would be very little evidence of concentration along
special topographical lines.

A comparison of the plots for Beloit and Madison show that
at Beloit the maximum in the curve.is reached much more sud-
denly than at Madison (Plates I. to III.). This, again, accord-
ing to our theory, is readily explainable in each case by the dif-
ference in the surroundig topography. The Lake System at Mad-
ison is broad and has the topographic features that influence lines
of migration extending over a wide area. The Rock River at Be-
loit is narrow and the surrounding topography rather uniform.
The curves for the latter place consequently rise more suddenly
and at the same time vastly higher, the migrating stream being
confined to narrower limits.

The birds noted to either side of the more important physio-
graphic features are probably such as have departed from the
main highway and are following courses of lesser importance, in
many instances such as will probably lead them to a summer home
in the vicinity. In fact, Plates IV. and V., illustrating the direc-
tion of flight at Beloit, seem to show that outside of the main
highway (i. e., during the early part of the evening, when the
telescope pointed away from the river) there is greater diversity
in the directions followed. When the telescope points away from
the main highway, the fact that fewer birds were seen and that
the directions followed were more diverse would point to the con-

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 203

clusion that these birds were following migratory routes of lesser
importance.

A>feature of special note in Plate VIII., showing the direc-
tions of flight at Madison, is that there are two general directions
followed here. From the preceding discussion, in which it was
found that physiographic features are followed very closely, we
might infer that the peculiar lake topography about Madison has
brought about these two general directions.

It is, however, noteworthy in the plate that of these two direc-
tions one predominates in April and the other in May, though the
percentage of the May-flight, if we may refer to it by that name,
is not as marked over the April-flight in May as in the latter over
the May-flight in April. Of the more common migratory species
of this region something over 70 per cent of those that arrive here
in April, and perhaps the first few days in May, are summer resi-
dents. Of those that arrive after that time about 60 per cent are
mere migrants for this region; that is, they pass through here to
breed farther north. Since these figures are only rough estimates,
and furthermore would need to be modified considerably by the
abundance of the number of individuals in the species, we can only
hint at a possible interesting line of investigation that suggests
itself here. It may be objected that this consideration is at pres-
ent too vague even to allow of suggestion. However, if we take
the list of one hundred species, with the dates of arrival and de-
parture, prepared by Mr. F. M. Chapman (43), it will be seen
that the percentages given above have not been overestimated in
favor of the principle to be involved (44). About 64 of these 100
species arrive here before the end of the first week in May, and 36
after that date. Of the former, 52, or 81% per cent, are summer
residents ; of the latter, only 14, or about 38 8-10 per cent, are sum-
mer residents, the remainder breeding farther north. Moreover,
the proportion of the number of individuals in those species that
arrive here in May and are summer residents is in all but a. few
cases far below those that merely pass through here. Of fourteen
summer residents that arrive here in May about eight are gener-
ally included among the rarer species, while only six are abund-
antly found, which would seem to show that in all probability the
ereater number of birds that flv through Madison in May breed
farther north, and hence that different routes are followed by the
two groups of birds.

43. Handbook of Birds of East. N. A., N. Y., 1897, pp. 15-17.

44. This list has been slightly modified by notes taken in Wisconsin in
recent years.

204 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4

The topography to the north of Madison shows that Lake
Mendota at one time had an outlet northwest into the Wisconsin
River, and that a little to the northeast of this area there is a broad
valley that once connected Rock River with Green Bay (45). A
possible conclusion suggests itself now as an explanation of the
two directions noted at Madison, namely, that they are the result
of these two physiographic features.

These conclusions point to a feature of special interest which
offers a most important field for investigation. In general the
families Mniotiltide and Turide, and the order Limicole breed
in the far north. Among the others certain species breed abund-
antly up to a definite latitude, beyond which the number of species
and individuals of these more southern birds decreases directly
as the distance increases. Granting Weismann’s theory in so far
as migration is a development, resulting from dispersion, as we
must, and Merrian’s theory that there are two centers of disper-
sion in North America (46), it would seem evident from the fore-
going considerations that birds dispersing from the north south-
ward, in the same region, may have been influenced by different
topographic features from those that dispersed from the south
northward.

From a detailed study of the geographic distribution of birds,
their lines of migration, and the degree of perfection which the
phenomenon has attained in the different groups, we may arrive
at data which will lead to the correct conception of the origin of
migration, and from which we may even be enabled to work out
the evolution of the phenomenon in the different groups.

Prof. Baird has traced the lines of dispersion of a number of
birds of eastern North America westward and northward, almost
to the Pacific Coast in the northern part of the United States.
He found that in dispersing they followed the Missouri and
Platte Rivers from the Mississippi River and, what is most re-
markable, that they followed these same rivers in migrating from
these summer homes to their winter homes in Mexico, instead of
moving directly southward through California (47). This is ex-
cellent evidence that the routes followed in migration are the lines
of dispersion followed when birds first moved out from their
original faunal area. Moreover, the main highways at present
are situated along courses that are especially favorable as lines.

45. Chamberlin. Geol. of Wis. Survey of 1873-1879, vol. 1, p. 284.

46. Merriam. U. S. Dept. of Agri., North Amer. Fauna Bull., No. 3,
pp. 19-22.

47. Baird. Am. Jour. of Sce., 1866, p. 78.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 205..

of dispersion, or where on account of barriers these courses would
be the only ones likely to be followed. Thus the wooded streams
of our river valleys and the salt marshes of the coast line offer
an abundant supply of food, and quite generally environmental
conditions that are favorable to birds of every. group. Coast
lines furthermore present the ocean on one side as a vast barrier ;
likewise island chains, while they present a favorable food sup-
ply on the one hand, have the ocean to either side as a vast bar-
rier. Mountain ranges, again, with their differepce in faunal
areas, act as a barrier to certain groups, directing their move-
ments along the more fertile foothills ; as an inducement to others
since they are enabled to find their accustomed faunal areas wind-
ing their way through other faunal areas that would be anything
other than an inducement.

It now becomes evident that birds will return to the proximity
of their old homes even in the absence of home affection.

The fact that some few birds seem to follow a different course
in fall from the one followed in spring might at first appear to
offer difficulties to the principle evolved above. If it be remem-
bered, however, that migration originated as a result of disper-
sion, and. in all probability of successive dispersions of the same
species both from the north and the south, it is obvious that in
the south different physiographic features may have influenced
the birds from those that influenced them in the north, and so lead
to a circular route. These cases must not be confused with those
referred to by Prof. Baird, since in the latter the birds were al-
ready extensive migrants, they were beyond the stage of the ac-
quisition of the habit, and present us merely with a case of the
extension of a migratory route under conditions already familiar
to them.

In connection with work of this nature two theories have
been presented, at different times, regarding a sixth sense by
means of which birds find their way between their summer and
winter homes., The first of these, that of Dr. A. von Middendorf,
has already been shown to be a fallacy (Historical Review, pp.
4-5, ante). The second is the result of careful investigations
upon carrier pigeons. Capt. G. Reynaud, who is the author of this.
theory, has formulated what he terms a “law of retracement,” or
“law of reverse scent” (48). He says: ‘When the time for de-
parture is come, birds of the same species, inhabitating the same
region, come together for the journey. - Those that have already

48. Smithsonian Report, 1898, pp. 481-498.

206 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4

made the voyage take the lead and retrace the path by which
they came (4G). The younger birds, born since the last journey,
confine themselves to following their elders, and when, some
months, later, it becomes time to return, they are able in their
turn to follow in a reverse direction the journey previously made.’

However, since migration is the result of dispersion, and dis-
persion takes place very gradually, comparatively only a very
short distance each year in the extension of a migratory route, the
probabilities are that the features along this route are very fa-
miliar to the older birds. W£uth regard to those that were born
since the last journey, there are again conditions that make a
sixth sense entirely unnecessary. Brewster claims that young
birds migrate by example, and his claims are upheld by the ma-
jority of leading ornithologists (50). This being the case they can
readily join the migrating stream overhead and without any great
effort follow the general movement. When we consider that at
Beloit from sixty to eighty birds crossed the field of vision in fif-
teen minutes, showing that there is a regular stream of migrants
along the highway, it leaves little room for doubting the ability cf
young birds to find their way without the aid of a sixth sense.

CHAPTER IV.
THE MANNER OF MIGRATION.

The movements and habits of birds differ in different species,
during the migratory season, with regard to one another and
to their environment. These relations have been designated by
the term Manner of Migration.

The problems arising in this connection may be classified un-
der three main heads: (1) with regard to their associations, which
concerns itself with the questions of the numbers and species as-
sociated during the migratory season, the relation of adults to
-young, and the relation of males to females; (2) with regard to
the environment, which concerns itself with the questions of
special food habits, and meteorological influences; (2) with re-
gard to the manner of progressing from place to place. which
concerns itself with the time of migration—day or night,—the
relative successive positions, the speed and altitude. attained, and
kindred phenomena exhibited during the time birds are in actual

49. This he endeavors to show is accomplished by a sixth sense, a
sense of orientation.
50. Brewster. Mem. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1, 1886, p. 12.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 207

migratory motion. The following discussion will cca! in the main
with such of these problems as can be solved by means of the
telescope supplemented by field observations.

Numbers Associated in Migration.—lt has been known for a
long time that. migrations occur both during the day time and
during the night, but it is only within comparatively recent years
that a fair conception of the extent to which the nocturnal migra-
tions take place has been attained. Prof. A. S. Flint of the
Washburn Observatory has calculated from data collected by Dr.
O. G. Libby in 1897, that nine thousand birds per hour passed
within the arc of a circle subtended by the angle through which
the telescope passed during the entire period of observation. This
gives us a fair mathematical estimate of the magnitude of the
nocturnal movement.

The Altitude Attained in Migration.—Estimates of the alti-
tude of migration as obtained by means of the telescope show that
former investigators have placed their estimates far too high. In
the observations taken at Beloit from 2:00 to 3:30 A. Mo. the tele-
scope made an average angle of about fifteen degrees with the
horizon. The telescope at this time was about one mile from
that portion of the river over which the birds were observed. This
means that the majority of them were not over fifteen hundred
feet above the surface of the earth.

Estimates from data collected at Detroit show the flight to have
been slightly higher. but still far below the estimates of former
investigators. Mr..H. S. Warren writes from that place as fol-
lows: “The observations were taken at the Cartwright observa-
tory located about three-fifths of a mile from the river. The
telescope, a 6-inch refracting instrument, equatorially mounted
with an 8-inch focus, was at an average angle during the period
of observation, of about thirty degrees. If the birds that were
traveling northeast, which numbered considerably more than one-
half of all noted, were following the course of the river, which
seemed evident, they must have been somewhat more than one-
half mile above the surface.”

The telescopic observations show that there may be a zone of
considerable depth, birds choosing variable altitudes in which
to perform their migrations, but by far the greater number do
not attain an altitude much over one-half mile from the earth’s
surface.

Associations of Individuals and Species—A more detailed
consideration of the telescopic observations collected for this thesis
tends to establish, with some modifications, the results obtained by

208 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

Dr. Brewster at Point Lepreaux Light-house in 1881 (51). No
set of data or description can convey so good an idea of the actual
state of affairs as the observation of the phenomena themselves
through the telescope. With regard to nocturnal migrants the
following general conclusions are apparent: (1) that they per-
form their journeys both singly and in compact flocks, the dif-
ferent individuals and groups being more or less united into strag-
gling bands or streams; (2) ) that single individuals and groups
fly independent of one another, but to some extent may be de-
pendent upon the general movement of the stream; and (3), that
there is a great diversity of species and individuals associated to-
gether in migration.

The data for any one evening that has seemed favorable for
migrating birds will establish these general statements. (See data
in appendix.) The continuous stream-like movement over some
routes has already been referred to and it will only be necessary
to call attention here to the extent of these bird-streams, and to the
fact that they are composed both of single individuals and flocks.
Throughout the observations when the number of birds was not
exceptionally large, from two or three to about fifteen for a period,
it was very noticeable that the majority of birds were not col-
lected into compact flocks. Although it was not uncommon to
have several appear in fairly rapid succession, it was more often
the rule to see them following one another in a straggling man-
ner ; impressing the observer with the idea of a regular straggling
stream, such as one might see anywhere near a school just after
the hour of dismissal.

From the entire set of observations collected with the teles-
cope, the immense numbers of birds recorded when the field of
vision extended along a highway, and the apparent regularity with
which the birds passed—in some instances for several hours at a
time,—it is quite evident that along the main highways and the
more important tributaries birds fly in such numbers that for miles
we have one long, almost continuous stream of birds. When we
consider that from fifty to eighty birds were recorded on the Rock
River in fifteen minutes, that the average number remained high
for more than an hour, and that these birds must have departed
from a similar stream of even greater magnitude along the Mis-
sissippi River, the nocturnal movement becomes not merely in-
teresting but marvelous.

51. Brewster. Mem. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1, 1885.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 209

Although Dr. Brewster has not found it so at Point Lepreaux,
telescopic observations tend to show that certain individuals may
be collected into fairly compact flocks, numbering from a few to
a large number. Thus in the data collected at Beloit, May 12,
1900, from 1:45 to 3:00 A. M., there are five records (see ap-
pendix, pages 238 to 240) where birds appeared in comparatively
large numbers, in such rapid succession—often a number in the
field at the same time—that it leaves little room for doubting that
these birds did belong to fairly compact flocks. To say that in
some instances as many as ten or more birds crossed the field
in less than one-third that many seconds would not be an over-
statement of the case. Moreover, the actual number recorded
must have been only a small number of all that were associated
in one flock. In fact data obtained by listening for bird calls on
dark nights seem to indicate that it is not an uncommon occurrence
for nocturnal migrants to fly in fairly compact flocks.

That flocks and single individuals flying side by side, are mov-
ing independent of one another is evident from the range of speed
exhibited. Throughout the observations it was common to see
birds, at times, apparently side by side, flying at rates that varied
from the extremely slow to the very highest rate of speed. On
the other hand it is quite obvious that the general movement of the
stream may have a guiding influence to. such birds as have had
little or no experience.

Although it is only in rare instances that species can be identi-
fied, the general outline, the size and the motion of the birds as
they are seen silhouetted against the moon leaves little doubt
to the observer that he has a diversity of species passing through
the field of vision. The large number of routes that lead to the
more important highways would bring individuals from diverse
regions together along these courses. On the other hand, birds
that become associated do not necessarily continue thus to the
end of their journey. Dr. Brewster makes the following state-
ment in this connection: “During even its earliest stages their
members must become separated from one another and become
associated with birds of the same or different species belonging
to other flocks which may have started from various localities,
but which are traveling in the same direction and along the same
or parallel paths” (52).

As to how these birds separate again, Dr. Brewster says: “An
answer to this question was suggested at Point Lepreaux by the

52. Brewster. Mem. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1, 1885, p. 13.

210 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. &

fact that, while many species of birds arrived together on the same
night, and mingled indiscriminately in the neighboring woods
during the following day, they did not invariably depart together
nor in the same direction. This leads me to believe,” he savs
further, “that similar places along every route constitute what
may be called stations or points of departure” (53). Field ob-
servations about Madison show results that are very similar. A
careful study of the movements of the tree sparrow and the slate-
colored junco was made during the spring of 1900. Their haunts
were visited each morning on the eastern border of Lake Wingra
and on the University Drive along Lake Mendota. Each day
there was either an increase or a decrease and it was plainly notice-
able that there were several sets of individuals intermingled.
From their actions it 1s quite easy to distinguish those that arrive
the preceding night from those that were there the day before.
These observations, however, would seem to indicate that such
points of departure are not limited to promontories extending into
the sea, points of timber bordering extensive plains or the ex-
tremity of mountain ranges, where the migrating tide hesitates
before venturing on the dangerous stage ahead, as has been sug-
gested by Dr. Brewster (54), and previously, in 1846, by J. F.
Naumann (55). These investigations show that such stations
may occur almost anywhere along a migratory route rather than
at certain limited points.

Birds do not fly to some desired resting place in one night and
then pursue their flight to another the next night, nor do they
necessarily fly throughout the entire night and then stop at the
first convenient place in the morning. The simple truth here is
that birds fly as far during one night as they find convenient, the
distance being determined by immediate environmental influences.
In the observations made at Beloit there were certain times when
there seemed to be an undue proportion of birds so close to the
telescope that they appeared out. of focus. The directions of
flight of these individuals as illustrated by plates IV-VII are
entirely out of keeping with the general course. A conclusion
suggests itself here that these birds had devarted from the migrat-
ing stream overhead and were seeking suitable resting places.

53. Brewster, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 1. page 13.

54. Thid.
55.. Hist. Review, p. 1890.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 211

Appendix.

For the method of observation see pages 198 and 199. The meteorological
data, except those for Detroit, Ann Arbor, and Lake Forest, have been
taken from the records at the Washburn Observatory at Madison.
The temperature in each case is for 9:00 P. M., the direction of the wind
for 2:00 and 9:00 P. M., stated for example West to Northwest—West at
2:00 and Northwest at 9:00 P. M. When only one direction is given that
was the direction for the entire day.

212 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

Mapison, Wis., Ae g, 1808.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—North Northw est, velocity 5.
Temperature —44. 3°.
Atmosphere—sprinkling at 2:00 P. M., fair at 2 :00.
Total number of Birds observed from 9:45 P.:M. to 11:30
P. M.—44.
9:45 to 10:00—in 3.0—out 5.0.
in 3.0—out 7.0.
in 3.0—out 8.0.
in 4.0—out 7.0.
in 3.0—out 8.0.
in 4.0—out 6.0.
in 3.0—out 8.0.
in 4.0—out 8.0.
in 3.0—out 8.0—Total 9.
10:00 to 10:15—in 3.0—out 7.0—Robin.
in 3.0—out 7.0—out of focus.
in 2.0—out 7.0.
= apm aie | Geese side by side.
in 3.0—out 8.0.
in 3.0—out 7.0.
in 3.0—out 5.0.
in 3.0—out 8.0—Total 9.
10:15 to 10:30—in 2.0—out 8.0.
in 2.0—out 8.0.
in 2.0—out 7.0.
in 1.0—out 5.6.
in 3.0—out 8
in 3.0—out 7.
in 3.0—out 5
in 2.5—out 8
in 3.7—out 5
10:30 to 10:45—in 3.7—out 6
in 2.0—out 8
in 3.5—out 6
in 4.3—out 7.
in I1.5—out 7
in 3.5—out 8
in 5.I—out 7
in 3.0—out I.
in 3.I—out 5-

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. pg Bs

in 5.7—out 7.0.

in 2.9—out 7.8.

in 3.5—out 6.3.

in 4.2—out 5.6—Total 13.
10:45 to I11:00—in 8.0—out 6.0.

in 3.3—out 7.5.

in 2.6—out 7.6—Total 3.
T1:00 to I11:15—in 0.0o—out 0.c—Total o.
Tr:15 to 11:30—in 2.5—out 7.6—Total I.

Mapison, Wis., Apr. 10, 1898.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—North to northwest, velocity 4.

Temperaure—45. 8°.

Atmosphere—Cloudy at 2 P. M. to clear at 9 P. M.

Total number of birds observed from 12:45 P. M. to 3:00
A.M.—6.

12:45 to 1:00—in 0.0—out 0o.o—Total o.

1:00 to .1:15—in 3.5—out 8.6—Slow—Size 1—Total 1.
I:15 to’ 1:30—in 3.1—out 8.2—Out of focus—Total 1.
1:30 to 1:45—in 4.4—out 8.1—Total 1.

1:45 to 2:00—in 3.2—out 7.9—Flying leisurely.

in 3:5—out 7.2—Faster—Same species as pre-
ceding—Total 2.
2:00 to 2:15—in 0.0o—out 0o.o—Total o.
2:15 to 2:30—in 5.2—out 7.9—Total I.
2:30 to 2:45—in 0.0o—out o.o—Total o.
2:45 to 3:00—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.

No

Mapison, Wis., May 5, 1808.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—North to southeast, velocity 4.
Temperature— 46. 5°.
Atmosphere—Cloudy to clear.
Total number of birds observed from 8:30 P. M. to 11:00
P. M.—13.
8:30 to 8:45—in 4.5—out 6.5—Slow — Long wing-strokes—
Sailing.
in 4.4—out 7.3—Out of focus—8 minutes of
this period missed—Total
r 2 |
8:45 to g:00—in 0.0o—out o.o—Total o. :

214. BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

9:00 to 9Q:15—in 4.5-—out 7.6.
in 1.5—out 6.0—Total 2.
9:15 to 9:30—in 0.0—out o.o—Total o.
9:30 to 9:45—in 1.9—out 6.0.
in I.5—out 5.5—3 or 4 ducks in line—Out of
focus.
in 5.3—out 7.8—Duck—Out of focus.
in 2.3—out 3.7—Duck—Out of focus—Total 7.
9:45 to 10:00—in 2.5—out 7.3—Duck—Out of focus—Total 1.
10:00 to 10:15—in 1.5—out 4.3—Swift, with speed of a shot—
aota tt.
10:15 to 10:30—in 0.0—out 0o.o—Total o.
10:30 to 10:45—in 0.0—out 0.0o—Total o.
10:45 to I1:00—in 0.0—out 0.o—Total o.

Maptson, Wis., May 6, 1808.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—North to southeast, velocity 5.
Temperature— 4g. 2°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds seen from 9:45 P. M to 11:00 P. M.—8.
9:45 to 10:00—in 4.7—out 6.7—This period cloudy about 7
min.
in 4.6—out 7.8—Heron—Total 2.
10:00 to 10:15—in 4.3—out 7.2—This period cloudy about 3
min.
in 2.5—out 5.3—Total 2.
10:15 to 10:30—in 2.4—out 5.2.
in 2.6—out 5.3—Total 2.
10:30 to 10:45—in 8.8—out 7.6—Total 1.
10:45 to 11:00—in 8.8—out 4.8—Total 1.

Mapison, Wis., August, 1898.
(Meteorological data incomplete on account of date missing.)
Total number of birds observed from 1t1:o0 P. M. to 12:30
P. M.—33.
II:00 to I1:15—in 8.5—out 3.5.
in 7:5—out 3.8—Size 2.
in 7.5—out 3.8.
in 7.5—out 4.2.
in 7.5—out 3.6.
in 6.7—out 3.0—Size 2.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 215

in 6.3—out 4.5.

in 6.5—out 4.8—Total 8.
II:15 to 11:30—in 7.1—out 3.2—Total 1.
E1330 to 11 :45—in 7.3—out 3.4.

in 6.3—out 3.2.

in 6.7—out 3.8.

in 8.3—out 2.4.

in 6.4—out 4.2.

in 7.3—out 3.0.

in 6.4—out 3.7

in 6.5—out 2.5

in 6.8—out 3.9.

in 7.3—out 3.4.

in 6.I—out 3.3.

in 6.3—out 4.5—Total 12.
11:45 to 12:00—in 5.5—out 3.1.

in 5.9—out 2.1

in 6.5—out 3.5.

in 6.9—out 3.2.

in 5.4—out 3.1.

in 5.0—out 2.3—Total 6.

12:00 to 12:15—in 6.7—out 1.2.

in 6.5—out 2.3.

in 6.4—out 4.1—Total 3.
12:15 to 12:30—in 6.4—out 3.2.

in 5.4—out 3.2.

in 5.5—out 2.5—Total 3.

Mapison, Wis., Sept. 24, 1808.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—West to southwest, velocity 4.
Temperature—63. 3°.
Atmosphere—Cloudy to clear.
Total number of birds observed from 7:15 P. M, to 11:30
P. M.—46.
7:15 to 7:30—in 6.3—out 3.6—Total 1.
7:30 to 7:45—in 4.2—out: 2.1.
in 3.5—out 2.6.
in 5.9—out 7.9.
in 5.5—out 8.3.
in 5.8—out 3.0.

216

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL. 2. NO. 4.

7:45

& :00

8:45

Ns)

:0O

to

to

to

to

to

to

in 6.8—out 2.1 ) Slow—Same species — mead-

in

9 :30—in
9:45—in
in

in

10 :00—in
10:15—in
in

10 :30—in
10:45—in
in

5-3—out
4.6—out
5-9— out
5-g—out
4-5—out
5-3— out
5.5—out
4.8—out
4.8—out
5-3—out
5.0—out
0.0—out
4.5—out
5 Our
6.8—out
6.2—out
4.3—out
5.3---Ouk
4.6—out
5.8—out
6.2—out
4.4—out
6.2—out
6.4—out
4.5—out
6.0—out
4.6-—out
4.6—out
5.8—out
8.0— out
0.0—out
6.3—out
7.1-—Our
3.7—out
0.0—out
5.5-—out
2.5—out
0.0o—out
5.8— out
1.g—out

owlark(?).
7.7) ast
1.8.
3.8—Very slow—About 3 sec. to
cross field.
1.1—Total to.
2 W,
2.5—Total 2.
rk
2.8.
1G.
Ph
1.8.
Bo%,
2.6.
2.2—Total 8.
o.o—Curved over center.
8.9—Total 2.
ao).
8.g—-Like a shot.
a
1.3—Total a.
1.8 )
1.8 » Same species.
Res
ae
1.1—Total 5.
ins
2.9—A mere blur.
1.6.
1.I—Swift, like a shot.
3.6—Total 5.
0.o—Total o.
8.4.
3.8.
8.g—Total 3.
0.o—Total o.
8.6.
5.8—Total 2.
0.0—Total o.
Wes
3.8.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 217

in 5.0—out 1.0—Total 3.
10:45 to 11:00—in 0.0—out 0.0—Total o.
I1:00 to I1:25—in 0.0—out 0.0o—Total o.
11:25 to 11:50—in 4.6—out 2.4—Total I.

Maprison, WIs., Sept. 25, 1808.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—South, velocity 8.
Temperature—63. 6°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 6:45 P. M. to 8:55
P. M.—z.
6:45 to 7:00—in 0.0—out 0.o—Total o.
7:00 to 7:15—in 0.0—out 0o.o—Total o.
7:15 to 7:30—in 5.0—out 1.0.
in 7.3—out 5.6—Total 2.
7:30 to. 7:45—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
7:45 to 8:00—in 0.0—out 0.o—Moon partly obscured by
clouds—Total o.
8:00 to 8:15—in 0.o—out 0o.o—Total o.
8:15 to 8&:30—in 0.o—out 0.o—Total o.
8:30 to 8:45—in 0.0oO—out 0.0o—Total o.
8:45 to 8&:55—in 0.0o—out 0o.o—Total o.

Mapison, Wis., Apr. 25, 1899.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—North northwest to southeast.
Temperature—66. 8°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number -of birds observed from 8:37 P. M. to 11:30
P. M.—7.
8:37 to 8:45—in 3.8—out 8.g—2 birds at high speed.
in 4.1—out 8.5.
in 3.9—out 8.5—Curved below center—Total
4.
8:45 to 9g:00—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
9:00 to g:15—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
g:15 to 9:30—in 4.2—out 7.8. ,
in 2.0—out 5.0—Slow—Wing-beats slow—To-
tal 2.
9:30 to 9g:45—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
9:45 to 10:00—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.

218 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

10:00 to 10:15—in 0.0—oue 0.0o—Total o.
10:15 to 10:30—in 7.6—out 1.3—Total 1.

Mapison, Wis., May 22, 1899.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—Northeast to east southeast, velocity 4.
Temperature—54. 8°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 8:30 P. M. to 10:45
P. M.—1.
8:30 to 8:45—in 0.0—out o.o—Direction missed.
in 8.6—out 3.5.
in 1.0—out 5.0—Flight like meadowlark:
in 2.6—out 7.4—-Same as preceding.
in 1.0—out 5.4.
in 4.0—out 5.0—Total 6.
8:45 to 9g:00—in 4.5—out 7.5.
in 3.0—out 8.0.
in 4.5—out 7.5—Sailing.
in 6.0—out 8.5.
in 4.5—out 6.0—Curved around center.
in 5.0—out 7.0.
in 8.0—out 6.0—Size 3.
8:45 to 9:00—in 2.0—out 6.0—Dropped through Field—To-
, tal 8.
9:00 to 9Q:I5—Iin 4.0—out 0.0.
in 1.0—out 5.0.
in 2.0—out 4.5.
in 7.0—out 5.4.
in 7.2—out 0.0.
in 3.7—out 8.5.
in 8.5—out 6.0.
in 6.5—out 4.5—Total 8.
9:15 to 9:30—in 3.6—out 7.0.
in 1.0—out 5.0.
in 8.5—out 5.2.
in 3.5—out 8.0—Out of focus.
in 1.0—out 5.2.
in 1.0—out 5.0—Sailing in the wind—Total 6
9:30 to 9:45—in 1.0—out 4.8.
in 4.3—out 8.5—Swamp blackbird(?).
in 4.5—out 8.5.

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 219
0.0o—out 0.0o—Pigeon(?), long, pointed tail.
3.8—out 1.5.
8.5—out 7.1.
7.0—out 1.0—Out of focus—Total 7.
7.3—out 3.7—Curved over center.
8.5—out 5.0—Robin(?).
8.5—out 7.0.
1.5—out 7.0—Out of focus.

Seam x2 Same species, Bore ive
8.5—out 4.5 ALD
0.0—out 0.0—6 minutes lost—Total 7.
0.0—out 0.o—8 minutes lost.

T:0-——OUEe3:5.

ESO 5.0:
8.5—out 5.0—Curved below center.
7.5—out 5.0—Swift—Snipe(?).
8.7—out 7.0—Snipe(?).
8.5—out 4.8—Out of focus—Total 6.
7.5—out 5.0.
8.5—out 4.5.
8.3—out 4.8.
8.7—out 4.8.
1.3—out 3.5—Size I.

AB OUL) 2.0:

8.9—out 3.0—Long tail.

8.9—out 3.5.

8.5—out 4.8—Swift, speed like a shot—To-
tal 9.

T.O—out 4.0.

T.O—out 5.2.

7 O— our 5.0." -

1.0—out 4.0—Duck—Total 4.

METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—North northeast to east, velocity 6.

Temperature—29. 2°.

Atmosphere—Cloudv to clear.

Total number of birds seen from 8:00 P. M. to 9:15 P. M.—o.
_ No birds seen for the entire evening.

Maptson, Wis., Apr. I0, 1900.

220 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4

METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Mapison, Wis., Apr. 18, 1900.

Wind—Northwest to southeast, velocity 4.
Temperature—46. 8°.
Atmosphere—Cloudy to clear.

Total number of birds observed from 11:15 P.M. to 1:15 A.

M.—12I1I.

I1:15 to 11:30—in 3.9—out
in 4.5—out
in 4.0—out
in 4.0—out
in 3.6—out
in 3.8—out
in 3.9—out
in 3.5—out
in 3.I—out
in 3.7—out
in 4.7—out
in 4.2—out
in 4.3—out
in 3.I—out
in 0.0O—out
in 3.4—out
in 4.9—out
in 3.1—out
in 0.o—out
in 2.5—out
in 4.3—out
in 3.4—out
in 3.6—out
in 3.7—out
in 3.9—-out
in 3.2—out
in 3.2—out
in 3.8—out
in 3.8—out
in 3,8—out
in 3.6—out

28

vay ps

aS, 2:

8.2—Size 2.

8.7—Curved up.

8.4—Curved up.

ite 3

8.6.

8.8

8.9—All the above birds are about
the size of a robin.

8.6—Swiit.

8.1—Curved down.

7.8.

2

0.o—About one minute with no
birds.

L¥

6.9—Out of focus.

8.0.

0.0o—Direction missed.

1.8.

8.3—Size I.

1.2—Very slow.

8.2.

7.9—Followed preceding very
closely.

7-9:

8.0.

1.3—Curved up.

8.2—Swift—Size 3—Fast flyer and
of large size.

bez.

8.9—Slow.

8.5.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIBDS. 221

in 4.t—out 7.9—Slow—Size 1—Wing-strokes
plain.
in 0.0—out 0.o—No birds for 2 minutes.
in 4.1—out 8.8.
in 4.3—out 7.8—Total 33.
11:30 to I1:45—in 4.8—out 8.2.
| in 4.I—out 2.1—Swift—Out of focus.
in 4.2—out 7.8.
in 4.0—out 8.0.
in 3.I—out a

These two passed close to one

in 3.5—out 8.1 another.

in 5.8—out I.1.
in 5.1—out 8.9.
in 0.0—out 0.0o—Missed direction.
in 2.6—out a
in 3.3—out 8.1
in 4.8—out 8.3
in 3.2—out 2.6
in 4.0—out 8.0—Dove through the field.
in 3.5—out 8.9.
in 3.3—out 2.1.
in 2.1—out 1.2.
in 4.0—out 7.4.
in 5.0—out 6.9.
in 5.0—out 7.2.
in 4.3—out 8.2.
in 4.9—out 7.7.
in 3.3—out 1.0.
in 3.6—out 8.2.
in 4.0—out 7.1.
in 0.0—out 0.c—No birds for 2 minutes.
in 3.4—out 8.6.
in 3.7—out 8.2—Total 27.
11:45 to 12:00—in 4.2—out 7.5—Fast.
in 0.o—out 0.0o—No birds for 2 1-2 minutes.
in 4.2—out 7.4.
in 3.8—out 7.8.
in 4.0—out 7.1—Swift—Size 3-|-.
in 4.0—out 6.5—-Same species as preceding.
in 3.2—out 7.2.
in 4.2—out 6.8—Swift—Size 3-|-.
in 3.8—out 7.2.

& the same species.

222 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4
in 4.2—out 6.0.
in 4.5—out 6.8.
in 2.8—out 7.8 S
in 3.2—out 7.5 ame species.
in 2.0—out 8.1.
in 4.2—out 7.5.
in 3.0—out 7.3.
in 2.0—out 1.2.
in 4.5—out 6.5—Very slow—Total 17.
i2:00 to 12:15—in 3.2—out 7.8.
in 4.I1-—out 7.2.
in 4.2—out 8.o.
in 4.0—out 7.6.
in 4.0—out 7.6—Size 3-|-.
in 4.2—out 8.0 |
A ae os ) Slow—Flight like goldfinch.
in 6.0—out 7.5
in 3.7—out 7.8—Swift—Size 3-|-.
in 4.0—out 8.0
in 5.0—out 6.2 + In field at same time.
in 3.1—out 8.7
in 4.0—out 8.0—Size 3-|-.
a
2 ee mA | Plight like goldfinch.
in 3.0—out 8.2—Total 17.
12:15 to 12:30—in 3.5—out 8.9—Swilt.
in 3.8—out 8.2.
in 3.0—out 8.9—Size 3-|-.
in 5.7—out 7.0.
in 4.2—out 7.0.
in 0.0o—out 0.0—No birds for 5 minutes.
in 3.8—out 8.3—Slow—Size 1—.
in 4.9—out 7.2—Fast—Size 3. Out of focus.
in 5.8—out 7.1—Flight like goldfinch.
in 5.0—out 2.1—Curved below center.
in 4.2—out 8.2.
in 5.0—out 1.2.
in 7.9—out 4.2—Sailed, like a meadowlark.
in 4.0—out 8.6—Swift—Size I.
in 3.9—out 8.5—Slow—Size 1—Flitting care-

lessly criss-cross through
field. He paused a second

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 223

as if to turn in his course.
Total 14.
12:30 to 12:45—in 4.8—out 7.2—Swift—Size 2-|-.
in 7.8—out 3.0—Slow—Looked like duck.
in 3.0—out 7.0.
in 5.0—out 7.2—Seemed to appear suddenly
near center of field.
in 4.5—out 8.5—Size 3.
in 2.0—out 8.8—Total 6.
12:45 to 1:00—in 2.0—out 8.8—Total 1.
1:00 to 1I:15—in 4.6—out 7.9—Out of focus.
in 3.4—out 1.9—Swift—Out of focus.
in 3.1—out 8.9—Out of focus—Sailing.
in 5.6—out 7.2—Fast—Out of focus.
in 2.9—out 0.0—Slow.
in 3.2—out 8.5—Slow, wing-strokes visible—
Out of focus.
in 3.3—out 1.9—Slow, wing-strokes visible— |
Out of focus—Total 7.

Maptson, Wis., May 9, 1900. —
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—South to southwest, velocity 8.
Temperature—53. 9°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 7:50 P. M. to 11:45
P. M.—47.
7:50 to 8:00—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
8:00 to 8:15—in 5.8—out 3.8—Out of focus.
in 5.1I—out 1.6—Slightly blurred—Total, 2.
8:15 to 8:30—in 0.0o—out 0.o—Total o.
8:30 to 8:45—in 8.g—out 5.3—Slow—Size 2—Wing-strokes
seen—Total 1.
8:45 to 9:00—in 5.0—out 7.0—Fast—Out of focus, obscured
| over 60 per cent of field.
in 4.8—out 7.1—Size 1-]-. Slightly blurred—

| A otal 12:
g:00 to 9:15—in 4.I—out 7.7—Fast. Out of focus. Strokes
) visible.
in 2.2—out 3.6.—1-|-. Very distinct. Total 2.

g:15 to. 9:30—in 8.4—out 7.3.—Size 1. Wing-strokes visible.
in 3.3—out 1.2—Swift. Size 2—Out of focus.
Totalt2:

224 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2.NO.4. .

9:30 to 9:45—in 8.6—out 6.5.—Size 1-|-.
in I.2—out 7.3.—Size 3. Slow strokes, little

9:45 to

10:00 to

10:15 to
10:30 to

10:45 to

I1:00 to

In

in
10 :00—in
in
10:15—in

in

10 :30—in
10 :45—in

F-60111
in
in

Tt :15—in

blurred.

4.2—out 7.1.—Same species as first bird of
9:00 to 9:15 period. Total 3.

.2.2—out 1.5.—Swift. . Size 1-|-.

1.7—out 3.4—Size I—. Wind rising at
9:50. . Total 2.

2.0—out 4.2—Slow. Size 2-|-.Wing-strokes

visible.

3.7—out 8.5.—Size 2-|-. Slightly out of fo-

ens. Toatal-2:

4.I—out 2.5.—Fast. Size 1. Total 1.

2.6—out 7.7.—Fast. Size 2—. Wing-strokes
visible. .

2.9—out 3.5—.Flock of 5 ducks parallel to
29 to.3:5-

4.4—out 7.1.—Size 2-|-. Wing strokes fast.

2.6—out 4.9.—Slow. Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes
fast.

2.8—out 4.9.—Slow. Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes
slow, sailing. Same species.
Total ro.

2.0—out 6.2.—Size 2.

3.0—out 6.0.—Size 3. Out of focus.

1.3—out 7.4.—Size 2. Wiing-strokes plain.
Total 3. |

2.2—out 5.9.—Size I—. Sailed through
field.

1.2—out 5.6.—Much out of focus.

5.0—out 7.0.—Size 1—.

1.g—out 6.2.—Size 2. Looked like blackbird.

2.5—out 4.7.—Size 2. Looked like blackbird.

3.2—out 5.5—Size 3. Duck. Total 6.

4.8—out 6.8.—Size 3. Out of focus.

3.4—out 6.5.—Fast. Size 1-|-. ec

2.0—out 5.9.—Fast. Size 1-|-. _

1.2—out

species.

5-7:

2.3—out 4.8.
4.8—out 7.1.—Out of focus.

2.I—out

S.1.—Size 2.
2.2—out 4.8.—Size 2. |
3.8—out 8.0.—Last one out of focus. Total 9.

Same species.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 225

I1:30 to I1:45—in 3.4—out 6.7.—Large wings; flight like bat.
in 2.8—out 6.4.—Tiny wing-strokes; body
large. Total 2.

| Mapison, Wis., May 10, 1900.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—South; velocity 12.
Temperature—58. 9°.
Atmosphere—Cloudy.
Total number of birds observed from 8:00 P. M. to 9:00
P. M.—4.
8:00 to 8:15—in 5.7—out 7.7.—Swift. Size 2.
in 3.2—out 8.9—Swift. Size 1-|-. Total 2.
8:15 to 8:30—in 1.3—out 6.8.—Size 2. Out of focus; very
close.
in 3.7—out 8.8.—Size 2. Same as preceding in
good focus. Total 2.
8:30 to 8:45— Cloudy part of time. None.
8:45 to 9:00— Cloudy most of time None.
Stopped observations on ac-
count of clouds.

Mapison, Wis., May 13, 1900.
METEROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—South to South Southwest ; velocity 14.
Temperature—74. 9°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
eno number of birds observed from 8:50 P. M. to 1:00 A.
ee to g:00—in 4.1—out 8.1—Size 1-|-.
in 3.9—out 8.3—Size 1—.
in 4.5—out 7.1—Swift—Indistinct.
in aban 8.1—Size 1—Somewhat blurred.
in 5.0—out 7.1—Size 1-|-.
in 3.0—out 1.9.
in 3.I—out 1.4—Swift—Like a shot.
in 4.5—out 6.8—Size 1-|-.
in 4.5—out 7.4—Indistinct—Total 9.
9:00 to 9:15—in 5.0—out 6.6—Size 3.
in 3.0—out 8.9—Size 2—Out of focus.
in 2.3—out 8.8—Size 2-|-. Out of focus.
in 2.8—out 8.8—Size 2-|-. Out of focus.

226

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL. 2. NO. 4&.

9:45

to

10:00 to

10:15

10:30

22 Oe
42 —_OUL
4.0—out
3.2—out
Aint
4.3— out

8.8—Size 2.

7.6—Size I-|-.

7.3—Size 2-|-. Blurred.
8.3—Size 2-|-. Blurred.

7.4—Size 2-|-. Slightly blurred.
7.4—Size 3—Out of focus—Total
10.

4.5—out 8.0—Size 2—Slightly out of focus.

3.1—out 8.1—Size I.

3.5—out 8.2—Size 2—Slightly out of focus.

4.0—out 8.2—Size 2.

4.0—out 7.5—Swift—Size 1—Like a shot.

3.5—out 8.4—Size 2.

4.I1—out 8.6—Size 1—Indistinct—Total 7.

I.9—out 7.3—Size 2-|-. Indistinct.

2.6—out 1.4—Size 2.

4.g—out 6.8—Size I1-|-.

2.6—out 7.6—Size 2— Somewhat out of
focus.

4.0—out 8.1—Very fast—Size 1-|-. Some-
what out of focus.

3.8—out 8.4—Size 2—Blurred.

5-3—out 6.7—Blurred.

5.2—out 7.I—Size a

4.I—out 7.4—Size 1-|-. }

2.8— out pecs eek | Sega
Total Io.

4.I—out 7.2—Size 1-]-.

2.7—out 1.0—Size 1-|-.

4.4—out 6.7—Size 1-|-.

2.8—out 8.9—Size 1—Total 4.

3.5—out 8.6—Size 3—Very distant.

8.5—out 8.0—Size 2-|-.

3.1—out 8.4—Size 2.

4.2—out 6.3—Size 2—Total 4.

1.7—out 8.8—Size 1-|-.

4.7—out 5.3—Sizg 1-|-.

3.I—out 7.1—Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes seen,
somewhat blurred.

3.3—out 8.4—Size 2—Total 4.

4.2—out 8.3—Size I.

2.4—out 8.3—Size 1-]-.
2.7—out 6.3—Size 2.

OCTOBER, 1902.

10:45 to

FEES to

Pi--20° 16
11745 to

12:00 to

in
in
in
in

Il 00—in.

1n

1n

in

In

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS, 227

1.6—out 8.2—Size 2-|-. Very distinct.

4.2—out 8.3—Slow—Size 2—Wing-strokes
slow.

ere aera. Same species Total 7.

3.4—out 7.4—Size I-|-.

3.9—out 8.0—Size 2—Out of focus.

3.3—out 8.2—Curved below center.

2.2—out 7.1.

3.9—out 8.7—Size 1-|-. Wing-strokes plain.
Total 5.

3.3—out 1.2—Size 1—Indistinct.

2.3—out 6.4—Size 2-|-. S

2.7—out 6.3—Size 2- * ett tree ae

3.6—out 5.2—Size 2 S

6c G4 ——Size Bike oe

3.1—out 8.8—Size 1-|-. Indistinct.

4.0—out 8.3—Fast—Size I.

2.8—out 7.2—Size 3.

2.4—out 7.1I—Size 3.

1.I—out 7.8—Size 3—Curved around center.

3.7—out 6.8—Size 1-|-. Indistinct.

2.8—out 8.9—Size 1—Indistinct.

2.6—out 8.3—Swift—Size 1—Flew like a
shot.

3.4—out 7.8—Swift—Size 2—Total 14.

I.5—out 7.2—Size 1-|-.

2.8—out 7.2—Size 2-|-.

3.2—out 8.9—Size 2.

4.8—out 7.7—Total 4.

0.0—out 0.o—Reversed telescope.

2.7—out 7.3—Size 2.

4.2—out 5.4—Size 2.

3.5—out 7.4—Size 1-|-. Indistinct.

4.4—out 6.5—Size 1-|-.

2.8—out 5.3—Size I-|-.

8.9—out 6.7—Size 2—Indistinct—Total 6.

2.9—out 3.9—Size 2.

3.2—out 5.6—Size 2.

2.3—out 4.9—Size 2—Out of focus.

2.I—out 5.8—Size 3—Blurred, wind strong,

southwest—Total 4.

228 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL.2. NO. 4.

12:15 to 12:30—in 2.2—out 6.3—Size I.
in 2.1—out 7.2—Size 2.
in 2.0—out 6.0—Size 2.
in 2.5—out 5.2—Size 2—Total 4.
12:30 to 12:45—in 4.2—out 6.9—Size 2—Slightly blurred.
in 3:2—out 7.3—Size 1-|-. Total 2.
12:45 to 1:00—in 2.0—out 5.3—Size 2.
in 1.6—out 5.3—Size 2—Total 2.

| Mapison, WiIs., Oct. 8, 1900.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

Wind—Northwest to north northwest.
Temperature—47. 5°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 8:00 P. M. to 9:45 P.
M.—35.
8:00 to 8:15—in 1.2—out 5.3—Size 2.
in 3.0—out 7.0—Size 3—Crow(?).
in 8.6—out 4.0.
in 7.8—out 5.0.
in 8.2—out 4.0.
in 8.5—out 3.0.
in 2.7—out 4.8.
in 7.0—out 3.2—Sailing with the wind—To-
tal, 8.

8:15 to 8:30—in 8.8—out 3.0.
in 7.0—out 4.0.
in 7.8—out 4.3—Size 3-|-. —Long tail.
in 8.0—out 3.8—Out of focus.
in 7.2—out 4.0.
in I.0—out 4.0.
in 7.0—out 3.0.
in 7.5—out 4.0.
in 1.5—out 2.7—Total 9.
8:30 to 8:45—in 0.o—out 0.0—No observations made.
8:45 to 9g:00—in 8.0—out 3.6.
in 7.0—out 2.2.
in 6.2—out 1.8.
in 8.5—out 1.8.
in 7.0—out 3.3.
in 6.5—out 5.0. -
in 6.5—out 4.5—Total 7.

- OCTOBER, 1902. —

Q:00 to

O55 in

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS,

8.2—out
7.0-—out
725 Out
7-0O—out
1.0—out
8.2—out
8.5—out
FOUL
6.5—out
6.5—out
6.0— out

METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
W ind—Sorth:

Temperature—62. 8°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 9:45 P. M. to I1:00

P. M.—6.
9:45 to
10:00 to
TO.15, to
10:30 to
10:45 to

ET :00; £0

10 :00—in
1O:15—in
10 :30—in
10:45—in
II :00—in
in
in
IT :15—in
in

0.0o—out
3.8—out
0.0—out
0.0—out

2.3—out 5.7—Fast—Size I.
2.7—out 6.0—Size 1-|-.
2.0—out 5.5—Fast—Size 1—Total 3.

1.g—out

2.4—out 6.3-—Size 3—Total 2.

METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—Southwest.
Temperature—72. 4°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed from 10:00 P. M. to 11:15

P. M.—3.

10:00 to 10:15—in
10:15 to 10:30—in
10:30 to 10:45—in
10:45 to 11 :00—in
I1:00 to I1:15—in

7.4—out

0.0—out 0.0o—No observations made.
5.9—out 1.9—Out of focus—Total I.

7-9 0ut
0.0—out

2.6:

229

3.0.
che
3.0.
5.0.
4.0—Total 6.

ara

5.0—Total ee

Maprson, WIs., Apr. 27, I9OT.

o.o— Total o.
6.7—Total I.
G:.0-— otal:
0.0—-T otal o.

622.

Mapison, Wis., May I, 1901.

4.8—Total 1.

3.5—Total 1.
0.o—Total o.

230

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL. 2. NO. 4&.

Bevoft, Wis., May I1, 1900.

METEOROLOGICAL DAata—( Taken same as for Madison).

Wind—South to southwest, velocity 10.
Temperature—69. 5°.
Atmosphere—Partly cloudy toward morning.

Total number of birds observed from 8:00 P. M. to 2:00

A. M.—134.

8:00 to

8:15 to

8:30 to |

8:45 to
9:00 to
9:15 to
9:30 to

9:45 to

10:00 to

8 :15—in
in
in
in
in

8 :30—in

10 :00—in
in
in

10:15—in

4.8—out 8.7.

2.5—out 8.0—Swift—Size 2—.

2.8—out 1.1—Size 1-|-.

3.0—out 7.6—Size 2.

5.2—out 7.1—Very Swift—Size 1—Total 6.

4.0—out 7.3—Very swift—Size I.

4.8—out.5.5—Size 3-|-, Ont of focus,

4.0—out 5.8.

eee af | Following each other closely.

3.0—out 7.5—Slow—Size 1.

3.0—Out 7 2.

2.5—out 8.3.

5.0—out 5.7—Slow—Size 3—Seemed very
close.

3.1—out 7.6—Slow—Size 2.

3.8—out 7.2—Size 1—Very distant.

T.oO—out 5.5—Out of focus.

2.5—out 8.2—Size 2—Total 13.

2.0—out 8.0—Size 1—Total tf.

0.0—out 0.0—Total o.

0.0—out 0.0o—No observations made.

0.0—out 0.0o—No observations made.

3.7—out 8.2—Size 2—Slightly out of focus.

4.2—out 6.8—Size 2—.

4.2—out 5.9—Size 3.

4.0—out 7.8—Very swift—Size 1—. Total 4.

2.2—out 7.6—Size 2.

4.2—out 7.6.

2.0—out 6.0—Size 3—Total 2.

3.9—out 6.6—Size 2.

8.3—out 5.2—Out of focus.

3.3—out 5.8—Swift—Size 2— ) In field at

3.3—out 5.8—Swift—Size 2— } same time.

RPT

8.7—Swift—Size 2—. Total 5.

OCTOBER, 1902.

10:15 to 10:30—in

10:30

10:45

ET 700

iy :15

II :30

Il :45

12:00

P25
12:30

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

to

in
in
in

in
in
in

in
10:45—in
in
in

II :0O—in
in
in
in
in

Tt:15—in
in
in
in
in

| in

II :30—in
in
in
in

II :45—in
in

12 :00—in

in
in
12:15—in
in

12 :30—in
12:45—1n
in

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS.

231

5-3—swift—Ssize I.

6.3—Swift—Size 1.

7.0—Swift—size I.

8.2—Wing-strokes visible, looked
as if flying sidewise.

6.0.
7.0—Out of focus.
6.0—Size 1—. Very tiny, curved

over center.
5.8—Very slow—Size 3—Total 8.
6.8—Size 1—Flight like goldfinch.

7.2—Size 3.
4.8—Swift—Size i—. Very tiny
—Total 3.

7.5 —Swift—Size 2-|-.
5.3—Out of focus.

3.I—out 6.2—Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes visible,

2.3—Out
2.2—out
F.O-—-OUt
2-5—OMt
4.2—out
8.g—out
a7 Out
2.2—out
27 OU
8.0—out
2.2—out
2.0—out
2.2—out
2.2—out
2.5
I.2—out
I.0oO—out
2. Foun,
8.9—out
2.2—out
2:7—Out
Ree ue
2.I—out
2.I—out
5-3 OUE
2,4 One
3.0— out
2.2—out
4-2—Ollt
1.8—out
fll
En7- Out
3.8— out
1.6—out
8.5—out
o0.o—out
8.8—out
2.8—out

6.9—Size I.

5.8—Swift—Total 5.

Sez.

7.I—Size 2-|-. Curved.

TBs

5.7—Very swift—Size 1—. Tiny.
6.8.

5.7—Swift—Size 2-|-. Total 6.
5.2—Slow—Out of focus.
6.8—Size 3—.Wing-strokes visible.

5.6—Size 2.
7.1—Total 4.
eee
6.4—Total 2.

8.5—Size 3-|-. Gull(?), large, slen-
der wings and square tail.

4.8—Size 2.

5.2—Swift—Total 3.

4.3—Size 3.

6.0—Out of focus.

4.2—Size 3—Curved.

6.8—Size 2.

5.8—Out of focus—Total 5.

0.0—No observations made.

7.2—Slightly out of focus.

6.0—Same species as preceding.

232 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

in 8.2—out 6.3—Soaring—Out of focus—To-
tal 3.
12:45 to 1:00—in 0.0—out 0.0—No observations made.
1:00 to 1:15—in 2.8—out 6.8—Swift—Size 2.
in 1.8—out 5.8 \ 2 birds parallel to 1.8, 5.8 in
in 1.8—out 5.8 field at same time.
in 2.8—out 5.8—Swift—Same as preceding—
Out of focus.
in 2.3—out 5.4—Slow—Size 2.
in 3.0—out 5.2—Swift
in 1.0—out 5.0—Swift
in 1.0—out 5.8—Out of focus.
in 1.0—out 5.8.
in 1.3—out 2.8—Wing-strokes visible.
in 1.8—out 3.8.
in 1.0—out 7.2—Curved.
in 1.8—out 4.2—Flight like goldfinch.
in 2.8—out 6.0—Slow.
in 2.8—out 3.8—Slow—Total 15.
T:15 to 1:30—in 2.0—out 3.4—Swift.
in 1.0—out 7.2—Slow—Flight like goldfinch.
in 1.0—out 5.0—Size 2—Can hear many birds
calling, as 1f circling over-
head. Since 1:00 o’clock
the birds seem to have been
coming in bunches.
in 2.2—out 3.2—Curved.
in 3.2—out 7.2—Curved.
in 8.8—out 5.8—Slow—Flight like goldfinch.
in 2.8—out 4.0.
in 2.3—out 5.8—Slow.
in 1.3—out 6.3—Swift.
in 1.3—out 6.8—Swift.
in 2.3—out 0.0o—Very swift.
in 8.7—out 6.6—Total 12. :
1:30 to) 1:45—in 8.6—out 5.8—Swift—Size I-|-.
: : in 2.0—out 5.8—Swift—Size cali Bee
in 2.0—out 5.8—Swift—Size 1-|-.
in 1.0—out 7.0—Size an Succeeding each

Same species.

( same time.

in 1.8—out 5%.5—Size I-|-. other very rap-
in 5.8—out 6.1—Size 1-|-. idly.
in 1.0—out 6.0—Out of focus.

in 2.8—out 5.0—Swift—Size I—.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 233

in 2.8—out 4.6—Slow—Curved.
in I1.0—out 5.8—Swift—Size I—.
in 8.3—out 7.0—Swift—Size 2—.
in 2.0—out 4.6—Flight like goldfinch.
in 2.0—out 5.8—Same as preceding one.
in 6.0—out 7.8.
in 8.7—out 6.8. ‘
in 1.5—out 5.2—Size 1—. Very tiny.
in 1.I—out 5.5.
in 8.3—out 6.7—Out of focus.
in 1.6—out 5.8—Out of focus.
in 1.6—out 6.6—Out of focus.
in I.0—out 5.2—Slow—Total 21.
1:45 to 2:00—in 8.4—out 7.8.
in 1.8—out 0.0 Ee
in 1.0—out 5.6 § P
in 2.8—out 4.6.
in 2.0—out 4.6.
in 2.7—out 4.0—Swift.
in 3.5—out 2.0.
in 8.2—out 6.g—Size 2.
in 1.0—out 5.3.
in 8.3—out 6.0—Swift—Size I-|-.
in 2.8—out 4.3.
in 5.0—out 8.0—Slow—Size 3.
in 1.8—out 5.2.
in 2.2—out 4. oy Swift—Succeeding each other
in ...—out ... closely.
in ...—out ... \ In field at same time.
Clouds at 1:45 obscured
the moon; moon low in
southwest—Total 16.

Bextoir, Wis., May 12, 1900.

METEOROLOGICAL DaTA.

Wind—Southwest, velocity 12.

Temperature—7o. 8°.

Atmosphere—Clear.

Total number of birds observed from 8:00 P. M. to 3:25
A. M.—363.
8:00 to 8:15—Iin 3.1—out 8.5.

in 3.7—out 7.9.

234

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 4.

9 :00

9:15

0-30

9:45

oO to

to

to

to

to

9:45—in
in

in

10 :00—in
in

2:5 Out

4.5—out 6.4—Switft.
3.0—out 7.6—Slow.

852--OMt

8.5.

7-5:

3.5—out 8.1—Distant.
4.5—out 5.6—Size 3—Out of focus.

4.5—out 6.8—Size 3—Total 9.

0.0o—out 0.o—No observations made.
3.8—out 6.6—Swift—Size 2—.

3.0—out 6.1—Size 2-|-.
3.0—out 6.0—Size 2-|-.

Out of focus.
Out of focus.

3.8—out 7.7—Size 1—Flight like goldfinch.
3.8—out 1.2—Slow—Distant—Total 5.

4.0—out
3.8—out
30—0ut
a2 Our
4-2-Oule
3.2—Gut
2.8—out
2:0 Ot
3-2>-0ut
3.8— out
a2 ue
3-5 Olit
32 OAL
3.8—out

3.2—out 7.2—Swift—Size I—.

6.5—Slow

Distant.

6.4—Swift—Out of focus.

. 8.6—Slow.

7.5—Very fast—Size I.
8.8—Slow—Size 3—Total 5.

o.3:

8.1—Slow—Size 3—Large wings.

7.2—Size 1—Very small.
7.8—Swift—Size 1—Out of focus.
8.8—Curved up.

7.5—Size 2—Total 6.
6.3—Swift—Size 2 )
6.0—=Swilt—size 2 {

6.2—Size 2-|-.

3.7—out 6.2—Very distant.
1.6—Total 6.

Die
3.40
2.0—OUE
3-4——-0UL
0.0—out
530-0
8.9—out
I.O—oUut
iP CIEL

5-7:

7
7.6—Total 3.
0.0o—No birds for 2 or 3 minutes.
5.0—Swift—Size I—.

6.8—Swift—Size 3.
6.0—Size I—. : ame species in

06 S122

Same species.

field at same time.

7.0—out 3.0—Curved around center.
1.7—out 4.2—Out of focus.

1.6—out
8.9—out

4.0 )
6.0 (

Same Species.

T.0o—out 4.5—Out of focus.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 235

in 8.0—out 5.2—Out of focus.

in 2.0—out 5.0—Size 1-|-. The only bird in the

last five minutes—

| Total 11.

10:00 'to 10:15—in 8.g—out 5.7.
in 8.0—out 7.0—Slow—Size 1.
in I1.0—out 5.0—Size I.

ne oe ay No birds for about 1 minute.

Pause.
Same species—Out of focus.

in 1.0—out 5.0
in I.0—out 5.0.
in 7.0—out 5.0—Out of focus.
in 7.5—out 4.0.
in 1.0—out 4.7—Slow—Size 3.
in 0.oO—out 0.o—Short pause of no birds.
in 2.0—out 3.6
in 1.3—out 24 | Out of focus—Total 12.
in 1.0—out 3.0
10:15 to 10:45—in 0.0—out 0.o—No observations taken.
10:45 to I11:00—in 3.0—out 7.0—Size 3.
in 3.5—out 6.0—Size 3—Same as preceding.
in 3.0—out 4.8—Swift—Size 2—A_ snipe is
calling.
in 1.7—out 6.3—Swift—Size 2.
in 1.5—out 8.5.
in 3.7—out 6.4—Swift—Size 2—Curved.
in 8.2—out 7.1I—Size 3.
in 2.0—out 8.0.
in 3.0—out 6.2—Swift—Size 1.
in 2.0—out 8.0.
in 1.5—out 5.9—Out of focus, curved—Total
II.
11:00 to II1:15—in 3.0—out 5.7—Size 2.
in 1.6—out 5.6—Swift—Size 2—.
in 1.0—out 7.8.
in 1.8—out 6.7—Size 2—Total 4.
I1-15 to 11:30—in-4.8—out 5.5.
in 8.6—out 5.8.
in 1.0—out 7.0—Size 2-]-.
in 2.0—out 6.0—Size 2- ie
in 2.0—out 8.2—Curved across edge of field.
in 3.8—out 6.2.
in 2.0—out 7.0—Curved through center.

Usame species.

236 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. &.

in
in
in
in

11:30 to 11:45—in
11:45 to 12:00—in

in
in

in

12:00 to 12:15—1in
in

2.0—out
2.0—out
8.2—out
2.2—out

0.0—out
1.7—out

Across the field in almost the

in
in
in
12:15 to 12:30—in
in
in

12:30 to 12:45—in

in
12:45 to. 1 :00—in
in
in
in
in
in
in

6.0—Swift—Size 1—Out of focus.

8.0—Size 2.

7.0—Swift—Size 2—.

6.1—Slow—Size 3—Looked like a
gallinaceous bird—Total 11.

0.0—No observations taken.

8.2—Slow—Size 3—Distant, wing-
strokes plain.

1.0—out 5.2—Slow—Size 3 —Wing-strokes
plain.
2.0—out 8.0.
8.5—out 7.0.
in 2.0—out 6.0—Size 3—Wind turning south-
east. Total 5. .
2.0—out 6.0—Swift—Size I. )
2.0—out 6.0—Swift—Size I.
1.8—out ¢.0—Swift—Size t. )
1.8—out 5.0—Swift—Size 1. )
same time. Same species. §
1.8—out 6.3.
2.2—out 5.8.
2.2—out 4.9—Total 7.
3,.2—-Ollt 4:2:
1.0—out 5.5—Swift—Size 2.
2.5—out 4.0—Out of focus—5 minutes used
to reverse telescope; snipe
calline—Total 3.
2:0 -—_OUle 74a
4.0—out 5.8—Slow—Distant.
1.7—out 5.8.,
2.0—out 8.0—Size I1—. Curved.
2.7—out 5.8.
I.5—out 6.4.
2.2---OUl 4.9.
1.6—out 5.8—Swift—Size 1-|-.
3.0—out 5.1—Total 9.
8.5—out 6.5.
4.0—out 2.0—Out of focus.
T.0—out 3.0—Out of focus, curved.
2.0—out 6.8.
1.8—out 4.8—Swift.
2.6—out 5.3.
8.5—out 5.8.

OCTOBER, 1902.

1:00 to
240. tO

I :30—in
I :45—1n

In

in

in
in
1:45 to 2:00—in
in
in
in

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 237
8.2—out 6.3.

213-=OUlt “5:7.

1.8—out 5.0.

8.9—out 6.2—Total I1.

0.0o—out 0.0—No observations taken.
2.0—out 4.9—Slow—Flight like goldfinch.
2.2—Olt 4:9.
| 1.8—out 4.9.

nese os t 2 parallel to 4.8, 6.2.

1 .0--Out: 5.0:

8.7—out 5.8—Swift.

2.2—out 5.7.—Size 2—.

3.7—out 5.0.—Swift. Size 2—.

1.8—out 5.5.—Swift. Size 2—.

1.8—out 4.5.—Swift. Size 2—.

2.3—out 4.3.—Same birds rapidly succeed-
8.5—out 6.4. ing each other. Total 15.
2.3—out 4.4.—Swift. Size I.

1.6—out 4.9.—Swift. Size 2.

1.3—out 4.8—Swift. Size 2.

1.3—out 4.7.—Same birds rapidly succeed-
T.O—out 5.6. ing each other.

8.0—out 5.7.

8.9—out 6.0.

2.2 —Ol (543

2.8—out 4.8.

2.0—out 5.8.—Switt.

2.0—out 5.5.—Size 2-|-.

1.g—out 5.6.

1.5—out 5.6.—This and 2 preceding are

same species.

1.8—out 4.8.

8.8—out 5.8.

8.8—out 5.5.—Size 1-]-.

Same birds all flying about
parallel to 8.8—5.5. They
seem to be coming in

ealdet |

238 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

— — bunches, several in the field
a — at same time. Came too
~- — fast ‘to note exact direction.

in 1.8—out 5.8.—Size 2—.

in 2.0—out 5.8.

in 3.0—out 8.3.—Size I—.

in 1.2—out 6.3.—Size 2—.

in 2.1—out 4.3.—Slow. Size 2.

in 1.2—out 6.0.—Size I.

in 1.8—out 5.8.—Size 2.

in 3.0—out 6.3.—Swift.

in 2.8—out 5.8.—Size 2.

in 1.6—out 5.8.—Size 2. Total 35.

2:00 to 2:15—in 1.7—out 5.8.—Swift. Size I.

in 2.0—out 7.0.—Size 2. Seen edgewise.

in 8.2—out 5.9—This and preceding in field at

in 2.0—out 5.0. same time.

in 2.0—out 5.0. ;

in 1.0—out 6.0.

in 8.8—out 6.0.

in 1.5—out 5.2.

in 1.2—out 6.4.—Succeeding eachother rapidly.

in 3.0—out 4.4.

in 4.2—out 6.2.—Probably all same species.

in 1.0—out 6.0.—Looked like Icteridae.

in 2.0—out 3.7.

in 8.6—out

5-9.
in 1.7-—out 4.9.—Size 2
in 3.0—out 4.5.
in I.2—out 5.5.—Size 2
in 1.8—out 5.7.
in 2.2—out 5.7.—Total 22.
2:15 to 2:30—in 1.2—out 5.2.
in I.3—out 5.0.—This and preceding same spe-
cies.
in 8.9—out 5.8
in 1.5—out 5.0.
in 1.3—out 5.5.
in 8.6—out 5.8
in 1.5—out 5.6.—Size 1—

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 239

In

in
in

8.5—out
I.0O—out
2.3—out
2.5 ——OUr
I.2—out
1.8—out
2.0—out
15——Out
2.0—out
2.5— out
2.5-—OUL
2.0—out
8.3—out
2.0—out
I.2—out
50O-—Out
1.8—out
I.oO—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.2—out
2.2—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.5 Out
26 out
2.2—out
2.0—out
I.2—out
6.2—out
6.2—out
2.0—out
2.0—out

6.2.—Flight like goldfinch.

5.2.—Swift. Size 1—.

5.0.

Ke}

5.8.—No birds seen for last five
minutes. Total 12.

4.6.

5.6.—Size I.

5.0—Size 1. Many lisps are heard.

5.8.

5.2.—Size I.

5.2—Size 1. This and preceding
parallel to 2.5—5.2. In field
at same time.

5.8.—Slow. Size 1-|-.

— Flock. About to all parallel
to about 2.0—5.8.

6.0.—Three more.

4.6.—Many parallel to 2.0—4.6.

Ae
4.4.—Slightly larger than preceding.
5.0.

5.6.—About 11 parallel to 1.0—5.6.

5.2.

5.2.

5.2.—Fast. Size 1. This and two
preceding.

50:
5.0.—Note regularity of direction.
4.3.

5.03
5.2.
[Ker
5-5.
6.4.
6.4.
4.8.
5.0.

.o.—Total 53.

“240 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY S CIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

2:45 to 3.00—in 2.2—out 4.7.—3 parallel to 2.2—4.7.
I.5—-out 5.0.—Same species.

in
in
in
in
in

in

in

2.4=-OHE
8.9—out
1.O-_Oue
Pa Ont
1.0—out
1.5—out

2.0 As

2.0—out
2.5—-OUt
3:0—OuL
2-5 OU
2.0—out
1.5—out
i35—-e8uUL
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
2.0—out
8.5—out
T.oO—out
1.5
125 —OuUt
T.0o—out
1.8—out

= ee parallel to 1.5—5.2.

Another and another.

5.8.—4 parallel to 1.0—5.8.

5:3:

4.3
5-3:
4.4.

ie

5.0
fut
4.
oe
7

5
4.
4

5.0.
5.0:—

Same species.
2 more.
Another.

—5 parallel to 1.5—5.3. All
these had flight like gold-
finch and were pio
same species.

—Many lisps are heard.

Same as preceding; out of
focus.

.—2 parallel to 2.5—5.2.

Pause. No birds for over one
minute.

—Flight like goldfinch.

.—Coming in regular succession.

Out of focus.
2 more not out of focus.
Another.

5. Bs —Slightly larger than the pre-

5.0,
Be

ceding ones.

1.8—out 5.2.—This and preceding rapidly

succeeding each other. To-
tal 48.

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 241

3:00 to 3:15—1in
in
in
in
in
in

in

3:15 to 3:30—in
in
in

I.g—out 5.3.

2.0—out 4.8.

2.0—out 5.0.—2 birds; flight like goldfinch.

1.5—out 5.2.—Same; 3 birds.

2.0—out 5.2.—Out of focus.

2.0—out 5.5.—Flew toward me. In field a
long time.

5.0—out 5.8.

5.0—out 5.8.—Same as preceding.

— — Out of focus.

1.0o—out 6.2.—Out of focus.

2.0—out 5.0.—2 birds, flight like goldfinch.

1.2—out 6.0.

2.2—out 4.9.—2 birds.

8.3—out 5.8.

1.o—out 5.9.—Very slow.

1.0o—out 5.9.—4 birds; flight like goldfinch.

2.0—out 6.0.—2 birds; flight like goldfinch.

8.9—out 6.2.

T.0o—out 5.0.—Out of focus.

1.8—out 5.0.

2.0—out 4.7.

3.2—out 6.8.—Flew toward me. It grew in
Size:

2.0—OUut. 5.0:

8.7—out 6.0.

8.5—out 6.0.—Out of focus.

2 Gi 5.0:

1.8—out 5.2.

2.0—out 5.0.—2 birds.

5.8—out 1.5.—Size1t. Away out of focus.

2.0—out 5.0.—I12 more at almost the same

time.

— — 2more, same direction and 2
farther off.

8.3—out 5.2.

— — Several were succeeding each
other rapidly. Total 56-|-.

1.8—out 5.0.

2 Olle eg

T.oO—out 5.8

Bas ma Pause. Moon obscured by
clouds.

242 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. &.

in 1.5—out 6.0.

in 1.0—out 5.3.—Size 3.
Total 5. Stopped at 3:25.
Moon low in S. W., drop-
ping behind a bank of
clouds.

Betort, W1s., May 13, 1goo.
METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—South to southwest, velocity 12.
Temperature—74. 9°.
Atmosphere—Clear.
Total number of birds observed, from 8:00 P. M. to 3:45
A. M. —285.
8:00 to 8:15—in 3.0—out 7.4—Slow—Size 2. Long tail.
in 4.0—out 6.7—Size 2—.
in 8.0—out 2.2—Size 1. Out of focus.

in 3.3—out 7.7.

in 3.2—out 7.1—Size 2—. Flight like gold-
finch.

in 5.0—out 8.1—Size 1—. Total 6.

8:15 to 8&:30—in 3.2—out 7.0—Size 2—.
in 2.9—out 7.2—Size 2-|-.
in 2.8—out 7.2—Size I—.
in 4.0—out 6.8—Size 2—.
in 8.0—out 2.0—Size 1. Out of focus.
in 2.8—out 7.6—Size 2—.
in 3.8—out 6.7—Size 2-|-.
in 3.0—out 7.5—Size I—.
in 3.5—out 7.4—Size 2.
in 3.8—out 7.7—Size 2.
in 2.2—out 8.2—Slow—Size 2-]-.
in 3.7—out 7.0—Swift.
in 2.2—out 8.2—Size 2-|-. Slightly out of fo-

cus.

in 8.2—out 3.0—Size 1—Out of focus. Total
| T4.

8:30 to 8:45—in 3.5—out 7.0.
in 2.0—out 8.5.
in ...—out ...—Missed direction.
in 2.7—out 7.2—Swift—Size 2.
in 3.7—out 6.6—Swift—Size 2-|-.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS, 243

in 3.7—out 7.0.
in I.2—out 6.3—Size 2—Out of focus.
in 3.8—out 7.5—Size 1-|-. Total 8.
8:45 to 9g:00—in 3.2—out 7.2—Slow—Size 3.
in 3.2—out 7.2—Swift—Size I.
in 3.8—out 6.6—Size 2-|-.
in 3.7—out 7.2—Swift.
in 4.6—out 6.3—Total 5.
9:00 to g:15—in 2.8—out 7.0.
in 3.2—out 7.5—Swift—Size I.
in 3.7—out 6.3—Size 2-|-.
in 4.9—out 6.7.
in 1.7—out 7.2—Swift.
in 3.8—out 6.8—Size 2.
in 2.1—out 7.5.
in 2.8—out 7.8.
in 2.6—out 8.4—Total 9.
9:15 to 10:00—in 0.0—out 0.o—No observations taken.
10:00 to 10:15—in 3.8—out 6.9—Close, wing-strokes plain.
in 2.3—out 7.2.
in 3.7—out 6.7.
in 3.2—out 6.7—Very swift--Size 2—Looked
tiny.
in 3.5—out 7.2—Very swift—Size 2—Looked
tiny.
in 3.6—out 7.2.
in 4.0—out 6.2—Out of focus.
in 3.0—out 7.2.
in 3.0—out 7.0—Total 9.
Hosts. 10° 10: 30—in-2:3-—-Out 7.3.
in 5.4—out 7.3.
in 2.4—out 8.3.
in 4.0—out 7.0.
in 3.0—out 1.8.
in 3.0—out 7.3—Total 6.
10:30 to 10:45—in 3.0—out 7.6.
in I.4—out 7.5—Out of focus.
in 1.8—out 4.8.
in 3.6—out 6.3.
in 2.8—out 8.2.
in 4.0—out 6.2.
in 4.0—out 7.1—Total 7.

244

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

VOL.2. No. 4.

10:45 to II :00—in

i i
| Eo

II

:OO

:30

IT:45

TZ
[2

LZ.

:00
:30

:00

to
to

to

to
to

to

to

Ma
Il

:15—1n
:30—in

iis

in
:OO—in
:30—in
-45—1n

12
IZ
12

2.8—out
2.0-—OUut
Poy et) Bit
See OU
L.5: Gut
8.6—out
3.7 Our
1.3=-OUL
2.5 Olle
4.0—out
2:0-—Olt
3.8—out
22> OU
1.2—OuE
2.4— out
Ae OL
2.0-—Out
4.6—out
3.0 —Out
5.2 OU
4.0—OUt
3.0-—Ont
AO Aur
0.0—out
.2.8—out
377 = OL:
1.o—out
2.00
2.6—out
22-—-Oule
8.3—out
1.8—out
20> —OUt
1:0——OuL
3:0-—Our
2. 5—-Oue
2-0 _OUlk
8.8—out
3 Ont
2.0— Du
5.0—out

4:8- Slow icewesl—
Fae

8.5—Swift—Killdeer calling.
7.3—This was the only bird during

the last 5 minutes. Total 9.
6.0—Swift—Out of focus. Total f.
o.T.

2.4—Size I—. Curved near center.

ae

Hee |
8.0o—Total 5.
8.I—Size I—.
8.0—Size 3.
6.2—Size 3—.
4.3—Size 3—Close.
6.8—Curved.

5:3

5.0—Swift—Size 3. Total 7.
6.o—Total 1.

0.0—No observations taken.
6.0—Strong S. W. wind arising.
6.1—Swift—Size 2— |
7.8—Swift—Size 2—
6.6—Swift—Size 2— |
5.0—Swift—Size 2— )
5.9—2 birds, out of focus.
7.6—Same as preceding.
5.8—Total 8.
7.1—Slightly out of focus.
5.5—Very distant.

Same spe-
cies.

Bec:

ave.

5.I—Size 2.
6.4—Out of focus.
5.3—Total 7.

57 Size 2-|>.. -2nirds:
7.2—Slightly out of focus.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 245.

in 1.3—out 5.8—Swift
in 2.8—out 5.2—Swift - Same species.
in 2.8—out 5.2—Swift \
in 8.6—out 7.8—Out of focus.
in 2.5—out 5.7—Curved below center, circling
the edge of the field.
in 2.7—out 5.7—-Curved over center. Total 9.
1:15 to 1:30—in 0.0o—out 0.o—No observations taken.
1:30 to 1:45—in 4.2—out I.2.
in 1.0—out 5.8—Slightly out of focus.
in 2.4—out 6.8—Dizistant.
in 8.3—out 6.8.
in 3.0—out 5.g—Out of focus.
in 8.2—out 6.0o—Out of focus.
in 2.0—out 6.0—Close and large. This bird
, made a complete turn in the
field.
in 1.0—out 5.8—Total 8.
1:45 to 2:00—in 1.0—out 6.8.
in 2.3—out 5.8—2 birds, both curved over cen-
Bet:
in 8.4——out 7.1—Out of focus.
in 8.6—out 7.0.
in 3.0—out 4.9.
in 1.0—out 6.5—Out of focus, curved.
in 3.7—out 5.7.
in 1.7—out 5.3—Out of focus. Total 9.
2:00 to 2:15—in 0.0—out 0.o—No observations taken.
2:15 to 2:30—in 7.0—out 6.0—Out of focus.
in 3.5—out 4.2. ae,
in 2.3—out 5.6—Size 3—2 birds.
in 4.8—out 7.9—Size 1—.
in 2.2—out 5.8—Slow—Wing-strokes plain.
in 2.0—out 5.2—Swift.
in 2.1—out 4.0—Looked as if propelled by
wind.
in 5.5—out 1.7—Out of focus—Total 9.
2:30 to 2:45—in 2.0—out 6.0.
ue in 8.6—out 7.2.
in 2.0—out. 5.2.
in 1.0—out 5.2.
in 1.8—out 5.5—Swift.
in 1.8—out 5.2—Out of focus.

246 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4&.

2:45 to 3:00—in
3:00 to 3:15—in
in

3:15 to 3:30—in
in
in

2.2-—OUL
1.8—out
1.0—out
2.6—out
1.6—out
8.5—out
0.0—out
2.6—out
2.0—out
1.6—out
2.0—out
8.6—out
I.0o—out
5.2—out
1.0—out
1.5—out
8.4— out
5-3— out
2.4 Out
1.8—out
2.0—out
1.2—out
3.1 >—OGE
1.6—out
2.0—out
8.7—out
8.1—out
6.0—out
2.I—out
3.0—out
2.0—out
2.2—out
2.0—out

2.0—out
2.0—out
6.0—out
2.0—out
3.7 OU

Eo.
5.6—Size 2.

70:

8.2—Very distant.
5-7—Total 12.
5-9—Out of focus.

0.0o—No observations taken.

5.0:
4.5.

a

tre

5.8—2 birds.

7.2—Out of focus.

re:

6.3—Over center.

5.3—Flight and call like goldfinch.
6.3—Same as preceding.

8.7—Out of focus.
4.4—Slow.

5-6—4 birds.
5.6—Size 3.

we

4.I—Slow.
5.0—Swift—Size I.
4.8—Total 22.

6.0—2 birds.

6.1—Out of focus.

1.0—Out of focus.

ak

4.6—2 birds.

5.8—Flight like goldfinch.

5-5.

6.0—2 birds.

Another.

6.0—About a dozen parallel to 2—6

6.0—6 more.

8.2—Out of focus.

5.0—Several parallel to 2—5.

2.5—Out of focus. Little groups
of birds are succeeding
each other in ever-increas-
ing rapidity. Total 33.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. ~ 247

3:30 to 3:45—in ...—out ...—Total 81.

The birds were flying in such rapid succession that I could
not stop to take the direction. There were 8&1 birds counted, fly-
ing from about 2—5 and 2—6. Of these about 15 were out of
focus and flying im promiscuous directions. The moon was being
obscured by the trees. The telescope made an angle of about 8°
with the horizontal.

LAKE Forest, Ill., May 11, 1900.
METEOROLOGICAL Data.
Wind—Moderate; Southwest.
Temperature—Warm.
Atmosphere—Partly cloudy.
Total number of birds observed from 7:45 P. M. to 10:55
P. M.—73.
7:45 to 8:00—in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2. This and all
preceding out of focus.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2. Wing-strokes
seen.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.—Out of focus.
Total 6.
8:00 to 8:15—in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 3.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 3.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 4.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 2. This and all
preceding out of focus.
Total 4.
ors t0° 8:45 No observations taken.
8:45 to 9g:00—in 4.0—ocut 2.0—Fast. Size 1. Flight like a
shat Dotal 1
g:00 to 9:15—in 3.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2. Out af focus.
Total T.
9:15 to 9:30—in 3.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 4.0—out 1.0.—Rather slow. Size 2. Wing-
strokes seen.
in 4.0—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2.
in 2.7—out 4.2.—Slow. Size 3. Wing-strokes
seen. Total 4.
9:30 to 9:45—in 4.0—out 2.0—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.0—out 1.0—Slow. Size 2-|-.

248 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

in 2.0—out 1.0——Medium slow. Size 3.
in 3.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes
seen.
in 2.0—out 4.0.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Total 5.
9:45 to 10:00—in 3.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 1.
in 4.2—out 4.8.—Fast. Size 2.
in I.I—out 2.1.—Slow. Size 1.
in 3.6—out 2.2—Slow. Size 1. This and all
preceding cut of focus. To-
Ada:
10:00 to 10:15—in 3.5—out 1.5.—F ast. Size I.
in 3.5—out 2.5.—Fast Size 1.
in 4.3—out 2.6.—Fast. S‘z2 1.
in 4.3—out 2.6.—Fast. Size I.
in 2.9—out 2.2.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.5—out 2.5.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.0—out 4.1.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size I.
in 3.0—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 1.
in 4.I—out 1.0.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.0—out 2.1—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.5—out 4.7.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.5—out 1.5.—Fast. Size 1.
in 3.7—out 1.7.—Fast. Size I.
in 3.0—out 1.0—Fast. Size 1. This and all
preceding out of focus. To-
tahois:
10:15 to 10:30—in 4.0—out 4.5.—Fast. Size 1. Out of focus.
in 3.g—out 1.1.—Size 1. Out of focus.
in 3.7—out 1.3.—Size 2. Wing-strokes seen.
in 3.2—out 1.9.—Size 1. Out of focus.
in 3.7—out 1.9.—Size I. Out of focus.
in 3.0—out 1.2.—Fast. Size 2.
in 3.5—out 2.7.—Fast. Size 1. Wing-strokes
Seen
in 3.7—out 1.9—Medium. Wing-strokes seen.
in 2.9—out 1.2.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 3.7—out 1.5.—Fast. Size 1.
in 2.1—out 1.1.—Fast. Size 2.
in 2.1—out 4.5.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
Total 12.
10:30 to 10:45—in 2.2—out 4.9—Fast. Size 2. Wing-strokes

SEen.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 249

in 4.6—out 3.1.—Slow. Size 2. Wing-strokes

seen.

‘in 4.4—out —.Slow. Size 1. Out of focus.

in 3.0—out —.Slow. Size 1. Out of focus.

in 2.5—out 4.5.—Very fast. Size 1. Out of
focus.

in 2.2—out 4.8.—Fast. Size 1. Out of focus.
in 2.7—out 4.1.—Fast. Size 2-J-.
In 2.g—out 4.3.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Total 8.
10:45 to 11:00—in 2.6—out 1.3.—Fast. Size 1. Out of focus.
in 3.5—out 1.3.—Fast. Size 2. Wiuing-strokes
seen.
in 3.1—out 3.9—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 2.2—out 4.3.—Fast. Size 2-
in 1.g—out 4.8.—Fast. Size 2-
tn 2.7—out 4.8.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in’ 3.5—out 1.3.—Past... 2-[-.
in 2.2—out 4.7.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 1.9—out 4.8.—Fast. Size 2.
in 3.9—out 1.3.—Fast. Size 1-|-. Out of focus.
in 2.5—out 4.5.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 2.2—out 4.1.—Fast. Size 2. Wing-strokes
seen.
in 2.3—out 1.2——Fast. Size 2. Total 13.

LAKE Forest, Ill., May 14, 1900.
METEOROLOGICAL DatTa.
Wind—Moderate Southwest.
‘Temperature—Warm.
Atmosphere—Partly cloudy ; showed at midnight.
Total number of birds observed from 9:30 'P. M. to 10.55
P. M.—61.
9:30 to 10:00—in 3.6—out 2.9.—Fast. Size 2. Wing-strokes
seen.
in 4.6—out 3.6—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 3.3—out 4.4.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.
in 3.9—out 2.1.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes
seen.
in 3.g—out 2.8.—Size 1. Out of focus; like a
shot.
in 4.6—out 2.7—Fast. Size -1-|-.
in 4.g—out 1.7.—Fast. Size 2.

250 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. No. 4.

in 3.8—out 2.7—Fast. Size 3. Crow(?).
Wing-strokes plain.

in 4.3—out 2.6.—Fast. 2-|-.

in 4.9—out I.9.—Fast. Size 2-|-.

in 4.5—out 1.7.—Fast. Size 2.

in 4.3—out 2.4.—Fast. Size 2.

in 4.3—out 2.6.—Fast. Size 2-]-.

in 2.9—out —.—Fast. Size 1-|-.

in 3.8—out 1.2.—Fast. Size 2-|-.

in 4.2—out 3.3.—Fast. Size 2. All the above
in good focus.

in 3.2—out 1.6—Fast. 2-|-. Out of focus.
Total-17:
10:00 to 10:30—in 3.2—out 2.9.—Medium. Size 2. Out of
focus.

in 3.7—out 4.7.—Fast. Size 2-|-.

in 3.3—out 2.6.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Out of focus.

in 3.5—out 1.4.—Fast. Size 2.

in 2.6—out 4.4.—Fast. 3—.

in 2.5—out 4.5.—Slow. Size 3. Crow(?).

in 2.5—out 1.9.—Fast. Out of focus.

in 3.5—out 2.5.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.

in 2.5—out 2.0.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.

in I1.5—out 3.5.—Fast. Size 3—. Wing-strokes
plain.

in 2.9—out 2.2.—Fast. Size 1. Out of focus.

in 4.7—out 1.4.—Fast. Size 1.

in 3.8—out 2:5—Slow. Size 3-——Crow (?)
Wing-strokes plain.

in 2.9—out 2.3.—Fast. Size 2—.

in 4.6—out 2.4.—Size 1. Like a shot.

in 3.8—out 2.8.—Slow. Size 3. Crow (?).
Wing-strokes plain.

in 3.9—out 2.6.—Slow. Size 2. Wing-strokes
plain.

in 4.4—out 2.6.—Fast. Size 2—. Wing-
strokes dimly seen.

in I.I—out 1.9.—Fast. Size 1-]|-.

in 3.9—out 2.6.—Size 2.

in 3.4—out 2.8.—Slow. Size 3. Wing-strokes
seen.

in 3.8—out 2.8.—Fast. Size 2-|-. Wing-strokes
seen.

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS 251

in

10:30 to 10:55—1in

in

4.8-—out
4.6—out

307 GUE
iA OUL
AOU
4. 7-—OUl
3.9—out
7a fe
4.2——OulL
3.6—out
Ast Out
3:9-—OUur
4. 5——-Out
337 OUE
452>=—OUt
LAO
4.9—out
4.8—out
3./-— Out
in3-O-—OUE
4-9-—ouL
15 Oue

METEOROLOGICAL DATA.
Wind—Very light Southwest.
Temperature—70° at 8:00 P. M.—66° at 12:00.
Atmosphere—Fair.
Total number of birds observed from 8:00 P. M. to 12:00

220) -Seew

1.4.—Size 2.

2.6.—Size 1-]-.
2.6.—Size 2.

1.4.—Size 3. Total 26.
2.2—Medium. Size 3.
2.4.—Fast. Size 1-|-.

1.4—Medium. Size 2-|-. Appeared
to be near.

2.3.—Slow. Size 2. Appeared far
off.

3.1.—Fast. Size 2. Out of focus.

2.6.—Slow. Size 2-|-. Dimly seen.

1.5.—Fast. Size 2-
4.6.—Fast. Size 2-
2.5. Size 1-|-. Like a shot.
1.5.—Slow. Size 2-|-.
2.5.—Slow. Size 2-|-.
3.3.—Slow. Size 2. Dimly seen.
1.6.—Fast. Size 1. Dimly seen.

.

3.7.—Fast. Size 1-|-. Indistinct.

2.8.—Slow. Size 3. Wing-strokes
plain.

3.2.—Fast. Size 1-|-. Apparently
close by. |

2.2.—Size 2.
1.5.—Size 2. Wing-strokes plain.
Total 18.

Detroit, Mich., May 13, 1900.

8:15 to 8:30—in 3!4—out I142.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 34%—out 1%.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 344—out 1%4.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 34%—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 344—out 1%.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 34%4—out 1%.—Rapid. Size, small.
in 314—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size, small.

PUY: BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4&.

in a 1%4—out I ys eae Size, small. Gold-

fini aar ye Total 8.
8.30 to 8:45—in 3'%4—out 114.—Moderate. Size, small.

in 334—out 1%.—Moderate. Size, small.

in 3.0—out 1%.

in 34%—out 2.0.—Slowly. Hawk. Flight like
hawk or owl.

in 3.0—out 2.0.

in 334—out 114.—Rapid. Size, small.

in 334—out 2.0.—Rapid. Size, medium. Total 7.

8:45 to 9Q:00—in 4.0—out 134.—Size I.

in 34%—out 1.0.—Size 2.

in 342—out 2'44.—Size I.

in 3.0—out 114.—Size 2.

in 3.0—out 114.—Size I.

in 344—out 114.—Size I.

in 344—out 1%.—Size I.

in 3'4—out 114.—Size I.

in 344—out 1%.—Size I.

in 344—out 2.0.—Size 3. All the above at a
fast speed. ‘Total ro.

9:00 to g:15—in 3'%4—out 114.—Slow. Size 3. Curved above |
center, changing course at
right angles.

in 3.0—out 2.0—Medium. Size I.

in 344—out 114.—Slowly. Size 3. Wings spread.

in 344—out 1%.—Medium. Size 2.

in 3.0—out 114.—Rapidly. Size 1.

in 334—out 14%.—Slowly. Size 3-|-. Wing
motion seen plainly.

in 344—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size I.

in 34%4—out 1%4.—Rapid. Size 1. Total 8.

9:15 to 9:30—in 3.0—out 2.0.—Rapid. Size 1.

in 3.0—out 114.—Size I.

in 344—out 11%4.—Size 1.

in 3.0—out 144.—Slowly. Size 1.

in 3.0—out 2.0—Mcderate. Size 1.

in 3.0—out 2.0.—Slowly. Size 1—.

in 34%4—out 114%4.—Rapid. Size 2.

in 3.0—out 114.—Moderate. Size 2.

in 344—out 11%4.—Size 2. Very rapid flier. To-
tal 9.

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 253

9:30 to -9:45—in 3.0—out 2.0.—Moderate. Size 2.
in 3.0—out 2.0.—Moderate. Size 2.
in 334—out 134.—Rapidly. Size 1.
in 3'4—out 1%4.—Slowly. Size 3-|-. Duck or
loon, neck stretched out.
in 344—out 134.—Rapidly.
in 344—out 1%.
in 3'44—out 14.
in 24%4—out 1%.
in 3'%4—out 44%.—Slowly. Size large. Note di-
rection.
in 344— out 14%4.—Rapidly. Size 3. Total ro.
9:45 to 10:00—in 3'4—out 14%4.—Rapid. Size I.
in 344—out 1%4.—Size 2. Appeared to be two
birds together.
in 3.0—out 1.0.—Size I—.
in 334—out 134.—Slow. Size 3.
in 34%—out 1%.—Rapid. Size I—.
in 3.0—out 1I.0.—Size 2.
in 344—out 144.—Size 3.
in 344—out 114.—Size 2. :
in 344—out 11%4.—Size 1. Goldfinch motion.
in 34%4—out 1%.—Very fast. Size 1.
in 3'%4—out 14%4.—Rapid. Size 2.
in 3.0—out I.0.—Size 2.
in 34%—out 1.0.—Very fast. Size 1. Curved
upwards to I.
in 3.0—out 1144.—Very fast. Size 3. Total 14.
10:00 to 10:15—in 3'4—out 114.—Rapid. Size I.
in 3'4—out 1%4.—Size I.
in 3442—out 1%.—Moderate. Size I.
in 334—out 144.—Size I.
in 4.0—out 1.0.—Rapid. Size 1.
in 34%—out 1%.—Very slow. Size 2. Wing
motions plainly seen.
in 344—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size I.
in 4.0—out 1.0.——Rapid. Size 1. Total 8.
10:15 to 10:30—in 3%4—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size 1.
in 4.0—out 1.0.—Size I.
in 344— out 114.—Size I.
in 344—out 134.—Slowly. Size 2.
in 344—out 1%4.—Moderate. Size 3.
in 34%4—out 1%.—Moderate. Size 3.

254 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

10:30 to

107545 to

ET00. £0

LL. 15° £0

E1e20) to

in 314—out 11%4.—Rapid. size I. 2 in rapid
succession.
in 344—out 134.—Rapid. Size I.
in 344—out 1%.—Rapid. Size 1. Total 9.
10:45—in 3!4—out 14%4.—Moderate. Size 2.
in 3!4—out 1%4.—Rapid. Size 1.
in 34%—out 2.0—Moderate. Size 3.
in 344—out 1%.—Very fast. Size I.
in 314—out 4%.—Very fast. Size 1-|-. .
in 314—out 114.—Moderate. Size 2. Total 6.
IJ :00—in 3'4—out 1144.—Moderate. Size I.
in 344—out 2.0.—Very fast. Size 1.
in 334—out 134.—Rapid. Size I.
in 344—out 14.—Very slow. Size 1. Wing
motion seen. Took three
seconds to cross the field.
Total 4.
TI:15—in 314—out 11%4.— Fast. Size 1.
in 314—out 2.0—Slow. Size 3.
in 44%4—out 234.—Slow. Size 3. Note direction.
in 3!14—out 24%4.—Rapid. Size 1.
in 344—out 114.—Rapid. Size I.
in 3%4—out 1%4.—Rapid. Size 2.
in 3%4—out 11%4.—Rapid. Size 2. Total 7.
11 :30—in 3144— out 444.—Rapid. Size 2.
in 314—out 1%.—Moderate. Size I.
in 314—out 2.0 Moderate. .Sizs2- yee
Over cefiter:
in 314—out 14.—Rapid. Size 2. Total 4.
11 :45—in 214—out 434.—Rapid. Size 2. Time 11:32.
otal;

OCTOBER, 1902. THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS. 255

ExpLANATION OF PLATES.*
Plate I.

Curves drawn from observations collected by means of the
telescope at Ann Arbor, Mich., Detroit, Mich., Lake Forest, IIl.,
and Beloit, Wis. ‘These curves show the number of birds: flying
in periods of fifteen minutes.

Plate, 11.
Same as plate I. for Madison, Wis., with the exception that the
curves have in each instance been reduced to the same number
of hours after moon-rise.

Plate -(1f.

A combined curve of three successive observations taken at
Madison, Sept. 11, 12 and 13, 189%. The curve has again been
reduced to hours after moon-rise. This combined curve brings
out more strikingly the general conditions observed at Madtson
with reference to the influence of topography upon the number of
birds flying.

Piatesci Vand WV.

In plates IV. and V. each circle represents the field of observa-
tion as seen through the telescope when focused on the moon.
Each line in the circle represents the flight of one bird, the heav-
ily shaded end showing the direction toward which the bird is
flying. The broken lines represent the flight of birds that appeared
out of focus. The data from which these two plates were made
were taken at Beloit, May 12, 1900.

Plates. Vi. and: VII.
Same as plates IV. and V. for Beloit, May 11, Igoo.

Plate VIII.

Same as plates IV. to VII. from data collected at Madison at
various times from April 8, 1898, to May 9, 1900. The arrows
outside of the circle show the approximate direction for the period.
It is to be noted that there are two main directions followed, the
one predominating in April, the other in May.

*For a clear understanding of the plates it will be necessary to keep
the method of observation in mind. See pages 198 to 199 in text.

256 BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4.

! Fiat

Time fer Ann Arbor. —.

uurve

son
ut
Ving

70

~Shwr &

of cbc —

“N &

— Num ber

10.

2 s y a” . e coLLece oF SCHANIOCS AMD EHOGinTER: a et
Sey HK S z P ~ x 5 +
~ PM i] AM =
wae LY 7 | Dhae ae

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS.

UMSIVERBITY OF WwiseoNne!

— Hours after Moon- rise. —

2. NO. 4

VOL.

ATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

SIN N

ISCON

BULLETIN OF W

258

saeeeeeee

55-4

/0

g

—~Hours after moon-pise.—

7

NANI®@® 4HO ENGInNGaGARING.

6

Ojtsg@QGd OF ms

a spa g fe woquny

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. YOL. 2. NO. 4,

260

Vli te we

AND
ih
(Li

or
00 — 2:/5°

Dd

OCTOBER, 1902.

THE MIGRATION OF BIRDS.

—~
s
° ene
%
1
SS
~
s
Lo
S PS
>} ;
&
|
S

\)

OO 1 —GLT

0€:0/ -§7/:0/

00.0/-$h£

$/:0/ — 00:0/

SIS ~ 00:8

SAB - 168

Flot wr.

BULLETIN OF WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL. 2. NO. 4

262

IN-¥$ — 10:00

Pa
a

late [/ILT.

ARTO ar,

oe *' rans wy

% Ay / °
Speen ah (my
, cf ‘Te

¥

, oa 7
‘ 4 >. oe 7

r i Ag Ng - ’ ay r f ts sO" < #2 3 heior's

a ° 4 “wv
pw “ a mgren ey - ' aed - ] ° 4 i i as : ‘ KA - A a ap << oe
¥ =. ¥ . ae. ' a9 , ag ¢; ; ie fla? ma

Ate Ban a . | p's Waa ed ee
‘i sa | {SEG ee oa

ij
i ’
‘ rae :
j '*s - s
\ o4 Api _
‘<x @ ‘ \ * A,
. "9 y , ‘ ; « . rt a5
a? . » id «4
; | . ; a
, vos i * De :
re + ‘
ib
> ? " 7

eo af My , d j

nN ( P

¢

, r

Py ° > its
4 sé >»

' na ex }
. 4 be (ft a » »
= : ‘ we vo
¥ : i ; . 8 *.) “+ Wwe Ah,

ey

Li

a
oy
et

ae

get
b

c<i/

‘
?
%

lalope